RolePlay onLine RPoL Logo

, welcome to Restless Elements (BIONICLE)

23:07, 30th April 2024 (GMT+0)

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu.

Posted by Game MasterFor group 0
Game Master
GM, 17 posts
Wed 3 Jan 2018
at 16:31
  • msg #1

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Keep your wits about you, and remember to never pick a fight with Skakdi. Mata Nui be with you."

These were the last words Turaga Koeti said before waving goodbye. The cargo vessel set off for the island of Rangi Motu shortly thereafter. The docks were usually busy with Matoran unloading resources from incoming ships, but on the day of departure only a single vessel had someone behind the wheel, and only a skeleton crew was still at work. Apart from this handful of Matoran, the Turaga was alone on the docks. His dark gray Miru - usually wearing a jolly smile - looked almost mournful as they left. The Turaga of Earth kept watch over the ship as it grew ever more distant, before finally turning back towards his home village. From this point on, he knew he could not offer them any help. Instead, he trusted them to keep watch over each other.

With the small ship propelled forwards by an efficient water pump engine, the course was kept steady and the voyage went by at decent speed. It was a nice and seaworthy vessel, but had no commodities beyond a place to sit down. For the five Matoran aboard, the limited space and the pump's droning tock-tock-tock noise gave them the impression that the journey would be long and boring.



As the island's silhouette became visible through the thin mist surrounding it, however, the weather took a turn for the worse. The sea suddenly got rough, with waves several meters tall lifting the ship high before dropping it down, and heavy rain was bearing down on deck. The dome protecting the one behind the wheel from the elements was covered in running water, reducing sight ahead to a blur. Only the flash of lightning would occasionally give enough contrast to spot the shoreline ahead. Huddled together in the room below deck, four other Matoran could do nothing but wait out the storm. The floor rose and sunk with the waves, and occasionally the crack of thunder could be heard through the hull.

Then, calamity. While drawing near the shores of Ranga Motu, the vessel suddenly struck the sharps rocks of a reef concealed by the sea. A meter-wide gash was torn in the metal below the waterline, and the ocean began pouring in. Even with barely a kio left till landing safely, the journey looked like it might end prematurely at the bottom of the sea. Luckily, the boat had enough speed and bouancy to reach the shoreline. With no time for a proper landing, it soon ran aground on a beach, with the loose sand plugging the hole and preventing any more water from getting in. The Matoran on board found themselves up to their waist in water, but otherwise safe.

Rain was still pattering down on the dome protecting the boat's driver from the weather, making it hard to see much else than sand, water, and what appeared to be lush jungle ahead. Through the blur of the rain, something large and silvery-white appeared to be moving slowly around the beach on four legs.


The boat is stuck, but you can tell that you've reached your destination. What do you do?



One of you took the wheel. Who was it? You've kept your feet dry for now, and have a view of the outside.

The rest of you are below deck, with water splashing around you. If you exit the ship, there is currently heavy rain and strong wind. Below deck you are shielded from the weather.


Info about the boat:

  • The wheel is a pair of handlebars that can be rotated left and right, with a solid lever for controlling speed and a switch for dropping and raising the anchor of the ship.
  • The controls have a seat with space for a single being, and are sheltered from the elements by a transparent dome.
  • In the space next to the seat is a hatch with a ladder leading down below deck.
  • Behind the control room is a flat deck with simple railing and little else. It has its own ladder leading below deck as well.
  • The boat could comfortably fit six of you below deck, though if you had another person it would have felt a bit cramped with all the gear your brought.
  • The seats are in the back next to the engine, while near the front there's a storage crate and the two ladders side by side.



Tameku
player, 3 posts
Bo-Matoran
Wed 3 Jan 2018
at 17:35
  • msg #2

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 1):

I guess I was steering the vessel given my past experience with boats. (?)

"We've landed" I cry down the ladder, slowly losening my shaking hands from the steering wheel and moving the lever for controlling speed to stop the engines "You alright down there?"
I push the switch to drop the boat's anchor - just to be on the safe side. Wouldn't want to be washed back into the ocean.

Then I try to get a better look through the rain at the silvery silhouette.
This message was last edited by the player at 17:36, Wed 03 Jan 2018.
Velike
player, 1 post
Ta-Matoran
Wed 3 Jan 2018
at 18:59
  • msg #3

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Tameku (msg # 2):

“I have suffered no injury.” Velike replied, standing up from the kneeling position he had taken as the weather took its turn for the worst.

“I can not speak for the others yet. I shall check upon them.” He called out, turning and moving to check their companions.
This message was last edited by the player at 19:00, Wed 03 Jan 2018.
Game Master
GM, 19 posts
Thu 4 Jan 2018
at 07:29
  • msg #4

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

The anchor dropped with a satisfying thud, giving the impression that the ship would be safe from drifting away.

The rain had its moments where it didn't fall quite as heavy, giving Tameku a better look at the immediate area. He quickly spotted a path leading into the jungle to the north, along with what appeared to be a stone structure standing next to it.

Judging by its shape, color, and slow movement, the creature on the beach appeared to be a Dermis Turtle. These Rahi were a common sight in many places around the world. Usually peaceful until intentionally provoked, their hard shell and odd tusks were still not to be trifled with. Rumor had it that they could predict the weather, and for this reason you would seldom see one moving around at all in a storm.

The turtle appeared to be using its tusks to dig through pieces of driftwood and other scraps crashed onto the rocks. What could it be looking for?
Kirina
player, 1 post
Vo-Matoran
Thu 4 Jan 2018
at 15:15
  • msg #5

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Velike (msg # 3):

“I’m okay, too,” Kirina assured. She pushed herself up on unsteady feet, adjusted her mask, and checked her pack. Once certain that nothing had fallen out during the crash, she climbed up the ladder into the driver’s cabin.
Tameku
player, 6 posts
Bo-Matoran
Thu 4 Jan 2018
at 17:32
  • msg #6

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Kirina (msg # 5):

"Seems like we're not the only ones the storm hit, but at least we appear to have been more fortunate than some others", Tameku said as Kirina appeared in the hatch, still looking at the wreckage on the rocks. "How bad is the damage?"
Velike
player, 2 posts
Ta-Matoran
Thu 4 Jan 2018
at 17:43
  • msg #7

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Kirina (msg # 5):

“Good. I do not believe anyone has suffered injury.” Velike replied, callling out from below deck.
Kirina
player, 2 posts
Vo-Matoran
Thu 4 Jan 2018
at 20:07
  • msg #8

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Velike (msg # 7):

“Unless there’s a Toa of Iron hiding on this island, I don’t think the ship will sail again,” Kirina explained, “We hit something on the way in that ripped a hole in the ship. We’re all unharmed, but the water in the hull is waist deep.”
Tameku
player, 7 posts
Bo-Matoran
Thu 4 Jan 2018
at 20:40
  • msg #9

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Kirina (msg # 8):

Tameku frowned. Simply from habit already starting calculating. "...well, at least it wouldn't be cheap to get this thing repaired and into the water again, then...", He finally said and then shrugged, "But I guess concerning ourselves with a way to leave this island once we're finished here can wait." He pointed towards the trail and the stone structure. "This seems to lead somewhere where there might be people."
Tameku grabbed his carrying sack/bag with his equipment from beside his drivers seat. "If none of you have a better idea I'd suggest we try to reach civilization." He scowled at the sky. "Preferably somewhere with a fire and a roof over our heads."
Velike
player, 3 posts
Ta-Matoran
Thu 4 Jan 2018
at 23:56
  • msg #10

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Tameku (msg # 9):

"I will agree with this notion." Velike said as he climbed out of the hold, having ensured the others conditions.
"When shall we proceed?" He asked, settling his bag across his back as he pulled his spear from it's straps in preparation for possible danger.
Darren
player, 2 posts
Ta-Matoran
Fri 5 Jan 2018
at 00:19
  • msg #11

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Tameku (msg # 9):

Darren sat in the hull, contemplating his options. On one hand, he could safely sit inside the boat safe from the chilling rain, but up to his waist in similarly chilling water. On the other hand he could go outside into the rainy, unfamiliar, and probably dangerous environment with the others and leave the safety of the boat.

There wasn't much to contemplate as Darren stood to climb the ladder, clad in full armor with his mace equipped to his back.
Lutorian
player, 4 posts
Le-Matoran
Fri 5 Jan 2018
at 00:58
  • msg #12

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"We've landed? I'm still seasick." grumbled lutorian as he slowly made his way to the deck, trying to make sense of his surroundings.
"maybe that stone pillar could tell us about our location, or the destination of the ground-path" He called out, gesturing at Velkie.
Velike
player, 4 posts
Ta-Matoran
Fri 5 Jan 2018
at 03:42
  • msg #13

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Lutorian (msg # 12):

"Perhaps... I will head first towards it, those who wish to may follow behind me, I will guard against any potential dangers." Velike said after contemplating Darren's suggestion, moving towards the lowest edge of the ship.
Game Master
GM, 22 posts
Fri 5 Jan 2018
at 08:26
  • msg #14

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Having surveyed the damage, it was clear to everyone on board that the boat would not be seaworthy again until repairs could be made.

Flipping open the outer hatch, Darren was met with howling wind and rain coming in sideways. While not exactly pleasant to a heat-loving Ta-Matoran, the temperature was still liveable enough, and the guard's heavy armor kept him standing steady in the face of the wind. He could see the ocean throw large waves onto the shore, but thanks to the reef they had passed none were high enough to reach the deck.

Lutorian and Velike followed closely after Darren, and were just in time to catch another flash of lightning as it struck somewhere far in the distance. Several seconds later, thunder rolled past them. Besides the Dermis Turtle still minding its own business near the other wreckage, from their new vantage point the three Matoran noticed a handful of other turtles half buried in the wet sand. These had apparently opted to sleep through the storm inside of their shells.

Velike reached the lowest end of the tilted vessel and climbed across the railing onto the beach. A rush of seawater flowed past his feet before receding once more, and he could tell that it would most likely not be dangerous to traverse the area, despite the bad weather.

Suddenly, over the the noise a mournful whistling could be heard from no discernible direction. Although distorted by the wind, to the Matoran on deck it sounded almost like the cry of a Rahi unlike any one they had heard before.

How do you proceed?



Tameku
player, 8 posts
Bo-Matoran
Fri 5 Jan 2018
at 11:30
  • msg #15

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku made sure one last time that the boat's engines were deactivated, then climbed down into the boat's hold, briefly glancing around to make sure they didn't forget anything of potential use (even if it would just fetch a decent price).

(maybe a good time to try out the dice)
No night vision - probably pretty dark in the hold.

Tameku rolled 4 using 1d6 with rolls of 4.


(that the correct way to post that?)
This message was last edited by the player at 11:53, Fri 05 Jan 2018.
Game Master
GM, 24 posts
Fri 5 Jan 2018
at 13:42
  • msg #16

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

There wasn't much light left below deck, but the dim light pouring in from the hatch was enough to see comfortably. As he looked around Tameku spotted a glint of metal below the shallow water. It turned out to be a discarded plate cutting tool left behind by a dock worker, which had been shaken out of its hiding place beneath the storage crate after the crash.

The shears blades about twice the length of his own hand, with the blade set at slight angle compared to the handle. Judging by the hint of rust along its edge the tool had been there for a while, but it still looked perfectly usable.


You found a set of metal-cutting scissors. You can tell there's nothing else left in the boat now.

Yes, good way of quoting it. You can copy-paste the whole line like if you wish. If you feel this takes up too much space, you could also make it small:
12:46, Today: Tameku rolled 4 using 1d6 with rolls of 4.  No night vision - probably pretty dark in the hold.

This message was last edited by the GM at 14:01, Fri 05 Jan 2018.
Tameku
player, 11 posts
Bo-Matoran
Fri 5 Jan 2018
at 13:59
  • msg #17

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku shook the water from the scissors, then put them in his bag. Seeing nothing more that caught his eye, he climbed up the ladder to the deck, joining the others.
Darren
player, 3 posts
Ta-Matoran
Fri 5 Jan 2018
at 14:21
  • msg #18

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Darren shields his eyes from the sidewise rain, and walks to the front of the ship as he hears the rahi cry. He looks for the origin of the rahi, basing it off of sound and searching for any trace of it.

Darren rolled 1 using 1d6 with rolls of 1: Looking for rahi that made the sound
Game Master
GM, 26 posts
Fri 5 Jan 2018
at 14:45
  • msg #19

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Unfortunately, the extreme conditions at first made it impossible for Darren to tell where the strange sound was coming from.

As he was scanning the area where the turtle Rahi was last seen moving, the Ta-Matoran suddenly felt the ship tilt oddly. Looking down, he saw the sand begin to sink into a small pit right next to the ship. Suddenly the whistling intensified greatly, before turning shrill and morphing into a terrible chittering sound.

The source of the noise became all too clear: Something had noticed their approach and crept up on them, and they were about to find out what.

What do you do?



Velike
player, 5 posts
Ta-Matoran
Fri 5 Jan 2018
at 20:54
  • msg #20

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 19):

Velike quickly readied his spear, turning and rushing towards the emerging creature, peering readily in hope of sighting it and identifying it, making sure to give a quick glance to his surroundings in case this was a trick.

Velike rolled 5 using 1d6 with rolls of 5.
(If I need two rolls for what I'm doing I'll fix this)
Game Master
GM, 27 posts
Fri 5 Jan 2018
at 21:40
  • msg #21

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Velike
Good roll! You have two skills that apply, however: Your spear training, and your background as a guard (which presumably involves fighting/defending). For that reason, you can actually roll 3 dice. Before I make a response, make another roll with 3 dice. Since you already got a success with just one die, I'll let you keep whichever result is better. :)

Lutorian
player, 5 posts
Le-Matoran
Fri 5 Jan 2018
at 22:37
  • msg #22

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Fire-spitter, there's dermis turtle's sleeping in the sand along the shoreline, we may have crash-wrecked onto a few of them." Lutorian spoke out while making his way to velike. Pulling out a light stone to try to help velike see into the pit "Keep that spear ready just in case" He muttered.

I'm still not familiar with how the dice rolling works but I wanna search for the Rahi.
Lutorian rolled 6 using 2d6 ((3,3))
Darren
player, 4 posts
Ta-Matoran
Fri 5 Jan 2018
at 22:49
  • msg #23

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 19):

Darren pulls out his mace, and takes a moment to judge the range of the appendages. He plays it safe and jumps down a couple yards outside of the estimated range. He tries to sneak towards the rahi, stopping to silently wave the others back.

Darren rolled 5 using 2d6 with rolls of 4,1:  Sneaking up on the rahi, using movement with armor as second die? Is that correct?
Velike
player, 6 posts
Ta-Matoran
Sat 6 Jan 2018
at 01:18
  • msg #24

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 21):

(Ok now that's cool. Here's the rolls: Velike rolled 8 using 3d6 with rolls of 3,4,1.)
Game Master
GM, 28 posts
Sat 6 Jan 2018
at 01:53
  • msg #25

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu


Bleh, sorry guys. Looking closer, I have to reconfigure the default dice roll. It's supposed to only keep the highest value, not add the values together.

Please make note than in order to do so, I have to set the default roll as "2 dice, keep highest 1". It's a bit awkward to Make sure to check how many applicable skills you have when you make a move, and adjust as needed.

02:51, Today: Game Master rolled 5 using 2d6, keeping the highest dice only with rolls of 5,1.  Testing new default roll.


Velike
Your new roll would therefore be a result of 4, but you still get to keep the previous result of 5.

Darren
Each roll uses the entire dice pool, and you keep the highest value from it. If you wish to do a sneak attack, you may use the same result for both. In this case that would be 4 (due to my mishap with the roller), leading to a "yes" result and dealing 2 damage.

I'll be back shortly with a proper IC post for you.

Game Master
GM, 29 posts
Sat 6 Jan 2018
at 02:29
  • msg #26

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Velike moved quickly, taking a stab with his spear at the Rahi trying to emerge from the sand. The Rahi trashed around in anger while still making its awful noise, throwing wet sand everywhere. Multiple limbs could be spotted waving around, but due to it gray and beige coloration it was hard to see exactly where the Rahi ended and the sand began.

Even so, with Velike providing a momentary distraction, Darren swung his mace at the mass of limbs. He felt the impact when it struck the creature's armor and dented one of its chitinous plates.

When Lutorian brought his lightstone closer to get a good look at the Rahi, however, the bright light caused it to suddenly turn its attention towards him. The Le-Matoran could see a thick, segmented body with gray armor, which would have been roughly on eye level with him were it not for the shallow pit it had dug for itself. Many short spines - beige in color - sprouted from the creature's back, and a pair of spindly legs were attached to each of the segments. The head tapered off into a fanged mouth, with four narrow, green eyes glaring menacingly at its would-be prey.

Locking onto the lightstone as the most obvious target in sight, the centipede-like Rahi lunged forwards, crashing into the surprised Matoran's arm, causing him to drop the lightstone. It landed just past the edge of the sand pit, and began rolling down towards the center while the Rahi - still in pain - struggled to retract its body back underground.

What do you do?


For the sake of clarity, I'll list the exact numbers and their effects now in the beginning so we get a hang of the system.

Velike: Result of 5 = "Yes". Success, hit for 3 damage.
Darren: Result of 4 = "Yes". Success, hit for 2 damage.

I can reveal that this Rahi has no defense. It's lost 5 HP total, and is looking hurt already.

Lutorian: Taking highest, that's 3. Result of 3 = "Yes, but...". Partial success or success with complication. In this case, you got to see the Rahi clearly up close, but it attacked you as a result.

Game Master rolled 6 using 3d6, keeping the highest dice only with rolls of 6,2,3.  Rahi strike! Predator, trap-digger.

Result of 6 = "Yes, and..." Unlucky for you, that means you take 4 Combat damage (subtract your 1 Defense for a total of 3 HP lost), and the extra result is that you drop the lightstone because the creature aimed for it.

Velike
player, 7 posts
Ta-Matoran
Sat 6 Jan 2018
at 03:11
  • msg #27

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 26):

"The beast is faltering! This shall end now attacker!" Velike yelled, lunging at the beast, spear ready to stab.

Velike rolled 6 using 3d6, keeping the highest dice only with rolls of 6,2,5.
(Man I am rolling well today!)
Darren
player, 6 posts
Ta-Matoran
Sat 6 Jan 2018
at 03:40
  • msg #28

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 26):

Darren moves down into the pit and swings his mace at the rahi, intent on not allowing it to escape so easily from the small group of matoran.

Darren rolled 4 using 4d6, keeping the highest dice only with rolls of 1,1,1,4:  Moving into the pit and attacking. Bonuses used: Mace Combat Training, Guard Profession, and Movement w/ Heavy Armor
(Meanwhile I'm not rolling nearly as well... 1,1,1,4...)
Lutorian
player, 6 posts
Le-Matoran
Sat 6 Jan 2018
at 05:15
  • msg #29

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Not a Dermis Turtle!" Lutorian cried out as the creature lept out to him.
Seeing Darren jump into the pit, Lutorian throws down a grappling hook, trying to restrain the Rahi. "I'll try to restrain it! if things go ever-bad you can grab onto the rope to keep from sinking down with it!" he called out to Darren

Lutorian rolled 5 using 2d6, keeping the highest dice only ((5,3))
I'm going to assume that agile affects throwing stuff.
Tameku
player, 12 posts
Bo-Matoran
Sat 6 Jan 2018
at 10:55
  • msg #30

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku never got close enough to the others to actually see the Rahi. Still, he immediately took cover behind the boat's railing at the first sounds of combat. He was a merchant, he was accustomed to pay people to deal with stuff like this for him.
Game Master
GM, 32 posts
Sat 6 Jan 2018
at 14:15
  • msg #31

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

The centipede trashed from side to side, sinking lower segment by segment and drawing in a heap of wet sand as it did so. Before it could vanish beneath the sand to escape or strike again, however, it was surprised by the Matoran leaping into the pit to chase it. The hunter had become the hunter.

Velike's spear struck dead center, causing the creature to stop its retreat dead. Digging seemed to become impossible for it, and the sand beneath their feet stopped crumbling inwards.

The enraged predator lurched forwards, shaking rainwater off its armored head. It lowered its head, preparing to bite, but Darren hit it on the head as it came down, causing the Rahi even more frustration. It shifted its attention once more, uncertain of which Matoran to deal with first. Its eyes were unfocused, and it was clearly dazed.

Wounded and tired as the Rahi now was, Lutorian had no trouble with attaching his grappling hook to the many-legged beast. It resisted him, but seemed incapable of loosening the hook that had stuck itself in between two armored plates at the base of its neck.

The Rahi is wounded, has stopped digging, and is temporarily restrained.


Velike: Critical success! Dealt 4 damage, and stopped the Rahi's decent.
Darren: Success. Dealt 2 damage.
Lutorian: Success. The Rahi is now focused on breaking loose instead of doing anything else.

For the record, it's lost a total of 11 HP, and doesn't look like it has much left.

Kirina
player, 3 posts
Vo-Matoran
Sat 6 Jan 2018
at 18:06
  • msg #32

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 31):

Oh man, I’m sorry, guys. I didn’t realize a fight started. I’d jump in, but it sounds like I’d just be kill-stealing. So I’ll do this, instead:

Seeing that the others had the mysterious Rahi handled, Kirina attempted to sneak past the creature (Kirina rolled 6 using 2d6, keeping the highest dice only with rolls of 6,2.  Attempt to sneak past the Rahi (Stealth Skill)), and search the sand in hopes of finding some form of tracks. (( 13:02, Today: Kirina rolled 4 using 2d6, keeping the highest dice only with rolls of 4,1.  Attempt to track the origins of the Rahi (Tracking Skill))
Game Master
GM, 33 posts
Sat 6 Jan 2018
at 18:41
  • msg #33

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Despite moving carefully around the sand pit, Kirina needn't have worried. The rest of her group was keeping the Rahi occupied, and its screeching mixed with the rain to drown out the sound of her footsteps. Reaching the opposite site of the pit compared to the others, the Vo-Matoran realized that with Lutorian keeping it still, the Rahi's back was exposed and entirely undefended.

Looking over the tracks in the sand, Kirina noticed that they ran in a circular, sweeping pattern. On a clear day the beach would not have had any tracks left visible, but with the sand wet there were several obvious lines visible where the creature had dug its tunnels. Apparently it liked making large sweeps back and forth as it tried to corner its prey.

About ten meters away from the Vo-Matoran - close to where the beach ended and grass began, nestled between a smattering of flat rocks poking out of the sand - four Dermis Turtles were still sitting motionless inside of their shells. They were seemingly unaffected by the storm and the commotion going on in their home.


Kirina
No problem. To avoid mixing in date stamps and other data with the IC text, put the rolls in a list at the bottom of the post. It's fine like this for now, though. :)

Sneaking, result of 6. Critical success, granting an advantage.
Surveying the tracks, result of 4. Success, you have located where the Rahi came from (information private to you at the moment).
The last tidbit of info is coming simply from moving to a new position.

Kirina
player, 4 posts
Vo-Matoran
Sat 6 Jan 2018
at 21:09
  • msg #34

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 33):

“Hey guys,” Kirina called out to the group, “I found what looks like its burrow. I think the boat destroyed its home when we crashed. I’m gonna look around and see if there’s anything else to watch out for.”

She continued searching the area, this time looking for any sign of others of its species.

Kirina rolled 2 using 2d6, keeping the highest dice only with rolls of 2,2.  Searching for more threats. (Or not...)
Darren
player, 7 posts
Ta-Matoran
Sat 6 Jan 2018
at 21:22
  • msg #35

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 33):

Darren continued to swing his mace at the rahi, hoping to incapacitate it.

Darren rolled 4 using 3d6, keeping the highest dice only with rolls of 4,2,3:  Attacking the Rahi!
Velike
player, 8 posts
Ta-Matoran
Sun 7 Jan 2018
at 01:22
  • msg #36

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 31):

"Fall foul beast!" Velike yelled, stabbing once again.

Velike rolled 6 using 3d6, keeping the highest dice only with rolls of 1,4,6.

(... what the hell?! WHY CAN'T I ROLL THIS GOOD IN DND?!)
Tameku
player, 13 posts
Bo-Matoran
Sun 7 Jan 2018
at 11:29
  • msg #37

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Over the noise of the wind, the waves, the screeching of the Rahi and the shouts of the fighting Matoran, Tameku could faintly make out Kirina's voice. Still keeping his cover behind the boat's railing he tried to make out the Vo-Matoran's words, suspecting the others might be too caught up at the moment to pay her any attention.

12:29, Today: Tameku rolled 2 using 1d6 with rolls of 2.  Trying to listen.
Game Master
GM, 35 posts
Sun 7 Jan 2018
at 13:39
  • msg #38

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Kirina looked as best she could from her current vantage point, but was unable to spot anything more of interest. If there were any more threats in the area, she could not tell. Due to being underground, the Rahi's nest was also impossible to check out without digging it up first. The constant rain might make that difficult.

Meanwhile, Darren's mace hit the side of the centipede. It clattered against the chitinous metal, shaking a plate loose just in time for Velike's spear to slip into the gap and strike a softer, organic part. The Ta-Matoran knew immediately he had dealt a serious blow that would likely take weeks to fully heal.

The continuous, noisy cry from the Rahi gradually faded, and after tiring itself out it finally stopped completely. Struggling against its bonds, it's movements slowed, until they came to a complete stop. The Rahi fell forwards, its segmented body falling to rest in the sand with a wet thud. A closer look revealed it to be unconscious, although a few signs of life remained.

The group of Matoran could take a breath of relief for now.


Kirina: Searching, result 2. That's a miss, sorry.
Darren: Attack, result 4. Success, dealt 2 damage.
Velike: Attack, result 6. Critical success, dealt 4 damage and dealt a lasting wound. Even if it wakes up it won't be in shape to fight you again any time soon.
Tameku: Listening, result 2. Also a miss.

Everyone: Congratulations, you have prevailed! The Rahi is down, and no more immediate threats are visible. The wind and rain are still going strong.

Current points of interest:
  • Buried Rahi nest, right where your ship struck land. May or may not be empty.
  • The stone marker and small structure next to the path leading through the jungle ahead.
  • Washed up scraps and the Dermis Turtle that's not resting like the others.
  • Whatever else you would like to do. Your call.


Tameku
player, 15 posts
Bo-Matoran
Sun 7 Jan 2018
at 14:07
  • msg #39

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

As the Rahi's screeching died, Tameku finally took a careful glimpse over the railing, and, coming to the conclusion that the danger was over, stood up.

"Ok then", he said, "I propose we get as quickly away from here as we can ere more of these beasts decide that we might qualify as food. Oh, and well fought. Would I pay you, I'd offer a bonus. As things stand you'll have to make do with my sincere thanks."

(by the way - wouldn't this battle give XP to those who have partaken in it? Or how else are we rewarded with XP?)
This message was last edited by the player at 14:09, Sun 07 Jan 2018.
Kirina
player, 5 posts
Vo-Matoran
Sun 7 Jan 2018
at 14:38
  • msg #40

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Tameku (msg # 39):

Satisfied at her (hopefully right) assessment that there is no more danger, Kirina turned her attention back to the nest. “Can someone give me a hand over here?” She called out as she started digging.
Game Master
GM, 36 posts
Sun 7 Jan 2018
at 14:41
  • msg #41

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

After we end a "scene" the team receives anywhere from 1 to 4 XP, depending on what's happened. I was thinking the beach is the first scene of sorts. Once you leave it we'll hand out the rewards and give you a chance to either spend it on skills/stats, or keep it for later.
Lutorian
player, 7 posts
Le-Matoran
Sun 7 Jan 2018
at 17:32
  • msg #42

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Breathing a sigh of relief, lutorian gathered his scatterd equipment, making mental notes about the creature’s apparence.

“Happy-plan kirina, a rahi like this would probably drag it’s prey down into the sand, not sure if you’d find anything other than scraps of its food though.”

Still lutorian assisted her in her digging efforts by trying to use his throwing disk as a makeshift shovel.
Tameku
player, 16 posts
Bo-Matoran
Sun 7 Jan 2018
at 17:55
  • msg #43

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Sighing inwardly at the complete ignorance of his words, Tameku carefully climbed down from the boat onto the beach. While he had no intention adding "being dirty" to the things that currently bothered him, he nonetheless went over to where Lutorian and Kirina were digging. Another set of eyes surely couldn't hurt if there actually was something interesting to be found. And if he was fast enough he could maybe even snatch it for himself. If he was anything then he was an opportunist.

Tameku rolled 4 using 1d6 with rolls of 4.  Searching for treasure while the others do the actual labor.
Game Master
GM, 37 posts
Sun 7 Jan 2018
at 19:02
  • msg #44

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

With their combined effort, the Matoran managed to dig out a sizable amount of sand. They soon discovered that the tunnels had collapsed almost immediately after the Rahi had dug them, leaving only sand sludge and dirty rainwater inside. It appeared digging up the rest of the beach would be a fruitless effort, and unlikely to yield any more findings.

The rearmost segment of the Rahi's body had two short, hooked appendages. They were similar to a pair of extra legs or prehensile tails. Gripped by these was a ragged rope woven from plant fibers, tied around three fish that were roughly the length of a Matoran's forearm. One was still intact as if freshly caught, but the others had been picked clean so that only the metallic bones remained. They had been a Rahi's dinner for sure - but the creature had certainly not caught them by itself.

Tameku looked closer, and noticed another palm-sized object tied to the rope, partly hidden by the fish lying on top of it.
Velike
player, 9 posts
Ta-Matoran
Sun 7 Jan 2018
at 19:47
  • msg #45

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 38):

As the rahi fell Velika walked towards it, staring down upon it. His spear held across his shoulder.
"You are no longer our enemy. We shall bother you no longer." He said before tilting his head downwards, his hand clasped across his hearlight.
"The time that was gifted to you was not spent in vain. Time will not judge what is spent, be it in evil, good or survival, so long as the what you were gifted is used and once run dry to give your leave willingly and calm. While your time has been paused it is not cut short. Survived, survive and spend what you have left as well as you can. Time will not judge your sins, but your appreciation, and yours has been well run." He said in prayer, bowing, his hands clasped in prayer before turning and returning to the others.

(Told you I was using this)
Darren
player, 8 posts
Ta-Matoran
Sun 7 Jan 2018
at 21:21
  • msg #46

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 38):

Darren breathes a sigh of relief as the rahi fell, taking a moment to recover. Afterwards he would walk the area around the boat for anything else unusual while the others work, eventually noticing the structure. He walks over to investigate.
Lutorian
player, 8 posts
Le-Matoran
Sun 7 Jan 2018
at 21:56
  • msg #47

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Lutorian realized that he’s sitting in a big hole in the sand for no other reason than kirina wanted to find stuff buried in the sand, and now he sits there contemplating what he’s just done and the sand that now fills his joints.
Lutorian shovels a big load of sand and dumps it on kirina’s head, and leaves the pit without saying a word.
Game Master
GM, 38 posts
Mon 8 Jan 2018
at 14:21
  • msg #48

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Velike felt certain that the Rahi, while still unresponsive, would certainly have appreciated his words. One could hope that it would not blindly attack Matoran in the future.

Darren moved away from the others, reaching the edge of the beach in short order. A quick look told him that the marker held two simple messages chiseled into the stone.

The structure next to the road marker was a wall about as tall as himself. It was shaped like half a circle of rocks stuck together with clay, with a few carved pictures on the inside. The opening faced away from the beach, meaning Darren had to move around it to see what it hid.




Darren: You've checked out the structure. Report to the others if you wish, or they can see for themselves.

Everyone: Got nothing new for you right now, but the previous list and replies still apply. Don't be afraid to take actions that advance the narrative from here. :)

Tameku
player, 18 posts
Bo-Matoran
Mon 8 Jan 2018
at 15:33
  • msg #49

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku followed Darren to the path with the stone marker. He immediately felt a lot safer leaving the open terrain of the beach behind and approaching the jungle with its trees. He took a look at the stone marker.
Game Master
GM, 41 posts
Mon 8 Jan 2018
at 15:46
  • msg #50

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku got a look at the stone marker and the structure with a curved wall next to it.
Kirina
player, 6 posts
Vo-Matoran
Mon 8 Jan 2018
at 16:30
  • msg #51

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Tameku (msg # 49):

Kirina shook the sand pile from her head in annoyance. She stood back up and glanced around the beach, noting the Dermis Turtle that seemed to be searching for something. Brushing the excess sand from the crevices of her mask, she decided not to incur further wrath from the team by wandering off. As she turned to follow the others to the monument, she made a mental promise to keep an eye out for any other Rahi acting outside the norm.
Tameku
player, 19 posts
Bo-Matoran
Mon 8 Jan 2018
at 18:25
  • msg #52

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku did something... (private to GM) (hope this works?)
Game Master
GM, 42 posts
Mon 8 Jan 2018
at 18:37
  • msg #53

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Kirina surveyed the beach, and took notice of the turtle moving about. While overall peaceful and non-threatening, it had gotten a bit closer to them, and appeared to have a metal rod of sorts sticking out of its shell near the shoulder. Completely unfazed by this object, it had picked up a piece of something green that it was now lazily chewing on. Was it... metal?

The Vo-Matoran eventually reached the two already present at the stone marker, and got a good look at it herself.

Tameku seemed interested in inspecting it further, no doubt using his expertise as a merchant to look for details that would be lost on others.

Meanwhile, the storm was still raging around them, ensuring that the footprints they left in the sand were turned into puddles in short order.
Darren
player, 9 posts
Ta-Matoran
Mon 8 Jan 2018
at 19:25
  • msg #54

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 48):

“Hey, there’s a village over that direction.” Darren yells over the rain, pointing from the natural umbrella of the trees. He doesn’t bother with the little statue, as getting out of the rain was more pressing.
Velike
player, 10 posts
Ta-Matoran
Mon 8 Jan 2018
at 19:42
  • msg #55

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Darren (msg # 54):

“Good. Shelter would be useful in this storm. Let us hope any inhabitants are friendly.” Velike replied, staring where he’d indicated before heading towards it, his spear in hand.
Tameku
player, 20 posts
Bo-Matoran
Mon 8 Jan 2018
at 19:49
  • msg #56

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Seems like this village is populated by Le-Matoran", Tameku said, still looking at the statuette. "Hey, Lutorian, Kirina!", he called over, "There are some carvings here of what look like Rahi. Has any of you an idea what they could be? I'm definitely not interested in another nasty surprise like that on the beach" He gestured towards the carving with the many sharp-beaked bird Rahi on the right.
Kirina
player, 7 posts
Vo-Matoran
Mon 8 Jan 2018
at 20:14
  • msg #57

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Tameku (msg # 56):

Similarly uninterested in more surprise Rahi attacks, Kirina followed Tameku’s gesture and inspected the carving, as well.

(Kirina rolled 6 using 2d6, keeping the highest dice only with rolls of 1,6.  Attempt to identify the Rahi depicted in the carving.)
Lutorian
player, 9 posts
Le-Matoran
Mon 8 Jan 2018
at 21:11
  • msg #58

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

“Alright” lutorian replied to tameku, making his way over yo the others.
Once inside, lutorian investigated the statues, trying to see if he could identify any of them or see if he could decifer their behavior from their apparence.

Lutorian rolled 6 using 2d6, keeping the highest dice only ((6,6
Game Master
GM, 43 posts
Mon 8 Jan 2018
at 21:47
  • msg #59

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Darren and Velike started down the path, finding it soft and muddy, but relatively dry compared to the beach. The treetops far above swayed violently in the wind, but down on the ground the forest provided something of a natural shield against the storm. They could walk and speak a bit easier here. No village was immediately visible from where they stood, but with any luck it wouldn't be too far.

Meanwhile, Kirina and Lutorian took a moment to check out the Matoran carvings and statuette.
Kirina
player, 8 posts
Vo-Matoran
Mon 8 Jan 2018
at 22:36
  • msg #60

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 59):

“The larger bird looks like an Akifira eagle, and the smaller is a Kewa. Kewas are domesticated birds used by Le-Matoran, but the eagles do sometimes hunt Matoran. It looks to me like this is a Le-Matoran and his Kewa bird fighting the eagle. Akifira are rare, but if there are any on Rangi Motu, the resident Le-Matoran should be able to help us fight them off.” She stopped and turned to Lutorian, “At least, that’s what I’ve heard. I don’t know much about mountainous Rahi.”
Lutorian
player, 10 posts
Le-Matoran
Tue 9 Jan 2018
at 01:34
  • msg #61

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Lutorian gives kirina a quick sideways glance before responding “yes that’s correct, they only hunt at dusk, and rarely attack matoran. Your also right about this being a battle-flight, capturing one while in high-flying combat is one of the greatest respecable tasks a le-matoran can do, this might be a trophy of some kind”
Tameku
player, 21 posts
Bo-Matoran
Tue 9 Jan 2018
at 12:08
  • msg #62

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Then let's try to get a roof over our heads before dusk. I'd rather not meet one of these Akifira, Le-Matoran Kewa riders rushing to our aid or not."
Despite his words, Tameku didn't move, instead slowly reaching out a hand to touch the statuette. "But something about this sculpture is strange... shouldn't it be wet from the rain?"
Game Master
GM, 44 posts
Tue 9 Jan 2018
at 13:07
  • msg #63

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

When Tameku placed a hand on the carved figure in front of him, he felt something odd.

A moment later, the surface of the figure was beginning to darken from the wet spots of rainwater hitting it. The rain that had been flowing off Tameku's mask, on the other hand, was suddenly gone.

Thunder cracked somewhere far away, feeling more distant than before.
This message was last edited by the GM at 09:02, Wed 10 Jan 2018.
Tameku
player, 22 posts
Bo-Matoran
Tue 9 Jan 2018
at 18:56
  • msg #64

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu



Tameku quickly snatched his hand back, then, realizing that the wood sculpture was rapidly getting wet, quickly touched it again in hopes of reversing whatever it was he did.
Game Master
GM, 45 posts
Tue 9 Jan 2018
at 19:47
  • msg #65

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Try as he might, Tameku could not make anything happen. The statue remained entirely unresponsive.
Tameku
player, 23 posts
Bo-Matoran
Tue 9 Jan 2018
at 20:00
  • msg #66

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Damn, damn, damn, damn, damn", Tameku muttered, touching the figurine again and again without anything happening. That he himself was now protected from the weather he hardly noticed. He had the impression that someone might get really pissed off if the sculpture got damaged by the weather, and he really didn't like people getting mad at him. Being in trouble wasn't good for business.

He wondered if the figurine might fit in his bag. He could return it in the village and apologize for whatever elemental thing he accidently disrupted. He was good at dealing with people.
Lutorian
player, 11 posts
Le-Matoran
Tue 9 Jan 2018
at 23:02
  • msg #67

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

“Tameku what have you done! By touching that you’ve been cursed! You’ll die in three days if you don’t sacrifice a Matoran to the Akifira”
Lutorian yelled out, his mask having a larger grin than usual.
“Whatever caused the statue to keep dry, is working on your mask now.” Lutorian said in a more serious tone.
As for the statue, we could bring it to the Le-Matoran and say we’re ever-sorry and maybe they’ll forgive us. We’re usually jolly-folk anyway.”
Darren
player, 10 posts
Ta-Matoran
Wed 10 Jan 2018
at 02:47
  • msg #68

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 59):

Darren walks down the path a bit, before turning to look back at the other two matoran. "Hey, are you guys coming along?"
Game Master
GM, 46 posts
Wed 10 Jan 2018
at 09:02
  • msg #69

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku realized that the figurine, which was about as tall as his head, would fit snugly into his bag so long as it could be removed from its pedestal. It appeared to be wedged in pretty tightly, but could definitely be loosened... hopefully without damaging the goods.

Meanwhile, Darren surveyed the path ahead, and spotted a number of exotic plants among the grass and ferns. Further ahead, a more narrow path split off from the main road, leading in between dense foliage to some unknown location.


Tameku
It can be carried. Needs a roll to get it loose, though.

Everyone
Staying on the current path will presumably lead you to the village.

Tameku
player, 24 posts
Bo-Matoran
Wed 10 Jan 2018
at 10:50
  • msg #70

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku carefully tried getting the statue loose, but it became clear that he would have to apply some force to actually manage that. Carefully he selected a part of the statue that seemed well suited to get a good grip on it but also seemed sturdy enough to not break off if he pulled on it. He pulled, carefully applying more and more of his strength, until...

Applied skill: Judging Craftsmanship to pick a sturdy section of the figurine to pull on

Tameku rolled 6 using 2d6, keeping the highest dice only with rolls of 6,3.  Pulling loose the figurine.

(that figurine is a magnet for sixes XD)

Game Master
GM, 47 posts
Wed 10 Jan 2018
at 11:30
  • msg #71

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

The wooden carving slipped out of its circular socket, revealing that it was no more than a centimeter deep. The bird idol was a bit heavier than it looked, but not so much that it would be a problem for the Bo-Matoran.

The well-known Matoran symbol of air was carved into the flat stone surface where the statuette had stood. More notable, however, was that the center of this surface held another, smaller circle, a hole dropping into darkness. The stone pedestal appeared to be hollow. Just as soon as Tameku had removed the figurine from this spot, a strong air current rushed out of the hole and burst towards the sky like a miniature whirlwind, high as the treetops. Seconds later it spread outwards, blowing away the rain for a brief moment before vanishing entirely and leaving the five Matoran standing in silence.

The rain returned, but this time it fell straight down. The wind had stopped blowing entirely, and only rustling leaves gave the impression that it had even been there a moment before.


You're gonna to spend all your luck too early in the game. :P

I'm going to give the others a chance to respond after this.

This message was last edited by the GM at 11:31, Wed 10 Jan 2018.
Tameku
player, 25 posts
Bo-Matoran
Wed 10 Jan 2018
at 11:39
  • msg #72

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"I have the strong feeling we should get to that village immediately", Tameku said, "Or else we might mess this up even more." He put the figurine into his bag to protect it from the rain.
Velike
player, 11 posts
Ta-Matoran
Wed 10 Jan 2018
at 17:34
  • msg #73

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 71):

“Time has been angered.” Velike stated, staring into the sky with a worried look in his eyes. “My prayer did not give enough. A larger gift must be given soon so as to settle its anger.” He muttered, having been staring towards the village as he continued to walk, unaware of the situation behind him other than its current effects on the weather.
Kirina
player, 9 posts
Vo-Matoran
Wed 10 Jan 2018
at 20:06
  • msg #74

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 71):

Kirina looked up with the others at the sudden change in weather, staring at the sky for a few seconds even after the rain returned. She glanced to the others, then back to the lone Dermis Turtle.

“Guys,” she finally spoke up, “I agree that getting to the village is important, but I think we might have another issue. Possibly even a related one.” She pointed to the turtle, “Is it just me, or does that Dermis Turtle appear to be chewing on a piece of green armor?”
Lutorian
player, 12 posts
Le-Matoran
Wed 10 Jan 2018
at 23:50
  • msg #75

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Lutorian stood in confused silence as the rain fell back down onto them, waiting for someone o say something.

Hearing kirina break the silence snapped him back “You think the turtle’s eating what?” He responded, making his way to the turtle to investigate.

Lutorian rolled 4 using 1d6 ((4))
Darren
player, 11 posts
Ta-Matoran
Thu 11 Jan 2018
at 00:12
  • msg #76

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Kirina (msg # 74):

Darren watches them walk back out into the rain. "But guys, there's a village, with shelter, and fire, just that way. I can see it at this point." He points down the narrow side path.
Velike
player, 12 posts
Ta-Matoran
Thu 11 Jan 2018
at 00:42
  • msg #77

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Darren (msg # 76):

Velike, having been continuing his walk and searching for possible dangers, had yet to become aware of the situation occurring behind him. At least until he realized how quiet it had become, only his footsteps sounding, causing him to whirl around, a worried look across his face before he saw the others... still at the beach... "HOW DIFFICULT IS IT FOR YOU ALL TO UNDERSTAND THE NEED TO HEAD TO SAFETY?!" Velike yelled in anger, slamming his spear butt into the ground before stalking back towards them quickly, steam nearly pouring from his mask as he fumed.
Kirina
player, 10 posts
Vo-Matoran
Thu 11 Jan 2018
at 02:32
  • msg #78

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Velike (msg # 77):

“Don’t forget why we’re here, Velike,” Kirina called back over the storm, “This isn’t a vacation, this is an investigation. We’re here because nothing’s been heard from this island’s Matoran for months and no other investigation team has returned. Did you ever wonder why?” She pointed again at the turtle, “That turtle has something in its mouth. Something green and metal. We know there were supposed to be Le-Matoran on this island, but we’ve all been assuming that they’re still here. What if we get to that village and find that there’s no one to apologize to about the totem? No one to ask about the disappearances? What if we get to the village only to find that there is no village? All I’m asking is that we see what that turtle is chewing on so we at least know what to expect.”
Lutorian
player, 13 posts
Le-Matoran
Thu 11 Jan 2018
at 02:50
  • msg #79

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

“Jeez guys this will only take a minute!” Yelled back lutorian, a little bit annoyed at Velike’s impatience.
Game Master
GM, 48 posts
Thu 11 Jan 2018
at 07:31
  • msg #80

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Lutorian took a closer look at the object the turtle was chewing on. The docile creature seemed uncaring to his presence, and kept lazily munching on its edge. Whether the Rahi thought the metal was tasty or it just found the piece of scrap curious, it did not seem to be consuming it.

Meanwhile, standing further up the path than the others, Darren was left alone.


Everyone
Summing up the current location: There's the main path going at least a kilometer further into the jungle, a side path leading to what appears to a campfire about 50 meters away, and the beach with its turtles, shrine and shipwreck.

It's still heavily raining but the wind has calmed down after whatever you did.

Lutorian
player, 14 posts
Le-Matoran
Thu 11 Jan 2018
at 09:59
  • msg #81

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Retrieving the piece of metal from the sand, lutorian quickly realized what he was holding, running back to the group.
“It’s part of a kanohi” he stated in a grim tone “wether it means a hard-lucked matoran met their fate here or not, I don’t know. But we should probably make our way to whatever meets us at the end of the ground-path now. Maybe they might know something about this mask.”
Tameku
player, 26 posts
Bo-Matoran
Thu 11 Jan 2018
at 10:52
  • msg #82

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku, having followed Kirina and Lutorian to the Dermis Turtle, took a closer look at the metal rod thing sticking out of its shell.

(Only the thing previously in its mouth has been examined yet, right?)
This message was last updated by the player at 10:55, Thu 11 Jan 2018.
Game Master
GM, 49 posts
Thu 11 Jan 2018
at 11:50
  • msg #83

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku pointed out the thing sticking out of the turtle's shell. At close range, a sharp flared tip could be seen, making it obvious to everyone that this was a harpoon, likely from a hand-held speargun of some kind. Despite the power of such weapons, the turtle's shell had been hard enough to prevent the projectile from penetrating very far. Beyond being stuck in a tiny crack in the white shell, it had done no harm at all.
Velike
player, 13 posts
Ta-Matoran
Thu 11 Jan 2018
at 14:19
  • msg #84

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Kirina (msg # 78):

Velike growled in slight irritation before turning and heading back towards Darren. “Fine, do as you wish. At least one of you understands the importance of scouting our possible safe area before meddling with potentially dangerous situations.” He muttered, uncaring of how the others felt of him as long as it guaranteed safety for his charges..
Lutorian
player, 15 posts
Le-Matoran
Fri 12 Jan 2018
at 10:35
  • msg #85

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

“Fine fire-spitter, we’ll leave in just a second” lutorian assured velike, while trying to pry the harpoon from the turtle’s shell, hoping it’s in good enough condition to still be used as a weapon.
Lutorian rolled 4 using 1d6 ((4))
Game Master
GM, 50 posts
Fri 12 Jan 2018
at 11:15
  • msg #86

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

The turtle looked questioningly at Lutorian when he came close to it, but allowed him to remove the harpoon without any fuzz. It slipped out of the crack easily, leaving the Matoran with a new weapon. It was obviously meant to be used by some larger being, for compared to his height it looked a lot more like a spear than projectile.
Tameku
player, 27 posts
Bo-Matoran
Fri 12 Jan 2018
at 11:40
  • msg #87

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku took the harpoon from Lutorian for a moment and searched it for any signs of its origin. He himself didn't know much about weapons as he had never traded with them, but he knew a good deal about trademarks, so maybe this harpoon could give him a hint at local trade before contact to Rangi Motu broke off.

After he had examined the harpoon, he handed it back to Lutorian.
"Let's get out of this rain then", Tameku said.

Tameku rolled 2 using 1d6 with rolls of 2.  Searching harpoon for trademarks.
Game Master
GM, 51 posts
Fri 12 Jan 2018
at 11:48
  • msg #88

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku
It doesn't look very special. Anyone with a forge could make this.

Velike
player, 14 posts
Ta-Matoran
Fri 12 Jan 2018
at 14:05
  • msg #89

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Lutorian (msg # 85):

Velike continued to walk, searching for potential danger as he did.

Velike rolled 3 using 2d6, keeping the highest dice only with rolls of 1,3.  Searching for rahi/related danger.
(Would survival skills count towards a ‘search’/observation roll actually?)
Game Master
GM, 52 posts
Fri 12 Jan 2018
at 14:10
  • msg #90

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Velike
I would say yes, but it would apply more to recognizing dangerous sitations/potential Rahi dwellings than it would allow you to track and/or recognize specific Rahi.

Did you continue down the main road, or the side path? Tell me which and I'll give you an outcome. :)

This message was last edited by the GM at 14:11, Fri 12 Jan 2018.
Velike
player, 15 posts
Ta-Matoran
Fri 12 Jan 2018
at 17:26
  • msg #91

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 90):

(The side path leads towards the village like area, correct? If so I’m heading there. Also, your description of the die roll works quite well for what he’s doing, looking for potential dangers of any kind. Thanks.)
Game Master
GM, 53 posts
Fri 12 Jan 2018
at 18:29
  • msg #92

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Velike broke from the widest road and headed towards what appeared to be a campfire not too far away. As he got closer, it became apparent that it was a small clearing, but no village. From where he stood, he could see past the rain-slick bushes covering the muddy dirt path, and noticed a few things inside the makeshift campsite.


What do you do?
Velike
player, 16 posts
Ta-Matoran
Fri 12 Jan 2018
at 19:48
  • msg #93

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 92):
Darren
player, 12 posts
Ta-Matoran
Fri 12 Jan 2018
at 20:07
  • msg #94

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 92):

Darren started down the side path, beckoning for the two Le-Matoran to follow.
Lutorian
player, 16 posts
Le-Matoran
Fri 12 Jan 2018
at 20:36
  • msg #95

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Not wanting to anger velike again, Lutorian followed swiftly.
Game Master
GM, 54 posts
Sat 13 Jan 2018
at 00:58
  • msg #96

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu



The others quickly caught up with Velike, and found him inspecting the lifeless body of a Le-Matoran. He lay slumped across the roots of a tree trunk, with his face missing its mask. The normally lush armor was covered in caked mud and sand. Streaks of clearer color were visible where the raindrops had run down the metal.


Clawed footprints littered the ground around the still-lit campfire. Whoever made them was nowhere to be seen, but judging by the state of the camp they must have been there very recently.


What do you do?
Velike
player, 17 posts
Ta-Matoran
Sat 13 Jan 2018
at 01:26
  • msg #97

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 96):

"Good, you've all arrived. Help me with this Matoran, he has suffered some form of injury and lost his mask." Velike told the others, standing up and grabbing his spear, saying
"I believe his attacker may still be nearby due to the presence of visible tracks despite he rain. I will scout for them in case of attack." As he started to follow the tracks for a ways.
Tameku
player, 28 posts
Bo-Matoran
Sat 13 Jan 2018
at 11:47
  • msg #98

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Carefully Tameku moved over to the Le-Matoran and inspected him himself. A lot of Bo-Matoran were skilled healers. He wasn't, still he tried his best searching for any wounds.
Game Master
GM, 55 posts
Sat 13 Jan 2018
at 12:31
  • msg #99

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Velike moved to the edge of the small clearing, following what seemed to be the freshest set of footprints. He didn't need to go far. The being had carefully hid itself as best it could, but the firelight reached just far enough to reflect off the brightest parts of its body, and with how on guard the Ta-Matoran was this was enough to reveal the being to him almost immediately.


Meanwhile, Tameku found that the Matoran's heart-light was on, although dim. The poor Matoran was still alive.
Tameku
player, 29 posts
Bo-Matoran
Sat 13 Jan 2018
at 12:47
  • msg #100

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"He's still alive!", Tameku told the others, "Doesn'st seem injured, but he needs a mask soon. Maybe it's still somewhere near?"
Tameku looked around the clearing with the campfire.

Tameku rolled 1 using 1d6 with rolls of 1.  Searching for mask/anything else that pulls attention.
Game Master
GM, 56 posts
Sat 13 Jan 2018
at 13:03
  • msg #101

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Unfortunately, there was no Kanohi lying around the campsite, and there wasn't much else either beyond firewood. It was a grim realization that the broken mask they had found on the beach must have belonged to this Matoran.

In his search, however, Tameku came close to where Velike was standing at the egde of the clearing. He looked up and finally noticed what the guardsman had spotted as well.
Tameku
player, 30 posts
Bo-Matoran
Sat 13 Jan 2018
at 13:13
  • msg #102

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku froze as he noticed what Velike was looking at, too. His eyes grew wide.
Darren
player, 13 posts
Ta-Matoran
Sat 13 Jan 2018
at 15:14
  • msg #103

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 101):

Darren sighs, looking at the matoran on the ground. "I guess we should take him to the village. They probably have a spare kanohi there." He moves to pick up the matoran, and looks at Tameku and Velike. "What is it?"

Darren rolled 3 using 1d6 with rolls of 3:  Picking up Matoran.
Kirina
player, 11 posts
Vo-Matoran
Sat 13 Jan 2018
at 17:42
  • msg #104

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Feeling sorry for the poor Le-Matoran, Kirina was struck with a potentially dangerous plan. “We can stay conscious for a little while without our masks, right..?” She asked, reaching for her own.
Velike
player, 18 posts
Ta-Matoran
Sat 13 Jan 2018
at 18:30
  • msg #105

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Darren (msg # 103):

"There is nothing to worry about, just an... illusion of the lights reflection from the rain." Velike called out to Darren, resting a hand on Tameku's shoulder as he calmly gave a small shake of his head, his hand tightening across his spears grip just in case.
He slowly turned to face away from the Skakdi, leaving himself in such a position that he was still able to see the Skakdi out of the corner of his eye, hoping to appear less threatening so the larger being would leave.

(He may be a guard but he knows when to be cautious)
This message was last edited by the player at 18:44, Sat 13 Jan 2018.
Tameku
player, 31 posts
Bo-Matoran
Sat 13 Jan 2018
at 19:49
  • msg #106

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku slowly took a step back and to the side so that Velike stood between him and the Skakdi. He moved his bag in front of his torso in hopes that if the being triggered its speargun and penetrated Velike the wooden figurine might be able to stop the projectile before it could harm him.
Tameku hoped the Skakdi would say something instead of attacking. Perhaps he could talk his way out of this situation.
Velike
player, 19 posts
Ta-Matoran
Sat 13 Jan 2018
at 20:01
  • msg #107

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Tameku (msg # 106):

Velike gave a small eye-roll at Tameku's actions, a small scoff sounding as he kept his attention on the Skakdi and his grip on his spear.
Game Master
GM, 57 posts
Sat 13 Jan 2018
at 20:15
  • msg #108

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Darren easily lifted the unconscious Matoran. The Ta-Matoran found that he could carry him over his back without much trouble, but it would keep both his hands occupied.

A gruff, guttural voice sounded from the bushes. It was laughing incredulously. Velike saw the Skakdi rise to full height, becoming visible to everyone in the camp. With mud and leaves covering him, the large being was still somewhat blending in with the surroundings, despite having revealed himself.

"Bold of you," it said, snorting, indicating Velike's attempt to play it cool. "I'm almost impressed. Trying to protect your friends from me, are you? You wouldn't be able to."

The Skakdi lowered its weapon and pointed the spear tip towards the ground, but kept it generally at ready. Then he nodded towards the limp body Darren was carrying, and grunted. "Are you with this guy?"


Kirina
Yes, masks can be removed and you will feel a surge of weakness. It will grow worse over time until you start becoming dizzy, then finally lose consciousness. If the mask is replaced, recovery is nearly instant so long as you don't have other injuries.

Tameku
player, 32 posts
Bo-Matoran
Sat 13 Jan 2018
at 20:28
  • msg #109

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Feeling a little safer now that the speargun wasn't pointed directly at them anymore, Tameku made a gesture to his companions signaling them to let him do the talking, and took a slight step to the side again, thus being better visible to the Skakdi but still being able to get behind Velike quickly if things got ugly.

He cleared his throat.
"Well, you know, we Matoran are kinda entitled to care for each other, but we haven't ever met our unconcious fellow here. If you had any... disagreement with him, we would totally understand that and we really wouldn't want to interfere in other folk's affairs. You see, we're just coming through and would like to get out of this unpleasant rain in a village that must be nearby."
Velike
player, 20 posts
Ta-Matoran
Sat 13 Jan 2018
at 20:30
  • msg #110

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 108):

"No." Velike replied. "We were sent here to discover what changes have occurred here after a previous group went missing. It was lucky for this matoran that I recognized the potential safety of this area." Velike said, fully turned to face the Skakdi, his grip on the spear still tense but held at a less threatening position.

"I am glad that you are... friendly. I must agree I would have experienced defeat in my attempts to keep you at bay otherwise." A small grin crossing his face as he continued.
"As for beating me, I wouldn't underestimate an Honor-guard of the Va-tribe. i will admit a fight will definitely end in my defeat, but not without injuries to yourself."
Kirina
player, 12 posts
Vo-Matoran
Sat 13 Jan 2018
at 21:10
  • msg #111

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Kirina’s hand had shifted from her mask towards her hip, hovering near, but not on, the hilt of her hunting knife. She watched the Skakdi carefully, ready to act if he became aggressive. She hoped to Mata Nui that he wouldn’t become aggressive.
Game Master
GM, 58 posts
Sat 13 Jan 2018
at 21:36
  • msg #112

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"If you're not with him you're of no use to me," the Skakdi said dismissively, and shrugged. "I was staking out the area and found this guy washed up on the beach. Too stupid to get back to shore before the storm hit, I guess."

His gaze shifted from Tameku to Velike, but he did not seem to care much about either of them. He eyed Kirina's hunting knife as well, but lingered on it for only a moment.

"He's lucky I bothered to drag him here at all, you mean. Turtles would have eaten him way before you came along." He made a chomping, gnashing sound with his teeth to illustrate his point, then laughed at his own dumb joke. "Still, if he wasn't useful to me, I'd have left him in the sand." Paying no attention to the Matoran around him, the spined being - twice as tall and twice as wide as any of them - squatted down next to the bonfire and flicked another log into the flames. Then he gestured vaguely in some direction away from the clearing, without bothering to look in their direction.

"The village is up there... somewhere. Get out of here. Leave the dumb one with me, but don't worry, I'll drag him up there later and accept their undying gratitude for saving him." He picked something out of his teeth and flicked it into the flames. He paused for the second it took to burn away - possibly contemplating how much to say - then continued. "Only way they'll ever have a useful talk with me," he grumbled, "is if I have a good reason to do so. Turns out they're not fond of Skakdi after that little scuffle a hundred years ago."
This message was last edited by the GM at 21:39, Sat 13 Jan 2018.
Velike
player, 21 posts
Ta-Matoran
Sat 13 Jan 2018
at 21:46
  • msg #113

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 112):

"... Fine." Velike replied. "So long as he arrives there will be good with me and your reasoning is sound." He said, turning and starting to walk towards where the Skakdi said the village was.
"That doesn't mean I trust you." He said as he turned his head to glare at the skakdi over his shoulder.  I will find out if this was a lie, and if so, I will hunt you down. Time may hold no grievances but I will." He said, a warning in his tone, turning his head back around and continuing to head off.
Game Master
GM, 59 posts
Sat 13 Jan 2018
at 22:04
  • msg #114

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Upon hearing this, the Skakdi grinned in an unsettling manner. "I would just see you coming, little one," he said derisively. His eyes flashed yellow for a moment. "I can see your body heat from a mile away... and fire-spitters like yourself show up extra bright in my experience."
Velike
player, 22 posts
Ta-Matoran
Sat 13 Jan 2018
at 22:15
  • msg #115

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 114):

"Well then, it sounds like you'd be quite a fun challenge." Velike replied, a smile in his voice. "My other Honor-guard brethren would've had fun planning a hunt for you."
Lutorian
player, 17 posts
Le-Matoran
Sat 13 Jan 2018
at 22:30
  • msg #116

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Lutorian had said nothing until now, wanting to let velike handle the situation, but the skakdi’s story didn’t add up.
“I believe this is yours?” Lutorian said holding out the harpoon he had found “Lucky you saved him from one of those turtles that would have eaten him” lutorian said trying to match the same crude humor the skakdi used.
Game Master
GM, 60 posts
Sat 13 Jan 2018
at 23:06
  • msg #117

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Ah," the Skakdi said, grabbing the harpoon, then handing it back after a moment's contemplation. "I was aiming for dinner. Turns out those shells are harder than they look. I'll come back some other time with a Cordak blaster and get myself some new turtle armor."
Darren
player, 14 posts
Ta-Matoran
Sun 14 Jan 2018
at 00:31
  • msg #118

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 117):

Darren hesitates, still holding the matoran. "Shouldn't he get a mask? We don't do well without them."
Velike
player, 23 posts
Ta-Matoran
Sun 14 Jan 2018
at 00:36
  • msg #119

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Darren (msg # 118):

At that velike paused. "Ah, yes... that may be a problem..."
Lutorian
player, 18 posts
Le-Matoran
Sun 14 Jan 2018
at 07:27
  • msg #120

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

“You seem interested in speaking with the matoran of this village, why is that?” Lutorian said to the skakdi.
“You plan to use this matoran as a tool to do that, but their condition is getting ever-worse without a mask, they may be old-bones by the time you take them there.
Lutorian pointed to the matoran’s weakening heartlight.
Tameku
player, 33 posts
Bo-Matoran
Sun 14 Jan 2018
at 11:18
  • msg #121

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Guys, you're talking to a Skakdi, in Mata Nui's name!" Tameku hissed to the others, "We're lucky he's in such a good mood or simply doesn't care about us enough. So would you please try not to get on his nerves? I'll try reasoning with him, but if he says no, then we'll go, understood?"

He turned to the Skakdi.
"This fellow here really doesn't look good, you know. I'm a Bo-Matoran, we know about such things. And I'm really pretty sure that if you drag a dead matoran into a village getting something useful out of the inhabitants might be... difficult. However, we as Matoran could maybe put in a good word for you, and of coure mention that you saved this poor soul's life. Why, they might even reward you!
So why don't you just let us save this Matoran's life and spare you the trouble of dragging him along?"

Skills used: Persuasiveness, Knowledge of how to deal with different species
Tameku rolled 5 using 3d6, keeping the highest dice only with rolls of 5,1,4.  Persuading the Skakdi.

Game Master
GM, 61 posts
Sun 14 Jan 2018
at 13:15
  • msg #122

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"You really are handful," muttered the Skakdi hunter, before rising to his feet once more. He stood in a relaxed posture, and lazily picked up his weapon so he held it by the barrel rather than the grip. The imposing figure was entirely at ease with the situation.

"Any fool can tell he's not dead, as you have clearly demonstrated. I am not about to give up my leverage, so you will speak nothing of my intentions to the villagers. If it's the only way to make you stop bothering me, however, I'll let you take him with you. I'll follow in a little while, and I expect to be greeted as a blazing hero when I arrive."

His eyes narrowed. "And: Remember that I can tell where you go, so don't try anything funny."
Tameku
player, 34 posts
Bo-Matoran
Sun 14 Jan 2018
at 13:46
  • msg #123

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Of course, sorry for bothering you. We'll be going then." Tameku made a slight bow, then turned to the others.

"Let's get going, the sooner this Matoran gets back to his people and proper care, the better." He dropped his voice to a whisper so the Skakdi wouldn't hear, then continued "And don't try to push our luck further. This already turned out much better than most conversations with Skakdi I had."
Darren
player, 15 posts
Ta-Matoran
Sun 14 Jan 2018
at 15:22
  • msg #124

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Tameku (msg # 123):

Darren nods and starts back on the path to the village, carrying the comatose matoran.
Velike
player, 24 posts
Ta-Matoran
Sun 14 Jan 2018
at 18:42
  • msg #125

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 122):

"Of course. We shall hold our end of the deal honorably, as you have so far shown truth in your actions. Of course, if a lie emerges, changes may occur." Velike replied, a slight glare crossing his features as he finished, before settling back into his more neutral look as he waited for Darren to catch up.
"So it appears I have a new charge for the time being." He muttered, staring at the comatose matoran as he rested a hand on the side of his mask.
Game Master
GM, 62 posts
Mon 15 Jan 2018
at 10:00
  • msg #126

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

The Skakdi seemed more amused than anything by Velike's low-key threats, though there was a cold recognition in his eyes that suggested he would be watching the Matoran carefully. The hunter watched them leave and observed them for a little while longer before sitting back down at the campfire. They lost sight of him soon thereafter.

***

The rest of the walk along the path was uneventful. Mud covered the feet of every Matoran in the party, but the rain made it easy to brush off in the wet grass if desired. About fifteen minutes after they left the Skakdi behind, they spotted another clearing ahead, this one with what appeared to be huts and a wooden fence surrounding it.

Once they reached the end of the path, they could confirm that they had indeed reached the village they were looking for. It consisted of a large, lush clearing, with patches of dirt showing through downtrodden grass. Several huts - five in total - were made of rough-edged planks. Logs placed at each corner worked as supports raised the huts about a foot off the ground to keep them dry. Thick jungle leaves had been used as doors.

In the trees above them, supported by thick branches, traditional Le-Matoran huts could be seen. Ladders and walkways had been constructed between a few of them. From the ground it was hard to tell how many there were, as they blended in with their surroundings.

Many thin logs and thick branches had been arranged to form the fence around the village. It was taller than a Matoran, and almost as tall as a Toa would be. Still, the space between each bar made it easy to look through it from both sides. There were three wide gaps in the fence: One each leading to paths going east and west, and another for the south path from whichthe group had arrived.

In the back of the village, visible through the space between the two largest huts, stood a moss-grown Suva raised on a large platform. Four stone pillars were evenly spaced around it.

Several lights were visible inside the huts, and barely any Matoran were outside. A teal-colored Bo-Matoran wearing a Noble Miru was working with a brown and silver Fe-Matoran wearing a black Hau. They were busy helping each other cover a cart filled with metal items with a sheet of some kind. They had not noticed the new arrivals yet.

What do you do?


Everyone
You have reached the village, and may take a breather. You have gotten through a couple of dangerous situations, and gain 2 XP. You may spend your XP on a new skill related to something you did recently, or you may keep the points in reserve for later.

Summary
Locations: Southern beach, wind-walker shrine, jungle path, jungle village.
Notable events: Shipwreck, Rahi fight, making the wind go away at the shrine, dealing with a Skakdi hunter.
Notable beings: Dermis turtle, sand screamer, Skakdi hunter, unconscious Le-Matoran.

Village
  • Some huts are on the ground, with more in the trees above. Lights are on.
  • A fence surrounds the village but it has no gates blocking access.
  • There's a Suva in the back.
  • Paths lead south (back to the beach), east, and west.
  • A Bo- and Fe-Matoran are working on something in the rain.


Lutorian
It's been some time since the fight. You recover 1 HP.

Tameku
player, 35 posts
Bo-Matoran
Mon 15 Jan 2018
at 11:41
  • msg #127

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Greetings, fellow Matoran!", Tameku called over to the two working by the cart, "Does your village have a healer? We found a Le-Matoran on our way here and he has lost his mask and suffered who knows what else."

Gonna spend my 2 XP on a new skill: Observation
I imagine this would grant me another die when I'm trying to search for something specific or am just trying to notice things by looking around a place

Does this work?

Game Master
GM, 63 posts
Mon 15 Jan 2018
at 13:31
  • msg #128

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Upon hearing Tameku's words, the two Matoran stopped what they were doing for a moment and looked at him with some surprise on their faces. They glanced back towards each other and exchanged a quick nod. The Fe-Matoran stayed behind to continue tightening a rope keeping the sheet covering the top of the cart, while the Bo-Matoran let go of the cart and hopped down onto the ground before approaching the newcomers at a brisk pace.

"Greetings, travelers," he said, rushing past the formalities. "Mata Nui, that looks like Aeko! We wondered where he had gone! Take him to the largest hut over there, and I shall bring the Turaga to you."


Let's do the skill talk in the OOC thread. :) I've replied there.
Velike
player, 25 posts
Ta-Matoran
Mon 15 Jan 2018
at 15:08
  • msg #129

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Tameku (msg # 127):

As Tameku spoke Velike gave a soft glare, saying “While we in truth did find the matoran we were not the first. A Skakdi did. According to him he found Aeko upon the beach while he was hunting, he brought him to his camp after attempting to chase off a few Dermis-turtles. Currently he has given us no reason for mistrust so I believe what he said, current events have shown potential proof.” He finished, starting to walk forward before pausing.
“Oh yes, my charges injuries.” He muttered, turning around and walking over. “Tell me, do you have any spare masks on hand? If not at immediate access I will offer mine until then.” He said, wrapping the fingers of his right hand around the edge of his mask
Tameku
player, 36 posts
Bo-Matoran
Mon 15 Jan 2018
at 15:24
  • msg #130

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"You have a Turaga here? Good, once Aeko has been cared for we need to talk to him."
Tameku gave Velike a nudge with his elbow. "And we tell the Turaga our story first ere we start a panic or something", he whispered to the Ta-Matoran, "The Skakdi indicated there's bad blood between this village and his species."
He turned to the Bo-Matoran: "Ignore my friend for now, get the Turaga. We'll get Aeko into that hut. Darren?"
Velike
player, 27 posts
Ta-Matoran
Mon 15 Jan 2018
at 15:57
  • msg #131

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Tameku (msg # 130):

“... Fine. Your logic is solid.” Velike replied quietly. “Ignore my last speech.” He said turning back to the Bo-matoran. “It is unimportant at this current time. Now then, about the mask question?” He said, moving his hands to a more readied position to take his off.
Game Master
GM, 65 posts
Mon 15 Jan 2018
at 16:46
  • msg #132

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Skakdi!" the Fe-Matoran spat, and tugged violently on the rope in order to finish the last knot. "Bunch of savages, all of them. I had hoped they'd be out of my sight once I left the desert." He walked over to join the chat, but kept silent so the Miru-wearing one could speak.

"This is Ferrin," the Bo-Matoran explained. "He's a trader from the fortress far off in the western desert. Most of the Skakdi on the island are settled in that area. No one's fond of them." He looked over at Ferrin, and asked: "Hey, do you happen to have any spare Kanohi in that cart of yours?"

Ferrin shook his head. "Only tools and raw materials," he replied.

The Bo-Matoran frowned and turned back to Velike. He closed his eyes and made a short bow. "Then we are grateful for any aid you can offer, traveler. Excuse me, I must fetch the Turaga." With that, he turned and left for one of the huts near the other side of the village.

Ferrin watched him go, then turned to address Tameku. "The Skakdi rampaged across the island about a hundred years ago, in some sort of territorial dispute. I didn't want to remind Keu of it, but old Turaga Wasiru died trying to calm down a warlord. This village still remembers that day. If a Skakdi comes near this place, there will be trouble." He peered towards the sky with amber eyes shining from behind his black  Hau. "I'm leaving as soon as the rain clears. You should do the same."
This message was last edited by the GM at 16:47, Mon 15 Jan 2018.
Tameku
player, 37 posts
Bo-Matoran
Mon 15 Jan 2018
at 17:35
  • msg #133

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"What's your destination, Ferrin?", Tameku asked. "While I can't say with certainty what my friends and I will do after we've spoken to the Turaga, nor what our next destination might be, perhaps we could travel together at least some way? Since we just arrived on this island it would be of great value to have someone around who knows this land. Especially those two Ta-Matoran are very skilled with their weapons, so you'd even get some additional protection against Rahi and whatever else lives here."
Darren
player, 16 posts
Ta-Matoran
Mon 15 Jan 2018
at 17:56
  • msg #134

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Tameku (msg # 130):

Darren nods, carrying Akeo over to the hut. After putting him down in the appropriate place, he walks back to join the group.
Velike
player, 28 posts
Ta-Matoran
Mon 15 Jan 2018
at 18:03
  • msg #135

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 132):

“Ah, you are welcome. It is my duty to protect my charges, be they temporary or not.” He replied, following Darren to the hut, waiting for the matoran to be placed down before removing his mask, visibly drooping tiredly, if only slightly (for now), as his connection was removed before placing it across Akeo’s face.
“There. That should help.” He muttered, walking outside of the hut and attempting to take up a guards pose, leaning  on his upright spear for support as his energy was gradually drained.
Lutorian
player, 19 posts
Le-Matoran
Mon 15 Jan 2018
at 21:40
  • msg #136

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

“Finally, a dry place” Lutorian sighed once the party had entered the hut, sitting down by a wall to rest.
Game Master
GM, 68 posts
Tue 16 Jan 2018
at 08:19
  • msg #137

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"I was originally going to continue on to the eastern coast and deliver some ore," Ferrin said to Tameku, "but word has it the docks are closed anyway. My goods won't get sold now. I'll be returning to the desert, and check on my people." He swiped some water off his mask's forehead, then he motioned for the hut. "Let's get out of the rain. Fe-Matoran metal is guaranteed stainless, yet I still feel like I'm rusting over here."

Meanwhile, three Matoran already inside the hut rose to their feet to check on the newcomers. One - a Le-Matoran with dark green feet - came to the front of the trio. The lightstones illuminating the hut glinted in the visor he had in place of a regular Pakari's eyeholes. The others - both Bo-Matoran with dark blue bodies and green masks - stayed in the background.

The one with the visor watched Darren place Aeko on the floor, and nodded respectfully in aknowledgement of his rescue. He looked surprised when Velike offered up his mask, but seemed elated when the one called Aeko began stirring to life. The Le-Matoran motioned for one in the back. "Dendri, quick-fix the traveler," he said. "I'll see to our friend."

Dendri nodded, and followed the two Ta-Matoran out of the hut. Her hands and mask of Sensory Aptitude appeared to be stained with sap and other plant matter. She reached into a satchel woven from leaves and pulled out a capsule made from wood, which she presented to Velike. "This is Kaka extract," she explained. "If you start feeling like you're going to faint from lack of energy, drink it. It's not as good as a Volo sphere, but it's all I have access to right now." She waited for him to take it, then added: "You are very kind, by the way. Not everyone would lend their mask to a stranger."

Inside the hut, the Le-Matoran kept watching over his friend, who was not yet conscious. "He'll wake soon," he mumbled, then turned his attention to Lutorian. "Smash-land, did he?" he asked, but stopped himself. "Oh, quick-pause, very rude of me! I should welcome you first! This is Lebotu Koro, welcome! What brings you here in such weather?"


Velike
You receive a dose of Kaka extract. It will give you an energy boost when ingested.

Lutorian
player, 20 posts
Le-Matoran
Tue 16 Jan 2018
at 10:30
  • msg #138

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

“Thank you for the happy-welcome” lutorian quickly responded
“We crash-wrecked on the beach and had to come looking for shelter, we were sent here on a journey-quest by a turaga named Koeti.
As for your friend, we found him on the way here, his mask was shattered.” He said while giving a look to the others to make sure he wasn’t telling too much.
“but we have matters to discuss with your turaga ever-quick”
Tameku
player, 38 posts
Bo-Matoran
Tue 16 Jan 2018
at 11:17
  • msg #139

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"The docks are closed?", Tameku asked Ferrin, "Did you hear anything as to why? Isn't this island's entire economy based on maritime trade with ore?"
Game Master
GM, 69 posts
Tue 16 Jan 2018
at 13:47
  • msg #140

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Inside

"Two-faced luck, then! The beach can be dangerous, but finding your way from there is easy. Stay for shelter if you will; we have plenty. The wind already lessened, I bet the rain will too." The Pakari-wearing Le-Matoran suddenly seemed excited. "I think he's waking!"

Aeko's eyes flickered to life. He sat up, slowly. He looked around in bewilderment, touched the strange mask on his face to feel its contours. After a few moments, he spoke. "You found me then. Thought I was done for when I hit the rocks." Then his voice faded, but he drew his breath to calm himself and kept speaking. "I don't think I know you?" he asked Lutorian, once he became aware of his presence.


Outside

"Yes, they are closed," Ferrin confirmed. "The weather's been atrocious these past few weeks, and neither ore or sailors will do any good at the bottom of the ocean. The volcano's been restless too. I heard the lava forges have been shut down so the sluices can be reinforced."

The Fe-Matoran pulled out a thin slab covered in etched writing, and peered at it for a few moments. He pointed at a line and showed it to Tameku to illustrate his point. "Due to the chaos, only one shipment of tools was completed and sent at all lately. It's been days since I last heard from that side of the island, though. Messages travel slow when bird-riders are forced to stay on the ground."


The Bo-Matoran from earlier returned then, with a Turaga in tow. The green being was tall and lean, and appeared thin yet in good shape. He wore an oddly-shaped mask with flared edges and carried a broad-bladed spear. His yellow eyes observed the group of travelers with a kind but wary look. Seeing the others mildly occupied, he looked to Darren and Kirina first.

"Greetings," the Turaga said, and nodded respectfully, then placed his free hand on his back. "I am Turaga Lhevan of Lebotu Koro. I've been told you brought our lost brother back to us. We are most grateful."
Velike
player, 29 posts
Ta-Matoran
Tue 16 Jan 2018
at 15:13
  • msg #141

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 137):

“I... Thank you.” Velike replied as he took the offered Kaka extract, putting it in his satchel as he leaned on his spear.
“I... perhaps I am kind.” Velike muttered. “While a Va honour-guards duty is to protect what they are assigned to ward with their life I remember a few who would not have done as such...” He said in a surprised, if also tired tone, a ponderous look in his eyes.
This message was last edited by the player at 15:14, Tue 16 Jan 2018.
Darren
player, 17 posts
Ta-Matoran
Tue 16 Jan 2018
at 15:55
  • msg #142

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 140):

“Nice to meet you Turaga, my name is Darren. And there’s no need to thank me, it’s what anyone would’ve done.”
Tameku
player, 39 posts
Bo-Matoran
Tue 16 Jan 2018
at 19:10
  • msg #143

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku tried to read some of the stuff written on Ferrin's stone tablet before the Fe-Matoran packed it away again.
Seeing the tablet gave him an idea. "Say, Ferrin, I have writing material with me, do you think you could maybe draw up a rough map of Rangi Motu with some important places for me?"

Tameku was so focused on talking with the Fe-Matoran that he hadn't noticed the Turaga yet. Tamkeu followed Ferrin towards the hut while they talked, though.

Skills used: Observation
Tameku rolled 6 using 2d6, keeping the highest dice only with rolls of 6,3.  Reading tablet.

Game Master
GM, 70 posts
Tue 16 Jan 2018
at 20:06
  • msg #144

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Dendri crooked her head and looked quizzically at Velike. "I'm sorry, I don't think I've heard of the Va before."


Turaga Lhevan smiled at Darren's words. "Perhaps," he said, "but it still commendable. We have been distrustful of strangers for a while, with all the trouble going on elsewhere in the world. We haven't had Matoran from other lands visiting in a while either, so it's nice to see a friendly face for once. The last group that passed through was too absorbed in their own dealings and barely spoke with us. Then there's the Skakdi..." Lhevan stopped himself and smiled once more. "But enough about that! I shall check on the fisherman you so kindly rescued, and make sure you are provided what you need. Then you may tell me what brings you here, once we have a dry roof over our heads!"


Tameku gleamed some information from the tablet, as it was fairly easy to read.

Ferrin glanced over his shoulder as he pushed the leaf door aside and walked inside. "A map? Of course. Keep in mind I'm not the best artist, but give me a few minutes and I'll do my best."


Tameku
Good roll. You got a good view of the shipment details, as well as some extra info.

Tameku
player, 40 posts
Bo-Matoran
Tue 16 Jan 2018
at 20:31
  • msg #145

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Inside the hut Tameku turned to the side and opened his bag - taking care that it opened towards the wall so no one could see the statuette. That matter was better discussed with the Turaga. He eventually retrieved his tools for recordkeeping and handed them to Ferrin so he could draw the map on one of the metal plates. Drawing would be quicker for now, he'd be able to etch it into the plate later himself if he wanted.

He looked around if the Turaga was already to be seen and noticed Lhevan. Immediately he went over. "Greetings, Turaga, my name is Tameku. I'm sorry to be so blunt, but there are some things of great importance we have to discuss with you immediately."
Velike
player, 30 posts
Ta-Matoran
Tue 16 Jan 2018
at 20:58
  • msg #146

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 144):

“Oh, yes, that’s right.” Velike replied in a tired tone. “I had forgotten the ‘oddness’ of my beliefs and tribe to others.” He muttered, a mildly ashamed look on his face before he paused, thinking.
“I am not originally from my companions island.” He said in start of the explanation. “My tribe resides on an isolated island within the unexplored zone. When we first... ‘awoke’ we were lost, confused, unknowing of much of the world around us and the existence of others besides the rahi we were forced to fight, except for small stories, memories of tales and legends of hero’s that wielded powers unimaginable and gods unseen, all of which I later learned were history we had lost. Until the first items washed ashore.” He said, a look of... wonder on his eyes.
“Small trinkets, boxes containing weathered tablets, pieces of ships. From those few items our knowledge grew, from the discovery of others existence to even more tales and legends!” He said excitedly, obviously enjoying when he could talk of his past, settling down quickly as he was reminded of his current state of draining. “While much of what we learned was not complete, due to damage of the tablets, we learned much, especially of the tales of items with the power of time, if not fully explaining what they could do. It wasn’t until a carved image of a mask design, and what it was supposed to do, washed up that we truly started to veer away from the norm of our kind. It was small at first, whispers of the beauty of the mask, the power that it must wield to be connected to a force such as time, a force we had already believed to be all but stoppable. Then it grew, slowly we started to believe that if something so powerful could be wielded as it was that it must retain some form of sentience, the items we had gained obviously gifts to teach us, the items vessels of it’s will, soon becoming a belief that we had been assigned to worship it, to protect the knowledge and share it with a hero, one who was worthy!” His honesty in what he was saying noticeable despite the absurdity of parts.

“We built our island into a fortress, walls to protect and fend off rahi, our knowledge used to create weapons of protection, forges to craft items such as the disks of power we had read of, while ours were much... weaker than what I have seen of others we did eventually manage to make them work.” He said in a semi-ponderous tone.
“A temple built in times honour! Our Turaga’s the leaders of prayers and voices of time! Our greatest welders assigned to creating ‘copies’ of times vessels, wielded in ceremony as an honour, and our names changed to honour it's greatest vessel, the Vahi! Mask of time! The few copies attempted made only for our leaders to wear during prayer so as to better our connection as we repayed time with a gift of our own given! Even our armour was modified to represent some aspect, such as my chest plate!” He said in an honoured tone, reaching across it and clicking a small switch, causing an angled line of metal to begin to tick from side to side on a metronome like fashion before he reclaimed the switch, pressing the bar back into place, a happy look on his face before it grew slightly more sullen.
“Until it came.”
“A shadowed being, some enemy of time, we attempted to fight it off, I and the other honour guards assigned to the wall to defend it as weapons were set up. We were doing so well, it seemed to be about to flee and we became... cocky. Our guard lowered, if slightly, but still enough for it. The last I remember was preparing to plunge my spear within it before a force slammed into me, throwing me into the sea where I soon passed out in pain, my last sight was of part of the wall crumbling. I do not even know if any survived.” He said in a forlorn, devastated tone.

“I was lucky to wash up upon their island. They took me in, healed me and in return I swore to protect them along with keeping time’s honour alive. It took years before I finally realized how different my people were, why my speeches of times greatness and wishes for others to join in honour drew me ire and shouts of heresy... so I adapted, I kept my beliefs but kept them more silent and learned to understand and even agree with many of your own, of Mata-nui and the great beings. Of course, I did not keep silent for everything, even after learning my kind were known as Ta-matorans I kept my tribes kind alive, we are Va-matoran, and that shall never change.” He said, a fire lit within his eyes before he sagged down, leaning heavily on his spear as he looked down upon the ground. “I can understand if I have offended or disgusted you in some way. If you wish to call me a heretic or some other such name or no longer speak with me you may. I will understand why and will not argue.”

(Also, sorry for crazy length and whatnot... I get really into backstory at times as you can see... ehehehe *rubs back of head in embarrassment*)
This message was last edited by the player at 21:02, Tue 16 Jan 2018.
Game Master
GM, 71 posts
Tue 16 Jan 2018
at 21:51
  • msg #147

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Ferrin took the tools from Tameku and promised to finish the sketch as quickly as he could.

Lhevan greeted Tameku with a respectful bow. "I understand. I just told your companion here that I will be right with you. I just need to see that poor Aeko is doing well." The Turaga motioned for them all to follow, and walked towards the hut.


Meanwhile, Dendri leaned forwards and peered at the odd mechanism in Velike's armor. "Never seen or heard of anything like what you told me of," she said, but looked very interested. "Shame about your people, I hope you reunite with them one day."

"If you are used to fortresses and forges brimming with weapons, you would feel right at home in the Fe-Matoran fortress in the west. Sometimes I feel like all they think of is war." She straightened her back again, laughed, and made an apologetic gesture. "Of course, they make a lot of nifty things too. It's just that the Skakdi camps are so close to their home, they can never relax."

Then the Bo-Matoran thought of something, and her eyes lit up. "Oh! I know! You should visit the village in the mountains past the glacier. The Ko-Matoran have done research on all sorts of myths and mystic powers, and Turaga Tiowaka is one of the rare - and skilled - mask makers who's not a firespitt-- eh, a Ta-Mat--, Va-Matoran! Er... sorry." Dendri looked quite embarrassed at herself. "Anyway, if you wonder about time, they claim to see the future sometimes. The Onu-Matoran underground too, though they mostly predict it by looking at patterns throughout history."

"Tiowaka would love to hear about a Mask of Time. You'd get along; he's very odd too! Er... uh. Yeah." She wisely shut up before she accidentaly insulted Velike any more than she already might have.
Lutorian
player, 21 posts
Le-Matoran
Tue 16 Jan 2018
at 21:57
  • msg #148

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

“‘Old gheezer’, your life-tale is great and all, but we have more important things to tell the turaga about” lutorian said to velike with a playful tone.

“Our turaga-elder sent us on a journey-quest here, we crash-recked on the shore. More importantly, we have a certain Fellow we need to quick-talk about” Lutorian said while glancing over at the newly awakened matoran, and a quick shot at Ferrin, not wanting to get him yelling about skakdi again.
Velike
player, 31 posts
Ta-Matoran
Tue 16 Jan 2018
at 23:39
  • msg #149

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 147):

Velike seemed a touch surprised at her reaction, seemingly having expected something else before he smiled brightly. "Thank you. I hope I reunite with them soon myself. As for not hearing of us, well, it makes sense, as I said, we were quite isolated out there. As for the fortress you talk of, it sounds like a nice place to visit, similar to my own. While we typically aren't that violent bound we were always prepared for an attack by rahi or otherwise." He explained, a happy smile on his face as he listened to her next suggestion an amused chuckle emerging as she stuttered around with the names.
"No need to worry, I understand what you are trying to do, it appears I myself wasn't clear enough in my explanation actually." he replied in a slightly sheepish tone. "I did not mean to imply that only Ta-matoran are considered of the Va type, no our tribe was composed of all of the different types pf our kind, why, for a while we didn't even understand there were differences and now, they don't matter. A va-matoran is not an attribute but a type. All who wish to worship time, to protect it are considered Va-matoran in our eyes, we may not be of the time element itself but that does not mean we cannot consider ourselves such." He explained, an amused twinkle in his eye before raising an eyebrow at Lutorian's comment.

"I'll have you know I am not that old, oh sure, most likely older than you but I'm still just as spry as when I awoke." He replied in an amused, jokingly boastful tone, as he leaned on his spear.

"Also, as for those future seers, I must check them out, they sound like they'd bring a fascinating conversation."
This message was last edited by the player at 23:41, Tue 16 Jan 2018.
Game Master
GM, 72 posts
Wed 17 Jan 2018
at 14:04
  • msg #150

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Hearing about the future is always interesting, but usually the seers are a bit, uh, like this." Dendri looked into the distance with a slightly slack-jawed expression for a few seconds. Then she snapped back to normal and smiled. "Get what I mean?"

Meanwhile, inside the hut, the Le-Matoran named Aeko had recovered some of his strength. "I'm fine, don't worry about me," he said, still sitting down and wearing Velike's Kanohi. "I'll return this mask as soon as I find mine too," he continued, unaware of the item's fate and the likelihood that Lutorian had not been referring to him as the 'fellow'. Lhevan traced a finger along Aeko's mud-covered shoulder plate as he passed by. He inspected the dried dirt for a moment and then wiped it off on his own forearm. It left a dusty brown smudge on the lush green metal. "Aeko, keep this up and you'll be under-dirt quicker than an Onu-Matoran," he muttered.

The Turaga turned to the others before the Le-Matoran could reply. "If you are good, I will quick-chat with our visitors," he said, noticeably switching to a treespeak dialect once he realized Lutorian spoke it too. "If you came by boat today, you must be first-timers to Rangi Motu. Locals know storm signs well. I was ever-worried we'd even have to still the wind, but it stilled on its own. Soak-rain, on the other hand..."

Lhevan trailed off, then focused on the matters at hand. "A 'fellow', you said? Important matters? You have my ear."
Velike
player, 32 posts
Ta-Matoran
Wed 17 Jan 2018
at 14:31
  • msg #151

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 150):

Velike gave a small chuckle at that. “Ah, sounds familiar to a couple of our turaga or more ‘fanatic’ members, long... meditative ‘trances’ to try and see time. Of course they could be quite fun, I knew one that worked in a familiar fashion to the Onu-matoran ones you have spoken of.”
Tameku
player, 41 posts
Bo-Matoran
Wed 17 Jan 2018
at 15:05
  • msg #152

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Actually multiple important matters", Tameku said, "I guess we should start with how we found Aeko..." With that he told the Turaga about the Skakdi they'd met and that he seemed to actually have been the one who saved Aeko from drowning. "And the Skakdi said he really wanted to talk to you, but suspected you would refuse if he just came by. I... might have promised him you would talk and maybe even give him a little reward in order for us to get Aeko here as fast as possible." Tameku paused. "I hope this was acceptable?", he asked, nervously wringing his hands. "Oh, and that Skakdi might turn up here any minute."
Darren
player, 18 posts
Ta-Matoran
Wed 17 Jan 2018
at 19:47
  • msg #153

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 150):

Darren nods. “I suppose we just chose a bad time to show up?”
Game Master
GM, 73 posts
Thu 18 Jan 2018
at 09:51
  • msg #154

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Dendri leaned back against the wall of the hut and looked towards the sky. The rain was ineffective at making the sap on her mask run off, but she did not seem to mind either. "It will be clearing up soon," she said to Velike, sounding a little like a seer herself.

Lhevan's smile had vanished by the time Tameku finished speaking. He closed his eyes and remained in deep thought for a short time. "We'll talk with the Skakdi, then," he finally said. "He did a noble thing, and did not barge in uninvited. We will honor that."

The Le-Matoran with the Pakari frowned upon hearing this decision. "Turaga! Skakdi are all toothy grins, claws and spines! They are harsh and cruel, spit venom and tell lies. We should chase him away, if we can."

Turaga Lhevan smiled wearily. "For what reason, Metanu? Beat up one, and the rest will battle-strike. We should not provoke them." He turned his head to look at Darren. "Perhaps you came at the wrong time, or perhaps it was the perfect time? Without you, this Skakdi would have shown up unannounced, and we may have mad-struck without thinking if we saw him carry an unconscious Matoran. You may have chance-saved the village."

He looked at those who had gathered in the hut, and contemplated what to say next. "Depending on what he wants, however, we may not be so lucky. Did the Skakdi mention it to you?"



Everyone
Come to think of it I have some minor illustrations I made for the last campaign I ran, such as for the Turaga, a simple island map, etc. Would you like me to use them, or just stick with text-only?

Tameku
player, 43 posts
Bo-Matoran
Thu 18 Jan 2018
at 11:13
  • msg #155

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"No, Turaga", Tameku answered, "He just said that he figured saving Aeko was the only way you'd talk to him at all and that we shouldn't tell you of his intentions - not that he told them to us." He considered for a moment if there was anything else. "I think he mentioned that he was staking out the area when he found Aeko, if that means anything to you. Metanu isn't entirely wrong, though, I strongly recommend being careful as well. For a Skakdi this guy was almost too nice to be true. He definitely has something on his mind beyond simply talking, if you ask me."
Game Master
GM, 74 posts
Thu 18 Jan 2018
at 12:19
  • msg #156

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Let us twice-hope it's not territory," Lhevan said. "Toa drove the Skakdi off to the desert one hundred years go. Since it borders plenty-rich landscape they have enough resources to survive, and enough space to infight without destroying anything but rocks and sand. Still... they may hold a grudge." He pondered this for a few moments. "If the warlords band together again, they may spread across the rest of the island. No Toa remain to stop them this time."

He tapped the floor with his spear a couple of times. Metanu immediately straightened up, and the Bo-Matoran in the back of the room finally rolled onto his feet and wandered over.

"Get your weapons, but keep out of sight" he instructed them. "Inform everyone that a Skakdi is stopping by to talk." Metanu and his companion quickly bowed and rushed outside to carry out the order. Lhevan then turned to his visitors, but before he could speak Metanu stomped back in.

"The ever-nice Skadki's at the gate," was all that needed to be said.


What do you do?


Velike
You find yourself right outside the hut, and have a clear look at the gate.  Dendri and the unnamed Bo-Matoran are next to you. Remember that you currently have no mask.

Darren, Tameku, Lutorian
You are with Turaga Lhevan in the largest hut. Metanu and Ferrin are with you. Aeko, still shaken, is sitting on the floor. He's wearing Velike's mask.

Everyone
The villagers have not been informed of the exact situation, but their reaction to the Skakdi may hinge on how you act. Beyond two village guards with spears, they did not have time to arm themselves.

This message was last edited by the GM at 12:20, Thu 18 Jan 2018.
Tameku
player, 44 posts
Bo-Matoran
Thu 18 Jan 2018
at 13:27
  • msg #157

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Ok, ok, let's consider everything real quick." Tameku said, raising his hands in a gesture he hoped would prevent anyone from panicking and doing something stupid. "If the Skakdi really only wants to talk, then everything should be fine for now, even if he brings bad news for this village.
"In the worst case, it is as the Turaga fears and the Skakdi want to reclaim the island. If this is true, they'd probably benefit from removing the leaders of their rivals - meaning you, Turaga. This Skakdi might not want to talk at all, but just wants a clear shot with his spear gun - one he would only get if the Turaga would accept to meet him. It might seem like this doesn't quite add up with the fact that he allowed us to warn you of his coming, but then even if there were several dozen armed Matoran around, us telling you about him and how he saved Aeko would maybe lead him to believe that this ensures that he gets the chance for this one shot he needs."

Tameku blinked a few times, processing what he just said.

"We cannot send someone else to talk to the Skakdi, though, since he might consider that an insult", he added. "And we really need to inform the villagers about what's going on - Lutorian, you're the fastest one here, could you maybe climb up to those tree houses real quick and keep the Matoran from panicking? And relay the order to arm themselves and keep ready, just in case? Darren - I'd suggest you stay with the Turaga, if nothing else you might be able to protect him with your body - that armor of yours looks sturdy enough to take a spear gun hit. As to myself, I'm not sure what I could do out there... In fact, I think it might be smart to not let the Skakdi see me - best not to remind him of the "reward" I promised him..."

"Oh, and maybe Velike could use his mask back for this... encounter", Tameku said when he met Aeko's eyes. "Anyone have any more suggestions?"
Velike
player, 33 posts
Ta-Matoran
Thu 18 Jan 2018
at 14:36
  • msg #158

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 156):

“Ah, that will be nice.” Velike replied to Dendri, while not visibly uncomfortable from the water from his tone it could be told that he’d prefer it being gone.
“Ah. He’s here.” Velike muttered as he saw the Skakdi, giving him a warning glare as he nodded back, attempting to hold his spear in a warning position, being forced to settle it back into its upright position as he wobbled unsteadily, leaning against it in weakness.
Lutorian
player, 22 posts
Le-Matoran
Fri 19 Jan 2018
at 02:13
  • msg #159

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

“Happy-plan Jungle-brother. Happy-luck to you.” Lutorian responded as he quickly went off and began heading towards the upper canopy.
Game Master
GM, 76 posts
Fri 19 Jan 2018
at 09:16
  • msg #160

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Aeko struggled to get on to his feet. "You're right," he said to Tameku. Then he placed both hands on the borrowed mask and pulled it off his face. The Le-Matoran stumbled, but shook his head and offered the mask to Darren. "Give this back to your fellow firespitter," he said. "I can stay awake without it, but I won't be of much use anyway. My injuries need time to heal."

"I appreciate your aid," Lhevan said. "This hunter may be wary of us because our desert-dwelling brothers are battle-proven in Skakdi eyes, but I will not rule out that it's a trick to get to me." He tapped the side his mask with his index finger. "I could dodge one shot, at least in my heyday. In case he shoots, don't stand behind me."

The Turaga looked towards the door. "I should go before he gets impatient," he said. "Are you all prepared?"


Outside, the Skakdi was already on his way. The spiny giant took a few steps forwards through the gate, his clawed feet digging into the mud and leaving large footprints with each step. One of the village guards approached the hunter whilst shakingly brandishing his spear, but the larger being simply moved his hand around the speartip, grabbed the weapon's wooden shaft, and yanked it from the Matoran's grip. Without breaking stride he flipped it around and stuck it into the mud, leaving the Matoran humbled and defenseless.

The Skakdi still only had eyes for Velike, and the yellow glow in them faded back to a more muted orange light as he approached. His vision power had been turned off. "I know the Turaga is inside," he grumbled, not bothering to introduce himself. The hunter then barked a single laugh and leaned in slightly closer. "But first, where did your face go? Did you trip and smash it? Actually, never mind! Look at you! Still trying to be scary with that little stick of yours."

The Skakdi lurched forwards, and as a result he was suddenly towering over Velike. His broad frame and large spines were enough to stop the rain from hitting the Ta-Matoran at all. "I know your kind keel over without a mask on, but you're unlike that fisherman and the scaredy-cat you were with earlier, aren't you? What's your name?"

Watching in fear, Dendri involuntarily took a step backwards, finding her back against the wall. She didn't dare move a muscle.


On a walkway made of planks in the trees above, Lutorian found himself outside several dwellings weaved from branches. The inhabitants around him - multiple Le- and Bo-Matoran - had begun peeking out from the trees and huts, some carrying spears and knives but none looking ready to fight. Down below, the Skakdi could be seen trying to intimidate Velike.


What do you do?



Darren
Aeko is handing Velike's Kanohi Huna over to you. Like Tameku says your armor could protect you from a speargun hit, but on the other hand that weapon also managed to make a crack in a sturdy Dermis turtle shell.

Tameku
Nice analysis. The Turaga plans to go out without a bodyguard, but he's definitely a bit more cautious. You could possibly persuade him to do something else if you feel like this is a bad idea. (Would require a roll.)

Lutorian
You've climbed a ladder to a wooden walkway, and find yourself standing roughly six meters above the ground. It is comfortably broad but has no railing. You estimate that the trees in this part of the jungle must be at least twenty meters tall, and you can spot the sky through the top of the clearing high above.

Velike
The Skakdi has singled you out for now, it seems!

Tameku
player, 46 posts
Bo-Matoran
Fri 19 Jan 2018
at 10:29
  • msg #161

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

While he couldn't understand the words, it was clear to Tameku that the growling voice just outside the hut must belong to the Skakdi. He already had an image of the big being ripping open the door in his mind, spear gun at the ready.

"Wait, Turaga! That Skakdi is too close! We need to get some distance between him and you in case he tries anything so you have time to react!" Tameku glanced about the room, trying to figure out a way to keep the Skakdi at bay. His eyes settled on Metanu. "I know! In one way or the other this is just politics. And in terms of politics he was quite rude so far. You might agree to talk to him, but this is still your village and he wants something from you, not the other way around - so actually you should demand that he gets back to the gate and waits for the Turaga, not simply march in like this place belongs to him. Especially given your history with the Skakdi. Metanu should do this, as he can speak for the village.
"Also, please Turaga, take Darren as a bodyguard with you. And maybe Velike, too. We don't lose anything by being extra cautious."

Skills used: Persuasiveness, Knowledge of how to deal with different species
Tameku rolled 5 using 3d6, keeping the highest dice only with rolls of 3,1,5.  Holding back Turaga for the moment.

This message was last edited by the player at 10:29, Fri 19 Jan 2018.
Lutorian
player, 24 posts
Le-Matoran
Fri 19 Jan 2018
at 11:31
  • msg #162

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In a commanding voice lutorian ordered the scattered matoran “The skakdi wishes to speak-talk with the turaga-elder, we will stay up-tree unless things go terrible-bad!”
Game Master
GM, 78 posts
Fri 19 Jan 2018
at 12:04
  • msg #163

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

The Turaga stopped in his tracks, but did not seem entirely convinced. "If I was still a Toa, I might have done that. If we had a fortress, we might try. We are not like our iron-chinned brothers in the west, however. We can't take an angry Skakdi head-on. He doesn't know Metanu and doesn't respect his authority. It's better not to risk it." He made a motion as if to continue walking.


Up in the trees above, a timid Bo-Matoran's voice called out to Lutorian: "I was going to do that anyway!" The knife he held was dull and covered in plant material. Clearly it was not meant for fighting Skakdi.



12:55, Today: Game Master, for the NPC Turaga Lhevan, rolled 6 using 2d6, keeping the highest dice only with rolls of 1,6.  Discussing tactics.
Skills applied: Turaga's authority.

Tameku
Lhevan is moved to stop by your comment, and loses 3 Social HP. Taking your Soc.Def into account, you lose 3 Social HP in return (2 left). Lhevan is a reasonable fellow, though. He can be convinced with just a little more talking, and if you have any good arguments to add, take +1 to the total of your next roll.

For the record: Social HP will refill immediately after a discussion ends, so don't worry about not having any left.

This message was last edited by the GM at 12:05, Fri 19 Jan 2018.
Tameku
player, 47 posts
Bo-Matoran
Fri 19 Jan 2018
at 12:41
  • msg #164

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Turaga", Tameku lowered his voice so only Lhevan could hear and switched to a pleading tone, "Without your guidance this village would stand even less of a chance against any Skakdi. You might view yourself as the protector of these Matoran, but right now the best way to protect them is not to take any risks that might lead to them getting rid of your protection and guidance unless absolutely necessary.
"Besides, by sending Metanu we don't lose anything - the Skakdi clearly isn't here for him, so in the worst case he'll probably just bat him aside, but not hurt him seriously - which would at least give us a warning that he's indeed up to no good."

Skills used: Persuasiveness, Knowledge of how to deal with different species

Tameku rolled 5 using 3d6, keeping the highest dice only with rolls of 3,5,1.  Persuading Turaga.

Do I get a +1?

Game Master
GM, 79 posts
Fri 19 Jan 2018
at 14:02
  • msg #165

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Lhevan's grip on his spear tightened, and he stayed silent for several moments before replying. "You are right," he sighed. "I will still have to talk to him, of course, but we can afford to do so on our own terms. Thank you for the advice." The Turaga of Air nodded to his assistant. "Metanu, you will represent me as my right hand, then. We will take a minute, then you will go out and tell this hunter that I must see to our wounded brother, and ask him to wait by the gate in the meantime." Metanu gave a brief salute and stood ready to carry out the order. Lhevan placed a hand on his shoulder. "Ah, without treespeak, please," he added.

"I will ever-try, Turaga," Metanu replied, and his shoulders slumped down a bit.

Lhevan walked a bit further away from the door and sat down next to Aeko, who seemed markedly better despite missing a mask again. The Turaga looked up at Tameku. "Once Metanu has delivered the message, we'll take another few minutes," he said in a low voice. "I will have to sit here with Aeko until then, in case the Skakdi scans the hut or bursts in early."



Tameku
Yes, you get the +1, which happens to be just enough in this case. :) Social HP refilled.

Velike
player, 35 posts
Ta-Matoran
Fri 19 Jan 2018
at 14:24
  • msg #166

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 160):

“Velike.” He replied, still attempting to keep up his warning stance. “Va-matoran honour guard of the cult of time. Do not worry, our deal has been kept. The matoran has recovered fine and reported a story that matched with your own.” He said, standing straighter, arching his back slightly so as to stare into the Skakdi’s eyes, trembling slightly from exhaustion but his gaze unflinching and clear of fear.

“My charges have been talking with the turaga and should have told him of your help. So long as the rest of your request remains truthful I shall not attempt any delay or harm against you.” He said in a truthful tone before his eyes hardened for a touch as he said “But if you have lied I shall find a way to harm you, mask or otherwise. As said before, time may hold no grievances but I shall.” His tone as icy as his gaze before he setled back into his previous, less aggressive, wary stance.
This message was last edited by the player at 14:51, Fri 19 Jan 2018.
Game Master
GM, 80 posts
Fri 19 Jan 2018
at 14:51
  • msg #167

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"I'm Krezok," replied the Skakdi hunter. It was hard to read his bestial facial expression, but it was clear that he was somewhat impressed by how confident Velike was in the face of danger. Krezok took a step back and twisted his torso to look around. His eyes flashed yellow for a moment, then his gaze shifted upwards. "So many out to greet me, yet no one is singing songs in the great hero's honor." He laughed again, but his mood was gone as quickly as it came.

"I don't lie," he said, in a serious tone. "I don't have to. I'm stronger than all of you and have only one very simple mission today." The Skakdi tapped his clawed foot, but gave up when all it resulted in was soggy mud splattering everywhere. A few drops hit Velike's feet. "So why isn't the Turaga out yet?" he growled at the door, quite loudly.
Velike
player, 36 posts
Ta-Matoran
Fri 19 Jan 2018
at 15:07
  • msg #168

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 167):

“I... do not know.” Velike replied, a confused tone emerging. “They have most likely heard you and I had felt this Turaga, no matter his fear, would come out to talk to you so long as it meant protection for his village. I pray the others are not planning something stupid.” He said, irritation emerging in his eyes. “I had been lead to believe that while the others were scared of you that we agreed on believing you until otherwise.” He said before turning slightly, enough to slam his fist loudly against the door a couple of times before turning around.

“That should gain their attention if you have somehow not already. Now, while I shall continue to protect my charges from injury, if it comes down to it, but, I shall not allow for attacks against you to proceed with attacks against without reason. For their sakes I hope they are not attempting anything, perhaps I was wrong on my belief of this Turaga.” He said, sighing in exasperation as he glared at the ground before looking back up. His warning glare once again emerged despite his increasing exhaustion.
This message was last edited by the player at 15:12, Fri 19 Jan 2018.
Darren
player, 19 posts
Ta-Matoran
Fri 19 Jan 2018
at 16:21
  • msg #169

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 160):

Darren takes the Huna, going to return it. He pauses when he sees the Skakdi conversing with Velike, resuming his approach after a moment of consideration. “Velike, your Huna.” He says shortly, not wanting to interrupt the conversation too much.
Velike
player, 37 posts
Ta-Matoran
Fri 19 Jan 2018
at 16:33
  • msg #170

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Darren (msg # 169):

“Ah, Good. Thank you.” Velike replied, taking his mask and putting it back on, standing up straighter with a sigh of relief as his energy started to return.
“Now then, perhaps you can assure the Skakdi and me. Tell us, are the Turaga and others planning something against the Skakdi despite there currently be no reason for such?” Velike asked, a dangerous glint to his eyes.
Game Master
GM, 81 posts
Fri 19 Jan 2018
at 16:53
  • msg #171

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"We dark-plan nothing," Metanu said as he came outside too. "But the spiny one must wait at the gate until our Turaga has seen to the wounded."

Krezok rolled his eyes and directed them - once again shining yellow - at the hut. "I'll wait right here, I think," he grunted. "Let us hope it is as you claim."

Metanu tensed visibly but did not speak.
This message was last edited by the GM at 16:54, Fri 19 Jan 2018.
Velike
player, 38 posts
Ta-Matoran
Fri 19 Jan 2018
at 17:45
  • msg #172

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 171):

“... good.” Velike muttered, staring hard at Metanu before turning back to Krezok, his stance strong and unwavering as his energy returned, his spear still held upright beside him.
Tameku
player, 48 posts
Bo-Matoran
Fri 19 Jan 2018
at 20:26
  • msg #173

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku stood beside the Turaga - in case the Skakdi used his vision power he hoped he'd look like just another Matoran tending to Aeko.

"I really hope our precautions turn out to be unecessary", he whispered, "And I hope Metanu finds the right words to get the Skakdi to do what we want. Is he a good diplomat? Maybe I should have suggested to him a thing or two to say. What do we do if it doesn't work? Mata Nui! With a Steltian or two at my back I'd feel a lot safer."
Game Master
GM, 82 posts
Fri 19 Jan 2018
at 20:54
  • msg #174

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Minutes passed, and the Skakdi seemed increasingly impatient.

"No, he's not a good diplomat," Turaga Lhevan said as he finally rose from his resting place. "I better get out there." He walked silently out of the hut. The moment he brushed the leaf door aside, Krezok was on his case.

"I don't like waiting," he said, annoyed. "Especially not in this weather."

"I thought ever-strong Skakdi could handle a little rain," Metanu said dryly, narrowing his eyes. It fell on deaf ears, as the Turaga wisely ignored him.

Lhevan met the Skakdi's gaze fearlessly. "I have been told you saved my tribesman from Rahi," he said. "You have my thanks. However... I get the impression you are here to talk about something else."

"You're right about that, airhead," said the hunter. "Our warlord is tired of sand, and the war is eating up the rest of our resources. Luckily for you we don't care much for this damp jungle either, but we need some green. I'm here with orders to borrow that shiny rock of yours." He poked a clawed finger into Lhevan's shoulder, pushing him back a bit. Metanu clenched his fists, but Lhevan - like Velike - did not flinch at the Skakdi's attempt at intimidation. Instead, he shrugged indifferently.

"I see. Sadly, we don't have what you seek. Not anymore." A faint smile appeared on the Turaga's lips. Krezok noticed.

"Don't lie to me, Turaga," he growled. "Where is it?"

"Our brethren took it with them after you destroyed our village. We haven't seen them - or the relic - since then." Lhevan exhaled in a humored manner and shook his head. "A hundred years gone with no trace. Believe me, if letting you borrow its power for a few days would keep you complacent for another hundred years, I'd gladly help you out." Then his smile vanished, and he tapped the ground with his spear. "However, we don't have it. I can't help you. Now that I've told you what little I know, I believe we are done. You will receive payment for rescuing our brother, but then you must begone."

Krezok gnashed his teeth and hissed. He was starting to look quite angry. "You will help me find them, then," he snapped. "All of you."


What do you do?



They've mentioned a "shiny rock"/relic of some kind, but it's unclear what it is.

Krezok's turning unreasonable. You may have to go along with his demand, come up with an alternative, or chase him off.


This message was last edited by the GM at 20:56, Fri 19 Jan 2018.
Darren
player, 20 posts
Ta-Matoran
Fri 19 Jan 2018
at 21:06
  • msg #175

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 174):

Darren looked at the skakdi. “What is it exactly that you need?”
Velike
player, 39 posts
Ta-Matoran
Fri 19 Jan 2018
at 21:21
  • msg #176

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 174):

“As stated I will... help you, as so far I have seen no reason to disbelieve anything you’ve said, but I have no right to force others to join. While I believe my charges to at the most part be willing to help, perhaps the travels taken will help us learn of what we came here to find, I cannot speak for those of this village. Some may be willing while others will not. I can not force them but I can help you. It is a matter of honour, something I’m sure a being such as your self should understand well.” Velike replied, not relaxing persay as the situation played out reasonably enough (for him), but making his posture less.... threatening.

“I do wish to know what this ‘shiny rock’ is though.” Velike said, a look of intriguement in his eyes.
This message was last edited by the player at 21:38, Fri 19 Jan 2018.
Lutorian
player, 25 posts
Le-Matoran
Sat 20 Jan 2018
at 00:58
  • msg #177

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Lutorian stood in a crouched position ready to leap down at a moments notice, keeping an eye on the increasingly agitated skakdi.
“Mata-nui don’t make this ever-ugly” he said under his breath.
Game Master
GM, 83 posts
Sat 20 Jan 2018
at 12:40
  • msg #178

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Still agitated, Krezok nevertheless decided to answer their question. "I've been told it looks like a lightstone, but green and covered in vines. It makes plants and trees grow in mere days, and keeps them from wilting." He clenched his fist. "Sounds useless at first, but our warlord has demanded it to be used on our desert territory. She says the potential of natural resources are too great to ignore, and that it will give us an edge over the blasted sand-runners."

The Skakdi snarled at Lhevan. "Of course you would hide it in the jungle, where it can't be distinguished from the surroundings. Clever, but not enough to stop us. I will scan the jungle until I find it, and if you're not lending it to us as repayment for our gracious behavior, then I'll just take it by force!"

He stomped his foot once, for effect. Mud went everywhere. "It's miles of land! Your villagers will help me comb the area, unless you want me to tell warlord Zahrynn that you refused to cooperate!"



Velike
He's quite stubborn. If you make a roll to persuade this guy, we'll judge if you can make him calm down or change his mind.

Tameku
player, 49 posts
Bo-Matoran
Sat 20 Jan 2018
at 14:40
  • msg #179

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku had walked over to the door after the Turaga left the hut and now stood listening to the conversation just outside - the door was just made from leaves, after all. While things appeared to mostly stay civil - which was a big relief - he severely hoped that his friends would find the right things to say, or things might get ugly still.
Velike
player, 40 posts
Ta-Matoran
Sat 20 Jan 2018
at 19:19
  • msg #180

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 178):

"Krezok, be calm, please. This does not need to end in violence. I am sure the Turaga and a number of this villages inhabitants would be willing to help you. I am one and I feel my charges would also be willing so that is 5 or so already." Velike said in an attempt to reason with the Skakdi, a warning yet hopeful look in his eyes. "I do not wish to fight you, to break my word."
He definitely didn't seem to want to fight the Skakdi right now, despite his still current willingness.


14:18, Today: Velike rolled 1 using 1d6 with rolls of 1.
(Oh... oh dear...)
Tameku
player, 50 posts
Bo-Matoran
Sat 20 Jan 2018
at 19:39
  • msg #181

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Have you ever heard of some stone that can grow trees?", Tameku asked Ferrin in a low voice, fairly certain that the people outside were too busy to try to listen to what was being said inside the hut, but nevertheless unwilling to take any chances.
Game Master
GM, 84 posts
Sun 21 Jan 2018
at 00:20
  • msg #182

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"I was not contemplating violence," Krezok spat, although he was not a very good liar. "Besides, the warlord would be mad if I killed the only ones who knew where to find what she seeks. That tidbit keeps you safe, for now."

He growled and looked at Velike. "I need more than a handful of strangers to search the jungle! Make your friends convince this stubborn Turaga for me, and I might not drag him out there myself."


Despite being some distance away from the heated discussion, Ferrin leaned in closer and lowered his voice to match Tameku's. "No," he replied, "but deep in the vault of our fortress, there's an odd metal crystal that can shape other metal when you wave it around. I'm told we have another, similar one that can shape rock as well. The Turaga told me it was important and that I could not sell it for profit. After I asked that he refused to tell me anything else."

The Fe-Matoran trader shrugged. "In my eyes a sale's a sale, and it's not being put to any use anyway, but what do I know."



Velike
Ineffective in calming him down, I'm afraid. Still, your suggestion makes some sense and might still make a difference if you can manage to get a "hit" in before he stops listening.

01:11, Today: Game Master, for the NPC Krezok, rolled 4 using 3d6, keeping the highest dice only with rolls of 4,4,3.  Trying to intimidate. (Skakdi, fearsome).

Apply to Velike's Social HP. If it runs out, he stops listening to you entirely for a while.

Velike
player, 41 posts
Ta-Matoran
Sun 21 Jan 2018
at 01:33
  • msg #183

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 182):

Velike stepped back for a moment, a wary look in his eyes as the Skakdi attempted to intimidate him, shaking his head before stepping forward, a clearer look in his eyes.
"I am glad to hear you did not plan any violence. Now then, I will help you in convincing the Turaga to help find villagers willing to follow. I will not force them,so as to avoid any negative occurrences brought on by resentment and to keep honor intact." Velike said in an atempt to reason, hoping he would not have to break his word.

Velike rolled 5 using 1d6 with rolls of 5.
(YES!)
Game Master
GM, 85 posts
Mon 22 Jan 2018
at 08:10
  • msg #184

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

The Skakdi was clearly tiring of the conversation. "I don't care one wit about what consequences you suffer," he growled, but there was a trace of uncertainty in it. He had obligations to his warlord, after all. "We Skakdi always come out on top, especially now that your Toa are all gone," he continued, and glanced at Lhevan. "A decrepit shell of what they used to be. Perhaps if any of you had any power at all I'd be impressed, but as it is you are of no threat to me."

Lhevan had stood silent for a few moments, but now he lifted his left hand in an exasperated gesture. "We are of no use, either," he said. "We don't know where to look anymore than you do, and our presence will only slow you down. You have no reason to bring any of us along on a pointless search."

Angry as he was, Krezok seemed torn between stomping off on his own in anger, or to drag every Matoran present out with him.



08:41, Today: Game Master, for the NPC Krezok, rolled 6 using 3d6, keeping the highest dice only with rolls of 1,3,6.  Responding to Velike.

Having subtracted defense from the roll result, Velike loses 3 Social HP. 1 left for this debate. :v

I made a post over in OOC too.

Tameku
player, 51 posts
Bo-Matoran
Mon 22 Jan 2018
at 12:41
  • msg #185

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku knew Velike was probably trying his best, but it was pretty apparent that it didn't work - especially since he was trying to actually bargain with the Skakdi as if they were equals. Also Tameku had no intention of combing the jungle on behalf of some Skakdi for a small stone - they were sent here on a mission, after all.

He took off his bag and put it next to the door - in case he needed to run quickly - took a deep breath and headed out. He just hoped the Skakdi was still in the mood to listen.

"Ah, I know my knowledge on this matter might be humble at best, but if I may I'd like to voice a few thoughts." Tameku stopped beside Darren, wringing his hands, "While I for my part believe the Turaga, as I have no cause not to, let's try to think about this logically: This jungle is huge. If indeed someone hid this stone in it, then even if everyone in this village would start searching it could take millennia to find it - if it would be found at all. While I'm no expert about those stones, I'd assume only someone with strong elemental powers of Plantlife could possibly sense its power's presence in the nearby vegetation - a Toa, or maybe a Skakdi. Rather than wasting your time on that, however, I'd suggest you first think about places on this island that might have lush vegetation despite the local conditions. This jungle already was here a hundred years ago, wasn't it? So maybe you know of a place that has grown a sizeable amount of vegetation since then?"

Skills used: Persuasiveness, Knowledge of how to deal with different species
Tameku rolled 6 using 3d6, keeping the highest dice only with rolls of 3,3,6.  Tameku used logic - it's super effective! ;)

Velike
player, 42 posts
Ta-Matoran
Mon 22 Jan 2018
at 14:36
  • msg #186

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 184):

“Power? You think we have no power?!” Velike yelled, reacting in a surprisingly more aggressive fashion than before. “My island never had Toa! We were isolated, unknown! Left to rot by your gods! But we didn’t. When the Rahi attacked what did we do? We fought them back, we built weapons, traps, a guarded fortress from the scraps of your culture that we gained!” Velike yelled in his irritation, pride tracing his tone as he slammed the butt of his spear into the ground.
“We trained ourselves, those few new who appeared! We were dependent on none! All could fight, thrive and survive where Toa now appear to be necessary! And for when needed, we made our own protectors. Us, the honour-guard. The frontline in any attack. Ready to lay our lives down to protect our people, to weaken the enemy so those less skilled may live, may prepare the weapons to join the fight! We may be primitive, heretics to all of our kind but we have power.” He growled, offense and pride merged in his voice.

“Now then, I shall try to reason with you once more. Stand down, I will help you gain as many villagers as possible, gain the Turaga’s help and favour in this task, one I’m sure he will be willing to give. I do not wish to offend you nor break my word but I cannot allow attacks on my charges, ones who will most assuredly attempt a fight if you continue on this way.” He said, calming down as he spoke in a tired, hopeful tone.
“Please, do not force me sully my honour or your own. I have realized that while the stories my island knew of the spike-walkers, warlords with a respect of strength so dangerous even the outside worlds chosen would have trouble, that they must not be fully wrong. I do not fear consequences on myself but on your behalf, on the honour you may lose. An honour I hope our tales were right on.” Velike said in a slightly saddened tone, realizing his people’s knowledge may have been even worse than he had long since realized.


Velike rolled 7 using 2d6 with rolls of 1,6.
(Effin ‘ell. Missed a step, sorry. So what does this count as/should I just re-roll?)
This message was last edited by the player at 15:40, Mon 22 Jan 2018.
Game Master
GM, 87 posts
Mon 22 Jan 2018
at 14:55
  • msg #187

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Honor!" The Skakdi seemed very amused. "Fighting for survival holds no honor. The weak die and the strong survive. If you are strong enough to do that, feel free to join a Skakdi camp, and see how long you last where honor doesn't matter and your warlord can end you with a glance from a hundred steps away! The respect we hold for a warlord is not from honor, it is from rightful fear."

Krezok lowered his voice to a low rumble again, and despite the insults he notably did not pursue the matter of fighting or force any further.

"We can't search for the stone with our senses," he said. "None of us can sense energy like that. All the Toa are gone too. Figures they'd run off the one time you need them..." The hunter seemed lost in thought for a moment, though it was impossible to tell what he could be contemplating. "My warlord won't be happy about this," he muttered. "Chopping our way through the jungle for days on end may be the wrong approach. I'm certain all of you would get hung up on the first branch anyway. I don't have enough time to waste for that."

The hunter's scowl became just a tad worse. "Worse, it would be impossible to spot the place from the air because of the trees covering everything. I suppose you are useless to me after all," he concluded.

The tall being shifted his grip on his weapon once more and turned away. Krezok began walking without any further goodbyes, and headed for the road leading west. "I'll be back to chat more about this," he said without turning around. "Possibly with some... associates."



Velike, Tameku
I'll count it as a 6, since the dice are showing that even if the sum was off. Your combined arguments led him to give up on the idea of searching the forest aimlessly... for now.

He still seems to be impressed by your personal strength, Velike, but he likely won't respect you as an equal unless he sees real proof of it. Sadly, that's just how Skakdi are.

This message was last edited by the GM at 15:09, Mon 22 Jan 2018.
Tameku
player, 52 posts
Bo-Matoran
Mon 22 Jan 2018
at 15:29
  • msg #188

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku let out a sigh of relief as he watched the Skakdi leave. "Hoping that I'll never again have to deal with Skakdi is probably a little too much to hope, isn't it? And Velike - at some point we really should discuss how one should talk to a Skakdi, otherwise you'll one day end up as a smear on the floor. The sad truth is that Skakdi aren't normal people but - well - Skakdi."

He turned to the Turaga. "Since this is now dealt with - could we maybe get back inside and discuss the other... things I mentioned? All of you mentioning how the wind stopped makes me increasingly uneasy..."
This message was last edited by the player at 15:30, Mon 22 Jan 2018.
Velike
player, 43 posts
Ta-Matoran
Mon 22 Jan 2018
at 15:32
  • msg #189

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 187):

“I... Oh...” Velike muttered, seemingly stunned at the Krazoks words and the revelation it brought to his knowledge of how Skakdi truly were. “I... I see then. My people were off more than I ever believe.” He said, chuckling sadly, a bit of that age Lutorian had been joking of showing.
While not as much as joked of it was enough to show he had been around for a fair amount of time.
“I am glad you saw the reasoning I was attempting to explain. And I promise you this, I will gather all who are willing to help, with the Turagas help, and when your quest begins I shall be a part of it, helping to the fullest of my abilities.” He said, giving a soft grin as he bowed, his form still as on guard as it had been since their original meeting.

“Thank you, Tameku. I understand now that my hopes for my people beliefs were even more off than I first thought.” He said as he glance over, his saddened grin still playing across his face.
This message was last edited by the player at 15:35, Mon 22 Jan 2018.
Lutorian
player, 26 posts
Le-Matoran
Mon 22 Jan 2018
at 23:41
  • msg #190

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Breathing a sigh of relief, Lutorian moved down back to the jungle floor and group up with the others.
"So are we in a dark-time or not?" Lutorian asked while glancing back at the Koro's gate.
Game Master
GM, 88 posts
Tue 23 Jan 2018
at 09:41
  • msg #191

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

If Krezok was moved by Velike's words, he did not give any indication of it. Skakdi were notoriously hard to read. Still, he seemed less angry, and that was something.

"I believe the problems have only just begun," Lhevan said gravely, observing the Skakdi as he left. "He's the most reasonable Skakdi I have met, and that's likely why they sent him in particular to speak with me." He turned back towards the hut and waved his hand. The villagers surrounding them nodded at the signal and returned to their dwellings.

"I shall have to send a few Matoran out to look for our long-lost brethren again. Regardless of whether the Skakdi get so far or not, we now have a need to know where they are. That's for later, though. For now we may continue our discussion, hopefully in peace," the Turaga said to Tameku, then smiled at Lutorian. "If dark-time truly is upon us, it is thankfully still bright enough to see."

"What did you wish to discuss?" he asked.

Tameku
player, 53 posts
Bo-Matoran
Tue 23 Jan 2018
at 10:54
  • msg #192

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Back in the hut Tameku grabbed his bag again, then paused a moment to search for the right words. "Well, Turaga", he finally said, "Are you familiar with a wooden statuette of a Kewa bird placed in an alcove near the beach with the inscription 'To those who walk on the wind'?"
Game Master
GM, 89 posts
Tue 23 Jan 2018
at 12:29
  • msg #193

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Of course. We made it and put it there," Lhevan said, and sudden understanding washed over his face. "Why, did you touch it?" A playful gleam could be spotted in his yellow eyes.
Tameku
player, 54 posts
Bo-Matoran
Tue 23 Jan 2018
at 12:40
  • msg #194

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Oh, ah, well-" Tameku stuttered, but caught himself again, "You see, I thought it weird that this statuette didn't get wet from the rain, so I touched it to see if it was really there, only then somehing happened and whatever protected it suddenly proteted me, and this statuette was getting wet and I kinda panicked because the rain definitely wouldn't do it any good and so I took it down, only then suddenly there was an air current shooting upwards and then the wind stopped altogether, and", he took a breath, "I'm really sorry if I did something wrong." He finally pulled out the statuette and handed it to the Turaga.
Game Master
GM, 90 posts
Tue 23 Jan 2018
at 13:13
  • msg #195

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

The Turaga turned the statuette over in his hands and examined it carefully. Then he flipped it upside down and poked at the bottom near the rim. "Well, it's still intact, so no harm done. You spent over five years worth of my elemental energy today, but I was already considering doing that myself. We needed to still the storm so we could look for Aeko, and such needs are thankfully few and far between."

Lhevan placed the statuette on the table, traced a finger along the Kewa's beak while mumbling something to himself, and then pressed his palm flat against the chest of the bird figure. A green glow - barely visible - showed where he touched for just a second, while dust began whirling just above the surface of the wood. The Turaga of Air withdrew his hand and took a deep breath. "A faint breeze, for a mere moment. That is all I can manage to conjure nowadays," he said. "Therefore I've been storing it over time, for use in a pinch. It doesn't do anything if you touch it right now, but once the energy builds enough it becomes impossible to control for anyone who does not possess enough power naturally."

He tapped the carving with the back of his index finger. "That includes me, so I would likely have seen the same result you did."
This message was last edited by the GM at 13:14, Tue 23 Jan 2018.
Tameku
player, 55 posts
Bo-Matoran
Tue 23 Jan 2018
at 13:45
  • msg #196

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Well, that's good news then, I guess", Tameku said, visibly relieved. He looked at the others of the group, then turned back to the Turaga: "I suppose then it's time for us to talk about what actually brought us here - we were sent to Rangi Motu because contact has broken off to this island. People up north are worried. I spoke to Ferrin and he said the docks are closed due to the bad weather, but is that truly all? I mean, bad weather for so long can't be natural, right? Also supposedly a group of Matoran archeologists came to Rangi Motu some time ago - have you heard anything about them?"
Game Master
GM, 91 posts
Tue 23 Jan 2018
at 14:37
  • msg #197

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Lhevan thought for a moment, then replied. "It's certainly abnormal, but the weather itself is to be expected given the circumstances. You are right: There is more to it, and I did not wish to speak of it to strangers... especially not that Skakdi. In dealing with him you have proven yourself trustworthy and reliable, so I will tell you."

He pointed at the statuette. "That carving is not the only item of its kind. I knew how to make it only because I had seen similar items at work. I still needed help from my fellow Turaga, who are much more knowledgeable about history and research than I am."

"I did not meet them in person," he continued, "but Metanu met with the researchers you mention while he was carrying a message to Turaga Tiowaka, up in the mountains. Around the island there are several locations - created by the Great Beings in times long past - where elemental energy gathers in great quantity. They were on their way back from one of these sites. Metanu, do you still remember the details?"

"Researchers? Yes, many!" replied Metanu. "Six. Seven, maybe. Passed through mountains on their way from valley-temple, headed for tunnels underground. They were seeking knowledge from much-knowing Zuhras, Turaga of Earth, keeper of history. After that, I do not know. Must speak with him!" Turaga Lhevan was about to say something, but then Metanu chimed in again. "Just recalled: On jungle road, met another who came before you, asked the same! Thought he was researcher too, but maybe not. Storm hit, Aeko gone, forgot to tell. Sorry!"
Darren
player, 21 posts
Ta-Matoran
Tue 23 Jan 2018
at 16:52
  • msg #198

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 197):

Darren listens. “Do you have any idea what happened to the researchers?”
Game Master
GM, 92 posts
Tue 23 Jan 2018
at 17:00
  • msg #199

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Metanu scratched the back of his head. "Lasting rain and whipping wind, that's no good on foot. They must have stayed in deep-dark tunnels, or gotten mud-stuck like Ferrin's cart did yesterday."
Tameku
player, 56 posts
Bo-Matoran
Tue 23 Jan 2018
at 18:59
  • msg #200

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku thought about this for a moment. "So you're telling us that the lasting bad weather around this island might be somehow linked to these... elemental power sites?"

Tameku had been so focused on the Turaga's words that only now did Metanu's words catch up to him. "Wait, wait, wait! Another who asked after the archeologists? Another who? A Matoran?"
Game Master
GM, 93 posts
Tue 23 Jan 2018
at 19:10
  • msg #201

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Matoran, yes," replied Metanu. "Quiet one, not from island. Light gray all over, wore noble-shape Ruru. Asked many questions, but gave no answers of his own. Said little to me, so I said little to him." The Le-Matoran shrugged. "He wished to catch up with them too, for whatever reason."
Lutorian
player, 27 posts
Le-Matoran
Tue 23 Jan 2018
at 23:52
  • msg #202

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"A Matoran wearing a Ruru?" Lutorian asked while trying to think back "Did Turaga Koeti say anything about sending someone before us?" he asked while turning to the group.
Darren
player, 22 posts
Ta-Matoran
Wed 24 Jan 2018
at 04:46
  • msg #203

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Lutorian (msg # 202):

Darren shrugs. “I don’t believe so.” He pauses, thinking. “I guess bad weather could have been the cause of the archeologist’s disappearance, the weather almost did us in when we got here after all.”
Tameku
player, 57 posts
Bo-Matoran
Wed 24 Jan 2018
at 10:18
  • msg #204

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Well, the bad weather would at least have prevented the archeologists from communicating with someone outside of this island", Tameku said, "Since they were last seen heading to some place underground, I'd suggest we go there, too. When we find them we can make sure they actually are ok - they might also know more about those elemental places causing the bad weather, if that's true. Besides, it seeems like a good idea to me to speak to the other Turga about the weather, too. But we need a map to plan ahead properly..." He turned to Ferrin with a questioning look.
Game Master
GM, 94 posts
Wed 24 Jan 2018
at 20:01
  • msg #205

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Oh, yes," Ferrin said, once he became aware of what Tameku had asked him. The Fe-Matoran handed over the thin sheet of metal with his etching of a map on it. "I tried, but I got distracted by the Skakdi," he explained. "I also messed up a bit. It's not perfectly accurate, and a lot of places are missing, but it should do as long as you follow the road markers."

>> Click here for image.<<

Metanu looked over their shoulders. "Seems off, but mostly right. Zap-crash storm clouds keeps us from flying there. Elemental site for both lightning and air, at once. They say Great Beings walk the wind on that peak."
This message was last edited by the GM at 20:01, Wed 24 Jan 2018.
Tameku
player, 59 posts
Bo-Matoran
Thu 25 Jan 2018
at 11:09
  • msg #206

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Thanks Ferrin this will be a great help for us." Tameku put down the map so that all could see it. He studied it for a moment. "Do all the tunnels mentioned on here lead to the earth village?", he finally asked, tapping his finger on the marking closest to the jungle village. "And which tunnel did the archeologists take, Metanu?"
Game Master
GM, 96 posts
Thu 25 Jan 2018
at 11:53
  • msg #207

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"You can reach the village from any of the tunnels," Ferrin confirmed. "There are some other exits, but the ones I marked are near the main roads." He pointed the the one in the top-left corner of the map, next to the desert. "I'd avoid this one, if I were you. It surfaces pretty much in the middle of Skakdi territory nowadays. No clue which warlord controls the area, but they're all equally nasty in my opinion."

Next he moved his finger to the tunnel in the midst of the jungle, west of the village they were currently in. "This is the closest one. The main road leads straight west and past it, but the path you need to take is clearly marked at the crossroads."

Metanu butted in and pointed at a third tunnel, near the feet of the mountains. He had to stretch to reach past Ferrin, who shot him an annoyed look. "That's the deep-dark tunnel they were going for," said the Le-Matoran. "Other path goes north past outpost and mountains, then splits. West to icy glacier approach, east to valley-temple. My suggestion: Wind-fly best path, but bad weather is sad weather for both Matoran and birds."

He glanced outside. The rain was just a light drizzle at this point.

"Soon, however..." he said gleefully.
Tameku
player, 60 posts
Bo-Matoran
Thu 25 Jan 2018
at 12:09
  • msg #208

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"So basically we could either head streight to the earth village through the next tunnel and hope the archeologists made it there, or we could make our way to the tunnel they planned to use and follow directly on their steps - in which case we could make sure nothing happened to them. The first option would likely cost us much less time, though, in case they reached the earth village and already departed again." Tameku scratched his chin. "What do you think, friends?" He looked at his companions.
Velike
player, 44 posts
Ta-Matoran
Thu 25 Jan 2018
at 16:37
  • msg #209

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Tameku (msg # 208):

"I... I do not know. Perhaps we could head both? Go through one and backtrack to the other? Also, Krezok will return here with more skakdi eventually, I have promised to help." Velike replied, a ponderous look upon him as he silently debated.
Darren
player, 23 posts
Ta-Matoran
Fri 26 Jan 2018
at 05:01
  • msg #210

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Tameku (msg # 208):

“I say we take the quicker path, and back track if we don’t find them there. It wouldn’t do us much good to take the harder way if they’re already there.”
Lutorian
player, 28 posts
Le-Matoran
Fri 26 Jan 2018
at 05:54
  • msg #211

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Agreed, we should take the quick-fast route, and then backtrack if we need to."
"You agreed to help Krezok but I don't think any of us will survive long with a Skakdi, much less more than one."
Tameku
player, 61 posts
Bo-Matoran
Fri 26 Jan 2018
at 11:01
  • msg #212

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Then the quick route we take", Tameku said, "I'd suggest we leave right away as long as there's no rain. You're heading in that direction, too, Ferrin, right? Mind if we accompany you a short way?" He then turned to the Turaga: "Anything else we should be aware of on our way to the earth village? Rahi? Is the way through the tunnels lighted? Is it marked? Wouldn't want to get lost in a pitch-black maze."
Game Master
GM, 97 posts
Fri 26 Jan 2018
at 12:16
  • msg #213

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Ferrin nodded. "The weather is clearing up, so I will take the opportunity to return to the desert fortress. Turaga Ponolu needs to be informed of the Skakdi we encountered. We can travel together until we reach the crossroads near the tunnel."

"The storm is sure to have torn down a few trees and upset some Rahi" said Turaga Lhevan. "There are Burnak in the jungle, as well as Fikou and certain types of Jaga. Many odd Rahi, but as long as you don't provoke them they are seldom dangerous."

"Except Nui-Jaga!" Metanu said intently. "Vile cave-dweller. Many-legged monster, with pincers and blind-eye poison tail. Throws poison, charges blinded victim to hold it still, strikes with tail until dead. Woe to those who face Nui-Jaga in the dark! Red glowing eyes the last you ever see!"

"Don't worry about them, however," Lhevan quickly added. "The main tunnel is indeed marked and well lit, and goes straight to the village. The Jaga make their nests only in the deep, dark caverns. Avoid those, and you should be fine."

"They eat Burnak," continued Metanu. "Heard Ta-Matoran hunters tamed some of the toughest Burnak, but still lost one to Nui-Jaga. Is it a tiger? A bear? No one knows, but useful anyway! Nui-Jaga don't care about useful, only food."

"Hm, it sounds more dire than it is," Lhevan muttered. "I'm sure you could handle one if you had to. Nevertheless, be careful."
Tameku
player, 62 posts
Bo-Matoran
Fri 26 Jan 2018
at 12:36
  • msg #214

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"As long as it's just Nui-Jaga and no Catapult Scorpions I think we will manage", Tameku said, although he didn't quite manage to banish the slightly worried tone from his voice. He was used to bigger and better protected caravans, after all.

"If there's nothing else you have on your mind I'd suggest we leave", he told his companions.
Game Master
GM, 98 posts
Fri 26 Jan 2018
at 13:39
  • msg #215

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Everyone
You have stayed in the village for a while, and dealt with the Skakdi for now. You gain 1 XP, to be used immediately or at any future point when you have time to rest. You may also restore any missing HP.

Velike
player, 45 posts
Ta-Matoran
Fri 26 Jan 2018
at 18:33
  • msg #216

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Lutorian (msg # 211):

“I, Well, yes I suppose that’s how it was, but we did agree to help him gain trust in the village in return for bringing back the Le-matoran early and if we do not help him I fear an attack on the village will most likely occur... perhaps we could head there and then return here? I... I do not know. I am still surprised at how off our knowledge of his species was.” Velike said, a sad tone still noticeable.
Darren
player, 24 posts
Ta-Matoran
Sat 27 Jan 2018
at 03:56
  • msg #217

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Velike (msg # 216):

Darren thinks about it. "It could be problematic if he came back, but we didn't come here to just sit in a village. I say we go."
Velike
player, 46 posts
Ta-Matoran
Sat 27 Jan 2018
at 05:40
  • msg #218

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Darren (msg # 217):

"Well yes, I agree with that, but I'm saying we check back here after we finish this next excursion, so as to check on the state of things."
Darren
player, 25 posts
Ta-Matoran
Sun 28 Jan 2018
at 05:56
  • msg #219

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Velike (msg # 218)

“Yeah, that sounds good. So which direction do we go?”
Velike
player, 47 posts
Ta-Matoran
Sun 28 Jan 2018
at 22:22
  • msg #220

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Darren (msg # 219):

"I would say our best bet would be to head to the village so as to learn if the others passed through it, if not then we should backtrack through the secondary path to search for any clues as to what happened." Velike replied, relaxing slightly from the worried tenseness he'd had since the Skakdi left.
Game Master
GM, 100 posts
Mon 29 Jan 2018
at 12:09
  • msg #221

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Very well then," nodded Ferrin. "I'll fetch the Mahi, and ready the cart. Finish your business here and tell me when you're ready to go, or if you are taking another route." After a quick but respectful nod to the Turaga, the Fe-Matoran left the hut. His wet footsteps could be heard crossing the muddy ground.

Following the trader's departure, Turaga Lhevan bowed to the remaining group. "If you have your destination set and can manage on your own, I must take my leave as well," he said, and picked up the carved figurine from the table it was sitting on. "I shall return this bird to its nest, and let it grow strong once more."

"I'll wind-fly east while the weather is clear, and get a mask from the forges," said Metanu.


Everyone
Turaga Lhevan will return the bird statuette to the shrine it came from. Metanu will deal with Aeko's situation.

Ferrin is waiting to depart on the road leading west, to the tunnel network and further on to the desert. The Skakdi hunter Krezok has likely taken this route as well (but you are unlikely to catch up to him unless you really try).

The weather looks like it will be sunny before long. With the storm over and the Skakdi gone, the Le- and Bo-Matoran inhabiting the village are going back to their daily lives.

This message was last edited by the GM at 12:10, Mon 29 Jan 2018.
Tameku
player, 64 posts
Bo-Matoran
Mon 29 Jan 2018
at 18:07
  • msg #222

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Well, I suggest we don't lose any more time and set out as soon as Ferrin is ready", Tameku said. "The faster we get to the earth village and find the archeologists, the better."

He left the hut to join Ferrin and help him with the Mahi and the cart.
This message was last edited by the player at 18:08, Mon 29 Jan 2018.
Lutorian
player, 29 posts
Le-Matoran
Mon 29 Jan 2018
at 20:36
  • msg #223

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

“I’m not too keen on dark-wet tunnels, but if it will get us there ever-quick I guess that’s where we’ll go” shrugged lutorian while following Tameku out.
Darren
player, 26 posts
Ta-Matoran
Mon 29 Jan 2018
at 22:40
  • msg #224

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Darren nods in agreement and joins the others to help with the cart. “Looks like the weather is going to be nice too.”
Velike
player, 48 posts
Ta-Matoran
Mon 29 Jan 2018
at 23:30
  • msg #225

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 221):

Velike remained silent, his guarded aura returning as he followed, his spear held at ready and posture prepared for trouble.
Game Master
GM, 101 posts
Tue 30 Jan 2018
at 11:38
  • msg #226

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

With some help, the Fe-Matoran trader easily loosened the cart from the restraints that had kept it safe in the storm. He flung the bundle of rope into the back, and dragged the large sailcloth covering it back into place. "If you wish to ride in the cart, there should be enough space for a couple of you," Ferrin said. "Don't sit down too hard, though - you'll be on top of a pile of pointy metal."

Darren turned out to be right about the weather: The sun was finally peeking out from behind the clouds, and the heavy gray rainclouds had been replaced by lighter ones. A few minutes later, when the Mahi were put in front of the cart and all the goods had been loaded, even the light drizzle had stopped. The group set off then, traveling west on the jungle path. Dense foilage hid the sky beyond the clearing, but the temperature stayed warm and plenty of light managed to get through the canopy of trees.

Behind them the cry of a Kewa could be heard. Those who turned to look could see the bird rider Metanu taking off as well, headed in the opposite direction. He had promised to be back the next day, while Ferrin similarly estimated a day's worth of travel on their slower cart before they would reach the tunnel entrance. Even if both Matoran and Mahi could go for a long time without getting tired, the weight of the goods they were carrying would slow them down a bit.

"I forgot to mention that there is another split a bit earlier on this road," added Ferrin. "The main road curves a bit, and leans towards the southern shore for a few kio to avoid a rather large bog. The road straight through the bog is quicker, but it's bound to be even wetter than normal after the heavy rain, plus it's home to a number of Rahi. The local Bo-Matoran can handle it, but the rest of us are a bit hesitant unless we have company. I mention it now since you look like you can handle yourself." The Fe-Matoran looked north, futilely trying to peek through the forest. "You can't see it from here, but there is a third path that splits off even earlier. It goes across the hills closer the mountainside. It's a bit higher up and therefore is both dry and not as densely forested. The downside is that the Rahi migrate to high ground when a storm hits, so I wouldn't be surprised if we ran into a pack." He shrugged. "I'll leave the decision up to you. I'm in no rush myself."




Everyone
We are off to a new location!

To give an estimate of size/travel time on this island: With average walking speed, it will take roughly 8 hours to reach the crossroads via the main road. The tunnel leading underground is just a short distance beyond that. It would take another 12 hours for Ferrin to reach the desert from the crossroads.

In general I will time-skip past travel unless something interesting happens on the way, so you won't have to spend countless hours RPing on an empty road. I may give you choices based on which routes are safest/fastest/has the most stuff to look at, however.

  • If you take the main road, there are no dangers worth noting. You have the option of traveling more quickly if you want, saving 1 or 2 hours. If you choose to do this, each of you will take 1d6 Physical damage from exertion per hour you save.
  • If you travel straight through the bog, you save up to 3 hours. You will need to struggle through the swamp water with no clear path in sight, and you may have to deal with complications arising from this.
  • If you take the high road you save 1 hour without much effort, and get a better view of the landscape. You are highly likely to run into multiple Rahi, however.



In short: Base travel time is 8 hours. Save up to 2 hours through physical exertion on the safe main road, up to 3 hours by going through the swamp, or 1 hour by taking the high road and dealing with multiple Rahi

The cart has room for two people, who will not have to roll for exertion, and who will be safe from the swamp waters as long as they are sitting on it.


What do you do?
Tameku
player, 65 posts
Bo-Matoran
Tue 30 Jan 2018
at 15:10
  • msg #227

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"I'm not very keen on provoking Rahi attacks if not necessary", Tameku said, "Even if that would give us a nice overview of the area. And every merchant knows that bogs and swamps are bad places for heavy carts. I'd suggest we simply follow the main road in our current pace. We're not that much in a hurry, after all, and it would be stupid to exaust ourselves pointlessly." He looked at his companions. "As to riding on the cart - we should take 2 hour turns, I think, but one of you two", he pointed at Darren and Velike, "should always be on the road, in case there's trouble."
Velike
player, 49 posts
Ta-Matoran
Tue 30 Jan 2018
at 17:26
  • msg #228

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Tameku (msg # 227):

“I will agree with whichever path is taken, while I prefer yours for its safety I must say I can see the mild-advantage in taking the higher path, to better let us know our surroundings. As for the cart, I will stay on the road.” Velike stated, leaving no room for argument. “My duty is to keep my charges safe, not to relax.”
Lutorian
player, 30 posts
Le-Matoran
Tue 30 Jan 2018
at 22:16
  • msg #229

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

“I was looking forward to seeing some ever-ugly Rahi. In any case I agree with Tameku, the swamp will terrible-bad for the cart. The middle path would make a quick-journey.”
Tameku
player, 66 posts
Bo-Matoran
Wed 31 Jan 2018
at 18:27
  • msg #230

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Don't be ridiculous, Velike. If you're tired that will lessen your effiency in a fight and thus threaten the safety of those you want to protect. Tired guards usually quickly end up as dead guards." Tamkeu climbed on the wagon as he said this. "So, uh, I guess that's two votes for the main road and one abstention - Darren, any arguments for taking a different road?"
Darren
player, 27 posts
Ta-Matoran
Thu 1 Feb 2018
at 04:33
  • msg #231

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Tameku (msg # 230):

Darren shrugs. “I’d think the high road would be the best choice, but I won’t object to the main road. Anyways, I’ll take the first turn on foot.”
Game Master
GM, 103 posts
Thu 1 Feb 2018
at 09:16
  • msg #232

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

After a brief discussion, the group ended up taking the main road in order to keep the cart - and themselves - safe. Who knew what the storm may have done to the other roads, or what Rahi may have gathered in the hills to avoid a flood? As it turned out, even the well-traveled and secure road had been hit by the harsh weather. Large leaves from shaken jungle trees lay scattered everywhere, but at least this uneven covering made the muddy road easier to walk upon.

They walked for a few hours with no event. The travelers could tell the sky was completely clear now, and the temperature stayed at a comfortable level. The humid area was lush and peaceful, despite the violent storm that had shaken it earlier in the day.

Although the road was still muddy and bumpy, the Mahi pulling the cart had been calm and gentle for the journey so far, thanks in part to Ferrin's experienced handling of the Rahi. Suddenly they came to a halt, however, and seemed reluctant to continue past something up ahead. The two Ta-Matoran guardsmen accompanying the cart on foot easily spotted the problem: The wind had knocked over a few trees and scattered jungle fruit everywhere, and two agitated Gafna where squabbling over the spoils in the middle of the road. One of the large rat-like Rahi was colored blue, while the other had a deep red hue.

The Matoran watched as the blue one flung a jet of water at the other from its tail, but the intended target leapt aside. The water splashed against a melon-sized fruit instead and made it skip several meters away before breaking on impact with the ground. Both Rahi immediately ran at the unveiled treat, but found themselves fighting each other for the food once more.

Ferrin sighed. His black Hau kept his expression from showing, but it was clear he was annoyed. "The Mahi don't like critters like this," he said. "Could you clear the road, please?"


What do you do?


09:43, Today: Game Master rolled 1 using 1d6.  Traveling on main road: Checking for encounter.
09:44, Today: Game Master rolled 3 using 1d6.  Decide encounter.
(Result: Critters.)


Darren, Velike
Being on foot and guarding the cart, you spot encounters first. You see two Gafna, one Water and one Fire. Beyond them, a tree is lying across the road, partially covering it.

As the ones walking you may also choose to trade 1d6 Physical damage for faster traveling speed. May not be relevant right now (your call), but if you are in a hurry in the future you always have the option. :)

Everyone
I'll just mention that regardless of which path you take, you may also revisit locations later if you wish to explore.

This message was last edited by the GM at 09:24, Thu 01 Feb 2018.
Tameku
player, 67 posts
Bo-Matoran
Thu 1 Feb 2018
at 13:11
  • msg #233

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Uh, I guess you should deal with these Rahi", Tameku told Velike and Darren while spying over the edge of the wagon, "A Water Gafna is one thing, but in contrast to you two I'm not fire-proof." Still, Tameku climbed down from the wagon. He wanted to take a look at those fruits once the Rahi were dealt with. Securing some provisions couldn't hurt. And these were free, too, as the merchant in him remarked.
Darren
player, 28 posts
Ta-Matoran
Thu 1 Feb 2018
at 13:57
  • msg #234

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 232):

“Yeah, this shouldn’t be too much of a problem.” Darren replies, grabbing the mace from his back. “Which of the two do you want to take Velike?”
Velike
player, 50 posts
Ta-Matoran
Thu 1 Feb 2018
at 20:32
  • msg #235

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Darren (msg # 234):

“I will take the Water one. It will be safer for you to fight the one that matches your element and I have some experience fighting seaborn Rahi.” Velike replied, readying his spear.
Darren
player, 29 posts
Ta-Matoran
Thu 1 Feb 2018
at 23:03
  • msg #236

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Velike (msg # 235):

“Ok.” Darren adjusts the grip on his mace, before swiftly moving towards the Fire Gafna and attacking

Darren rolled 5 using 4d6, keeping the highest dice only with rolls of 2,5,5,5.  Moving towards and attacking Gafna. Dice from Guard, Mace Training, Armor movement.
Velike
player, 51 posts
Ta-Matoran
Thu 1 Feb 2018
at 23:22
  • msg #237

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Darren (msg # 236):

Velike followed, thrusting his spear towards the Water Gafna.

Velike rolled 6 using 3d6, keeping the highest dice only with rolls of 4,2,6.
Lutorian
player, 31 posts
Le-Matoran
Fri 2 Feb 2018
at 02:30
  • msg #238

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

“You guys couldn’t solve this problem without attacking them?” Lutorian sighed, still staying in the back of the cart but standing, ready to move if needed.”
Game Master
GM, 104 posts
Fri 2 Feb 2018
at 07:37
  • msg #239

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

The red rat didn't see Darren's mace coming, and so it made a solid impact. The Gafna peeped and then hissed, flicking itself and its glowing tail around in one swift motion. A large, burning ember flew through the air and struck Darren's armor. Despite heavy padding and innate resistance to fire, the flame still managed to singe him a little.

The second Gafna, spotting Velike's approach, fired another jet of water at him from range. The spray splashed against armor and felt like getting punched, but it was not as bad as it could have been. The Ta-Matoran continued his attack and struck with his spear, hurting the rat and making it back off. It jabbed with its tail once more, but no more water came out.

A moment later it turned tail and ran, clearly out of energy and frightened by the damage it had taken. The other followed suit. The two Rahi critters vanished into the underbrush in seconds, leaving the Matoran alone on the road once more. The fight was over almost before it began.


Having the opportunity to get a closer look, Tameku could see that the fruits that had fallen from the trees were orange, had a pyriform shape, and were about as big as a Kolhii ball. The skin was smooth and shiny, but the overall surface had a cratery texture. From the one that had been cracked open, he could tell that the skin was as thick as a finger, while the inside consisted of yellow bladders packed closely together. Many of them had burst, leaving syrupy juice to leak out onto the ground.

The Bo-Matoran could tell it was a type that would have a numbing effect on any organic material it touched. Used raw it could serve as a treatment for minor wounds by reducing pain and helping them heal more quickly. He seemed to recall there were other use areas as well, to those experienced in the field.



08:12, Today: Game Master, for the NPC Fire Gafna, rolled 6 using 2d6, keeping the highest dice only with rolls of 3,6.  Ember.
Result: 4 damage, -1 for defense, -1 for not being strong enough to get past heavy armor, and -1 for fire resistance.
Darren: Lose 1 Combat HP.

08:17, Today: Game Master, for the NPC Water Gafna, rolled 6 using 2d6, keeping the highest dice only with rolls of 2,6.  Water jet.
Result: 4 damage, -1 for defense.
Velike: Lose 3 Combat HP.

Tameku
You see at least 4 intact fruits of them lying around on the ground, with a few more growing on other trees in the area. Many others are broken open and eaten dry. Seems like Rahi like them a lot.

You know their basic effect by virtue of being a Bo-Matoran. If you wish to know more details, please make a roll.

Tameku
player, 68 posts
Bo-Matoran
Fri 2 Feb 2018
at 12:55
  • msg #240

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku shrugged at Lutorians words and whispered back to the Le-Matoran: "They're guards - if they'd use their heads to solve problems rather than their weapons they'd have become scholars. Perhaps next time I should specify 'could you deal with those Rahi' a little better."

He went over to the burst open fruit and examined it (learning what already has been said), then went over to an undamaged one and used his metal cutting scissors to carefully slice it open. Figuring that carrying an analgetic with him might be useful, he went to to the edge of the jungle, plucked some big leaves off of plants, then went back to the fruit he had cut open.

"Uh, while I get us some medical provisions, could you maybe see if you can move that tree from the road?" he called over to the others.

He carefully pried loose the bladders from inside the fruit, trying to keep them intact, then wrapped them in the leaves he had plucked to keep them safe within his bag.

I hope that was all ok? - I mean, there isn't any big chance of failure for any of this, right? Thus just gonna roll for one thing:

Tameku rolled 3 using 1d6 with rolls of 3.  Number of successfully harvested juice bladders.

Game Master
GM, 105 posts
Fri 2 Feb 2018
at 13:31
  • msg #241

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

No problems here. :) Nice thinking with the leaves. Keeping it all in the fruit might have been better for transport, but I can see the value in having it ready on demand. You get your 3 bladders worth.

There are couple more fruit of the same kind visible in the treetops if you want them, but someone would have to climb up and get them.

Tameku
player, 69 posts
Bo-Matoran
Fri 2 Feb 2018
at 13:43
  • msg #242

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

The other three intact fruits that were lying on the ground Tameku put on the cart. "In case we encounter any more Rahi we might be able to distract them with these", he explained. "If that's not necessary you can still throw them away or sell them or use them for medical purposes or as Rahi food back home, Ferrin."
Darren
player, 30 posts
Ta-Matoran
Fri 2 Feb 2018
at 13:48
  • msg #243

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 239):

Darren ignores the pain from the burn for now, knowing that a slight opening in his attack could end badly for him. He repays the ember by swinging with his mace again, bringing it down on top of the Rahi.

Darren rolled 6 using 3d6, keeping the highest dice only with rolls of 6,2,1.  Attacking the Gafna again.
Game Master
GM, 106 posts
Fri 2 Feb 2018
at 14:28
  • msg #244

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Darren: I had the Gafna scurry away since they are easily frightened little pushovers, but that blow would definitely knock it out. I'll let you decide if you want to let it run or if you wish to have a knocked-out Fire Gafna at your feet. :)
Velike
player, 52 posts
Ta-Matoran
Fri 2 Feb 2018
at 14:39
  • msg #245

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Lutorian (msg # 238):

“If I wanted it dead it would be dead. Attacking it has given it the warning to avoid us, a safer choice for it in the long run. It will also most likely avoid matoran from now on, keeping both it and others safer.” Velike explained, walking over to the tree and examining it, trying to see how exactly it fell.

Velike rolled 6 using 2d6, keeping the highest dice only with rolls of 1,6. Using survival skills to check tree for rot/how it broke
This message had punctuation tweaked by the player at 14:40, Fri 02 Feb 2018.
Game Master
GM, 107 posts
Fri 2 Feb 2018
at 14:57
  • msg #246

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu


Velike: You confirm that this was definitely an older tree. Damage from rot mixed with strong wind must have caused it to fall, and it should be easy enough to roll it aside and clear the path completely.

Lots of small Rahi footprints all around it. There may have been Brakas or similar creatures living in it before it fell.

Velike
player, 53 posts
Ta-Matoran
Fri 2 Feb 2018
at 15:30
  • msg #247

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 246):

“Ah, good. This rot should help with the weight.” Velike muttered to himself, giving a quick glance over it in an attempt to avoid the more rotted areas as he began to push the tree.
Velike rolled 1 using 1d6 with rolls of 1. Just a quick glance for him to try and avoid pushing against a more highly rotted area, so I won’t count his survival skills
Velike rolled 7 using 2d6 with rolls of 5,2. Forgot to set it as 1 dice, I’ll count it as a 2. Pushing the tree itself.
Game Master
GM, 108 posts
Fri 2 Feb 2018
at 15:49
  • msg #248

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

That's a no then. You'll need someone to help you push, or lose 1d6 Physical if you struggle alone.
Never mind, if we go by order of rolls occurring, the 5 came first.

The rotten stem cracks further when you push on it, causing you to slip and splash yourself with mud. The tree rolls a few meters, however, and now lies in the grass. The road is cleared.

This message was last edited by the GM at 15:53, Fri 02 Feb 2018.
Velike
player, 54 posts
Ta-Matoran
Fri 2 Feb 2018
at 16:01
  • msg #249

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 248):

“... Well this is lovely.” Velike muttered, shoving himself back up as he stared at the tree. “At least I moved the tree.” He said, standing upright.
He quickly looked across his armour, scowling slightly before he gave himself a quick shake/brush off as he stepped out of the mud, readying his spear once again.

(Oh... that’s how the rolls work! Thought the 2 was first... lucky eh?)
This message was last edited by the player at 16:07, Fri 02 Feb 2018.
Darren
player, 31 posts
Ta-Matoran
Fri 2 Feb 2018
at 16:45
  • msg #250

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 244):

(Oops... heh...)

Darren walks back to the group after making sure the rahi have indeed scurried away, and picks up one of the scattered fruits. “Do you think these are any good?”
Velike
player, 55 posts
Ta-Matoran
Fri 2 Feb 2018
at 17:27
  • msg #251

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Darren (msg # 250):

“Perhaps. Hopefully they’re edible at least, extra provisions are always necessary.” Velike muttered, walking over, mud still splashed across his armour, slightly lessened due to his quick clean/shake off earlier.
Lutorian
player, 32 posts
Le-Matoran
Fri 2 Feb 2018
at 20:03
  • msg #252

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

“Nows a good time to swap seats” lutoriad said climbing down from the cart. “How near-close are we Ferrin?”
This message was last edited by the player at 20:06, Fri 02 Feb 2018.
Tameku
player, 70 posts
Bo-Matoran
Fri 2 Feb 2018
at 20:43
  • msg #253

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Well, the Rahi eat them", Tameku told the others, patting one of the fruits, "So I suppose absorbing their energy can't hurt. But make sure to avoid the juice with your organic parts - it has a numbing effect on them."
Velike
player, 56 posts
Ta-Matoran
Fri 2 Feb 2018
at 22:55
  • msg #254

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Tameku (msg # 253):

"Ah... well, that's good to know." Velike replied, giving Lutorian a quick look as he said, "Either of you may take my seat. If need be I still have that Kaka extract to ward off my exhaustion." Waving him off as he walked forward.
Game Master
GM, 109 posts
Sat 3 Feb 2018
at 00:04
  • msg #255

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Somewhere around halfway, I'd guess," Ferrin said. "We've been curving back north, so we must be past the bog already. The crossroads is near where the jungle starts thinning."
Tameku
player, 71 posts
Bo-Matoran
Sat 3 Feb 2018
at 18:03
  • msg #256

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku shook his head as Velike took the lead again, but didn't bother to argue. Instead he climbed back into the wagon himself.
"Well, we should continue then", he told Ferrin.
Game Master
GM, 110 posts
Sat 3 Feb 2018
at 22:50
  • msg #257

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Yes, I agree," said Ferrin, while helping the others put the remaining fruit in the cart. "You won't have to worry about it where you're going, but it will be night before I reach the fortress. Hopefully I won't run into any trouble on the way. Seems like there was just the one Skakdi, but you never know."

The traveling trader yipped, and the Mahi began walking again. Along the road the signs of the storm were fairly visible, and a large number of Rahi tracks littered the area. Apart from the odd Burnak and lightning bugs basking peacefully in the sunshine, however, there were few signs of wildlife. The forest around them was thinning, allowing a better view of the sky. The muddy road had finally dried up after many ours of direct sunshine, which made travel easier.



Ferrin passed the time by telling tales of the past, and was in the middle of a particularly tall one when he suddenly went silent and raised his hand to hush the others. The Fe-Matoran listened intently for long seconds before he shook his head and sighed. "Sorry, I thought I heard something," he said, the story already forgotten. "We're almost at the crossroads, and I was worried either of us might run into something after we part ways. From the fortress we often hear the cracks of their weapons firing in the distance whenever they fight among themselves... I guess this was just a branch snapping or something." He narrowed his eyes. "Repeatedly."

The trader still seemed tense, but as no more sounds could be heard he rode in silence for a few more minutes, until the group of Matoran came upon a slight incline. When they reached the point where it sloped downwards again, they saw the crossroads up ahead. It laid in open landscape, circled by sparse grass and rocks. A marker made from stacked stones and wood held a flag and a carved stone tablet serving as a sign. The jungle was mostly behind them, though some of it stretched along the northern path, covering some of it past the crossroads from view.

Ten minutes later, they reached the crossroads. The sign was easily readable:
WEST - OUTPOST, IRON FORTRESS
NORTH - TUNNELS, VILLAGE, MINE
EAST - JUNGLE ROAD

"Here were are," Ferrin said, before shielding his eyes from the sun while looking ahead. While it would still be several hours until sunset, it was clear that midday was long past. "Here is where we must go our separate ways. Follow this road north, and it's a straight hike to the tunnel. It'll be less an hour on foot to reach it, and another hour tops to get to the village."

He bumped fists with each Matoran in turn.

"Good luck. Hope you find the people you were looking for. Oh, and don't forget your stuff!"


Everyone
Ferrin has told you a few stories on the way, but one stuck out as particularly interesting. Each of you, pick one story you'd like to learn something from. It will somewhat relate to the interests of your own character.
  • Great Being sighting.
  • A killer of Skakdi warlords.
  • The spirit in the deep roads.
  • The forgotten Matoran.
  • The silent vault.
  • Power in the shrines.
  • Recent island events.


Velike
player, 57 posts
Ta-Matoran
Sun 4 Feb 2018
at 01:18
  • msg #258

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 257):
This message was last edited by the player at 01:18, Sun 04 Feb 2018.
Tameku
player, 72 posts
Bo-Matoran
Sun 4 Feb 2018
at 12:08
  • msg #259

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 257):
Darren
player, 32 posts
Ta-Matoran
Sun 4 Feb 2018
at 19:12
  • msg #260

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 257):


"So now to the village?" Darren asks the others.
Lutorian
player, 33 posts
Le-Matoran
Mon 5 Feb 2018
at 01:55
  • msg #261

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu



Lutorian thanked Ferrin before responding to Darren "I think-remember that's what we agreed on." he said while bending down to read the sign.
Game Master
GM, 111 posts
Mon 5 Feb 2018
at 12:56
  • msg #262

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu


You would all have been present while the stories were toold, so although I have put them in spoiler tags you are free to read them all if you wish.

Turned out to be more text than intended, so if you don't care about prose the summary should be enough.



Velike

The forgotten Matoran

Spoiler text: (Highlight or hover over the text to view)
The lost Bo-Matoran you already know about, but the Turaga keep it a bit hush-hush that they weren't the only ones. That village is notable for being the largest group to disappear at once, but occassionally a Fe-Matoran will decide that they've had enough of Skakdi, and leave the fortress for an unknown destination. The few we've managed to speak to said they just felt a calling in their head, and then they headed for the jungle without fail. Some were quiet about it, but others spoke of hearing a voice.

One Po-Matoran left from the bottom of the quarry mine somehow; vanished without a trace! I saw him again months later, trading carvings for fish on the other end of the island. He refused to speak of where he was staying, but he looked worn down and tired, and when he left I saw him head for the jungle too. He said the shadow would protect him. Poor guy had stayed too long underground, I guess. Miners start getting used to the darkness after a while.

I've heard others leave too, such as scholars from the mountaintop when they need to process what they've learned. Some sit in quiet meditation in the village, but at least one hermit has isolated themselves completely at the very tip of the southern cape. No weird shadow-talk from him, at least, and the scholars always return when they are done contemplating things.


Summary: Matoran are disappearing, and apparently leaving to go find sanctuary in the hidden jungle village. Others isolate themselves to think for a while, but always return. Those who leave under mysterious circumstances grow tired and reclusive.


Tameku

Recent island events

Spoiler text: (Highlight or hover over the text to view)
The weather's been real bad lately, but you already knew that. Terrible storms appear and last for days at a time. Sometimes the ground shakes and waves reach far inland. The elemental sites have it especially bad, but never seem to take damage from the bad weather.

You already know of the tension between Skakdi and Matoran too, but for the past hundred years it wasn't too bad. Skakdi are a rowdy bunch, but as long as you offer them a good trade between power and territory they are usually quite agreeable. In fact, after the Toa chased them there they seem to revel in the harsh desert climate, and only care about traveling when they run low on resources or have to move because a rival clan attacked.

Recently they divided themselves into a few camps based on common interest. One is loaded with weapons, which they practice with constantly. Another has tamed Rahi for war. A third thankfully seems to have calmed down lately thanks to their new warlord being more amicable than the last. There are some other camps, but they vary in size and used to never agree on anything. The fact that they've started making deals instead of fighting makes Turaga Ponolu worry that they are planning to work together on another island takeover.

Several Matoran have disappeared. We thought some lost to the bad weather, but the lost Bo-Matoran claimed a few had come to stay with them. They refused to say anything else, and vanished into the woods before we could ask.

The Ta-Matoran have postponed the annual martial tournament until the situation improves.


Summary: The weather effects are worse than they first appear, as they are joined by earthquakes and floods. The Skakdi have started working together after years of infighting. Some Matoran have disappeared during all this.


Darren

Killer of Skakdi Warlords

Spoiler text: (Highlight or hover over the text to view)
Two Skakdi warlords were slain recently - the first to die in centuries. Number one was easy enough to explain. After an internal dispute of some kind his underling opened fire with a Cordak blaster and knocked him out. Skakdi warlords like to keep their rivals alive and subjugated to show their might, so apparently the actual death was a complete accident. Nehktok the Gunner - that's his name now - had just finished proclaiming his victory to the entire desert when he decided to fire a second volley to humiliate the former warlord. No way he could take that when his armor was already weakened, but Nehktok didn't think that far. Killed him on the spot, and certainly didn't learn anything from it.

Now the second death... that one's more interesting. Two of our messengers returned from a trade with the Skakdi fortress opposite ours, and said there was a new warlord in charge. Strange thing is, no one took credit for it! Skakdi always do if they spot a chance to rise in the ranks. The previous warlord had supposedly been killed in the middle of camp during the night, stabbed just once by an unseen attacker who vanished before anyone got a good look at them - which is odd, considering how many Skakdi have enhanced vision. The stab wound was almost imperceptible too; they had to search a bit for the cause of death. Goes to show that even someone as tough as a warlord can be defeated if you catch them in a vulnerable moment, with the right weapon at hand.

It's been a long time since we've seen Skakdi scared, but our Matoran told us they were clearly uneasy about this event. At least the new warlord is more amicable than the last. Hasn't even broken the legs of the previous warlord's supporters, as is traditional in their camp. I heard they picked her by vote! Skakdi voting, imagine that!


Summary: Two Skakdi warlords died recently. One was killed in an internal dispute. The other was slain by an unseen assailaint, which has left the other Skakdi unnerved.


Lutorian

The spirit in the deep roads

Spoiler text: (Highlight or hover over the text to view)
When you go through the tunnels, stick to the path that is lit with lightstones. They and the road markers will show you where to go. It should be a fairly straight hike to the mining village. If you hear any chittering noises approaching, don't be afraid - crab riding guards patrol the main road and keeps it safe. Nui-Jaga make the same noise, but they dwell in the deeper, unlit caverns.

Still, there is one... being you may encounter. The locals call it a spirit, but no one knows what it is for sure. Travelers - especially foreigners like yourself - will often be approached by it when they pass through the area, though seldom on the main road. I've only heard the voice once myself, but it was like a whisper in the back of my head. It asked me who I was and why I had come. When I told it I was a trader, it said something about not wishing to trade, and then vanished. I have no idea what that was about.

Others have heard it as well, and seldom more than once each. Rumor has it, it almost never does anything except ask who you are. It took particular interest in Turaga Zuhras, and asked him at length about the island's history. It seemed to already know all his answers, though, so maybe it was just looking for a chat.

There was a traveler who got lost in a deep section of the tunnels. The voice came to him, and told him which direction to take. He didn't trust it at first, and flung his spear in the direction he thought the sound was coming from. It became angry then, and he fled from it in a blind panic. When he reached the village he claimed that the voice had ask him to take a path leading towards it, and that after he attacked he had seen a figure standing there in the darkness. That may have been his imagination, though. Being alone in the dark for too long does strange things to your mind.

If you do happen to hear from it - just be calm. It has never harmed anyone, to my knowledge.


Summary: The main road is lit and is free of Rahi. A spirit of some kind lurks in the tunnels and often approaches travelers.



The road is clear and Ferrin is leaving.

This message was last edited by the GM at 12:57, Mon 05 Feb 2018.
Velike
player, 58 posts
Ta-Matoran
Mon 5 Feb 2018
at 14:22
  • msg #263

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 262):

Velike prepared to begin walking again, having remained in his prepared stance, pondering over the tales he had learned.
Tameku
player, 73 posts
Bo-Matoran
Mon 5 Feb 2018
at 14:39
  • msg #264

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Well, for a Fe-Matoran Ferrin sure had a lot to say", Tameku remarked as they watched Ferrin depart, "The ones I've known so far usually were so focused on their forges that it was hard to get a few words out of them at all."

He had taken one of the jungle fruits they had loaded on Ferrin's cart with him, but had left the others with the Fe-Matoran in case he was further bothered by Rahi. In case they met a Nui-Jaga Tameku hoped that the scorpion creature would rather go for this one fruit than for the Matoran if given a choice.
He adjusted his bag and turned to teh others: "Well, if you're ready then let's go."

Quick question: How big are those fruits? You said Kohlii ball size, but are we talking about MNOG Kohlii balls or Mask of Light Kohlii balls?
Velike
player, 59 posts
Ta-Matoran
Mon 5 Feb 2018
at 15:23
  • msg #265

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Tameku (msg # 264):

“Of course.” Velike replied, turning to the north road, his stance prepared for movement.
Game Master
GM, 112 posts
Mon 5 Feb 2018
at 15:35
  • msg #266

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

I was thinking of the latter. Something like a mid-sized papaya: Bigger than your hand, but these ones are possible to lift with one hand thanks to the cratered texture.

16:23, Today: Game Master rolled 4 using 1d6 with rolls of 4.  Checking for encounter on safe road.
Result: No encounter.


You will have a quiet journey through the last stretch, it seems. Feel free to time-skip to... THE CAVE! :o

Tameku
player, 74 posts
Bo-Matoran
Tue 6 Feb 2018
at 12:50
  • msg #267

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku set off towards THE CAVE :o.
Game Master
GM, 113 posts
Tue 6 Feb 2018
at 14:09
  • msg #268

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Fair enough, I guess I should give you more to work with. :P

The road was clear and marked well like Ferrin had promised it would be, so the hike to the tunnel passed quickly for the party. The sun was beginning to dim by the time they reached it. Between thinning forest and a sun-bleached rock wall, the entrance to the tunnel appeared as a black spot in the distance long before they reached it.

Approaching the mouth of the cave, it was easy to spot multiple sets of tracks in the dry mud leading in the same direction. The majority were obviously Matoran footprints, but the tracks that stood out the most looked like they belonged to a larger being.

A sign next to the entrance read:
ISLAND CONNECTION, SOUTH ENTRANCE

The tunnel turned out to be large enough for most beings to pass through comfortably side by side without having to sidle or bow to avoid hitting their head on the rocky ceiling. The main road went straight from sparse jungle and dirt path to rugged rock walls and a smooth stone floor. A lightstone shone brightly on each side of the entrance, with more placed at regular intervals throughout the tunnel. They were put into small alcoves bored into the stone at shoulder height. One of them - the first on the right-hand side - was missing from its slot, making that area rather dim. A small discarded object of some kind was left behind on the floor next to the empty slot.

The edges of the entrance were lined with neatly piled scaffolding made of wood and metal. The tunnel could be seen going inwards for about fifty meters before sloping gently downwards into the depths. No living beings could be spotted, but a set of scratch marks in the rock indicated a tally of sorts was being kept by those who passed. It easily counted in the hundreds.

What do you do?


A fair amount of time has passed with no struggle. Heal 2 HP.

Velike
player, 60 posts
Ta-Matoran
Tue 6 Feb 2018
at 15:13
  • msg #269

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 268):

Velike headed over to the missing lightstone, attempting to see if he could discover any unusualness to its ‘vanishing’.

Velike rolled 1 using 1d6 with rolls of 1. Checking over missing lightstone
(Ouch... also, did we get EXP for the Gafna fight?)
This message was last edited by the player at 15:15, Tue 06 Feb 2018.
Tameku
player, 75 posts
Bo-Matoran
Tue 6 Feb 2018
at 17:57
  • msg #270

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

As Velike was examining the empty alcove, Tameku went to pick up the small object lying on the floor next to it.
This message was last edited by the player at 17:58, Tue 06 Feb 2018.
Game Master
GM, 114 posts
Tue 6 Feb 2018
at 18:28
  • msg #271

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

For the Gafna fight in particular, no. For the journey undertaken at large, I was going to handle it once we come to a spot of rest in traveling. I suppose the cave mouth works just as well.

Add 1 XP for recent events.



There were no obvious marks indicating what had happened to the missing lightstone, beyond the likely event that someone - or something - had taken it for themselves to see better in the dark.

The reason for the tally marks next to the spot, however, was written out in full:

TUNNEL RAHI OBSERVED
|||| |||| |||| |||| |||| ||||
|||| |||| |||| |||| |||| ||||
|||| |||| |||| |||| |||| ||||
|||| |||| |||| |||| |||| ||||
|||| |||| |||| ||


TREMORS
|||| |||

Meanwhile, Tameku discovered that the item on the ground was a short metal capsule, which upon closer inspection turned out to be an empty Cordak shell. The inside of the shell was covered in soot and the metal on one end flared outwards - the result of the explosion the weapon produced upon impact.
This message was last edited by the GM at 18:28, Tue 06 Feb 2018.
Velike
player, 61 posts
Ta-Matoran
Tue 6 Feb 2018
at 19:21
  • msg #272

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 271):

"Hmm... this could be problematic..." Velike muttered to himself as he saw the amount of rahi based tally marks.

(Ah, that makes sense. Also, by using EXP for extra skills does that decrease our total EXP/Level?)
This message was last edited by the player at 19:23, Tue 06 Feb 2018.
Game Master
GM, 115 posts
Tue 6 Feb 2018
at 19:51
  • msg #273

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Nah, that's why I added both a "current XP" and "total XP" count to your sheet. :) The total determines level; it will never decrease.
Tameku
player, 77 posts
Bo-Matoran
Tue 6 Feb 2018
at 20:17
  • msg #274

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku examined the Cordak patron for another short moment, then glanced around trying to make out if there was any indication as to what was hit by it.
He had a feeling that he knew exactly what kind of being had used it - he glanced at the larger footprints. He wondered for a moment if the earth village, too, was supposed to possess an elemental stone.

Skills used: Observation
Tameku rolled 6 using 2d6, keeping the highest dice only with rolls of 6,4.  Searching for Cordak target.

Tameku rolled 4 using 1d6 with rolls of 4.  Trying to tell who left the large footprints.

Game Master
GM, 117 posts
Tue 6 Feb 2018
at 22:17
  • msg #275

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

The footprints left in the mud stopped at the cave entrance, but dried dirt and sand indicated that the being who made them had gone further inside. Studying the tracks carefully, Tameku surmised that they were very similar to what one could expect from a Steltian. The lack of claw marks ruled out Skakdi - at least for this set. Who else might have left passing marks after the road dried up was anyone's guess.

A bit further ahead, partly concealed by the dimmer areas where the lightstones didn't reach in full, sat another spent Cordak shell. Glancing over the edge of the slope leading downwards, Tameku spotted several more that had rolled downwards and gotten stuck against the mangled remains of a cave scorpion in the middle of the path.

The dead creature was not quite as big as the ones known as Nui-Jaga, but compared to a Matoran its tail would still reach a head taller than them. Its armor - what remained of it - was mottled bright blue and grey and covered in scorch marks where the blasts had struck it. Its pincers and each of its six limbs showed signs of being bioluminescent, but their glow had faded along with its life force.

Soot-black cracks in the sloped ceiling and pebbles on the ground indicated that at least two shots had missed their target.
Lutorian
player, 34 posts
Le-Matoran
Tue 6 Feb 2018
at 23:11
  • msg #276

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Stepping into the tunnel Lutorian bent down to study the tracks.

Lutorian rolled 6 using 4d6, keeping the highest dice only ((3,5,5,6))
Game Master
GM, 118 posts
Wed 7 Feb 2018
at 07:23
  • msg #277

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

The tracks quickly ran out once they reached the hard stone, but Lutorian could confirm that they were indeed made by a Steltian. Glancing over to the path they had come from, he was able to follow them for a bit. Whoever made the footprints had not stayed on the road all the way. Instead, the prints turned ninety degrees off into the forest nearby. Broken ferns showed clearly that the large being had at least taken a detour before they entered the cave. Next to them were signs of a smaller being tagging along. They looked like Matoran feet, but the being's tracks in the mud blended in with the others and were hard to read.

Just a few meters off the side of the road, beyond the ferns, an area of flattened grass and a burned-out fire indicated that someone had made camp here recently.
Darren
player, 33 posts
Ta-Matoran
Wed 7 Feb 2018
at 14:31
  • msg #278

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Darren poked the corpse of the cave scorpion with his foot. “I guess this is one problem we don’t have to deal with.”
Tameku
player, 78 posts
Bo-Matoran
Wed 7 Feb 2018
at 14:51
  • msg #279

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Still I find it... worrisome that beasts like this apparently roam around on this 'safe road'", Tameku remarked.

He glanced around. "Where has Lutorian gone?"
Velike
player, 62 posts
Ta-Matoran
Wed 7 Feb 2018
at 17:26
  • msg #280

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Tameku (msg # 279):

“Most likely the tunnel.” Velike muttered absentmindedly, still examining the carvings.
As his words finally registered to himself he stilled, suddenly rushing into the tunnel, his spear held ready once again.
Game Master
GM, 119 posts
Wed 7 Feb 2018
at 18:50
  • msg #281

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu



Past the dead scorpion, Velike found that the tunnel went on and on, going downwards in a gentle slope which soon started curving towards the right. The angle made it impossible to tell what was at the end of it. As he moved away from the entrance, the Ta-Matoran found the tunnel getting darker and darker, but at least there were lightstones showing the way.

At the end of the curve, the slope evened out into flat ground again. Right at the bottom another empty Cordak shell laid on the ground, and it looked like it was the final one. A thin layer of gray sand covered most of the floor. There was no sign of Lutorian in the tunnel after all.

Quite some distance ahead the lights seemed to end, but for what reason he could not tell.

Do you press on alone?



Lutorian is inspecting the tracks right outside the cave entrance. There are signs of a camp having been made here.

Velike has moved further into the tunnel, which curves gently to such an extent that he is no longer visible from the top of the slope.

This message was last edited by the GM at 18:52, Wed 07 Feb 2018.
Darren
player, 34 posts
Ta-Matoran
Wed 7 Feb 2018
at 21:19
  • msg #282

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Tameku (msg # 279):

Darren looked up from the Cave Scorpion corpse. “Hey, where did everyone else go?” He asked the only other matoran still present, Tameku.
Velike
player, 63 posts
Ta-Matoran
Thu 8 Feb 2018
at 00:12
  • msg #283

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 281):

(... Welp! Looks like it's time for Velike to do something very stupid but very Velike like!)

"No... I... I have let one of my charges become placed in potential danger, I have allowed my attention to waver. I must remedy this! I must protect my charge!" Velike though, preparing to head further before pausing as he remembered his companions.
"My other charges! I cannot abandon them but I cannot head towards them, that may take more time than I have! What do I do? What do I do?!" Velike thought in a panic, his guarded demeanor cracking for just a moment long enough to allow for a panicked look to flicker across his face.

"No! I will remain calm! I am an honor guard, we laugh in the face of defeat and always hold our spears high... I know what to do!" He thought as he calmed down, a spark igniting in his eyes before suddenly yelled, "Lutorian! Can you hear me?! Are you safe?!" As he cupped a hand around his mouth, waiting grimly for a reply, his spears hold tightened as the echo's began to bound.

(Should I roll for the yell? Also, told you he was going to do something dumb... if very much what he would actually do...)
Game Master
GM, 120 posts
Thu 8 Feb 2018
at 07:20
  • msg #284

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

The echoing voice was met with silence - which was perhaps not so surprising, given that the one the shout was meant for was still on the surface.

Soon after the sound of Velike's shout had faded, he could feel a faint trembling below his feet. A bit of sand trickled from the ceiling. The tremor rose in intensity for a few seconds before abating again. Another mark for the wall...

What do you do?


Velike
You don't have to roll for this yell - given the distance it's not an action with potential failure. Lutorian - and anyone else nearby - can definitely hear you.

The rest of you
You would have seen Velike run ahead, and heard his shout.

Velike
player, 64 posts
Ta-Matoran
Thu 8 Feb 2018
at 14:12
  • msg #285

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 284):

“Something was waiting for us...” Velike thought, stepping back in mild surprise as the light moved before quickly shaking it off, stepping forward, glancing furitively around him as he slowly headed closer, his spear pointed forward and ready.
Lutorian
player, 35 posts
Le-Matoran
Thu 8 Feb 2018
at 19:47
  • msg #286

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Being alerted back to reality by Yelike’s yell Lutorian dashed into the cave to meet the rest. “I’m ever-sorry” before stopping and turning to Tameku and Darren “What’s he doing that ever-far from us?”
Velike
player, 65 posts
Ta-Matoran
Thu 8 Feb 2018
at 20:02
  • msg #287

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 284):

As Velike edged ever closer to where he had sighted the side tunnel he called out, pausing in his movements, “Ambusher I know you are there! I do not know if you have encountered my companion nor if you are the reason for his vanishing, but I know you lay in wait for us or another! So, be you beast or no, Step out from your hiding and face me!” Yelling in a hostile tone as he slammed the butt of his spear into the ground, waiting for a response.
Tameku
player, 79 posts
Bo-Matoran
Thu 8 Feb 2018
at 20:15
  • msg #288

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"I have no idea what he's up to", Tameku said, "But apparently he has found somethin or someone. We should probably catch up to him." Instead of moving forward Tameku turned to Lutorian, though: "But where have you been? Found anything?"
Game Master
GM, 121 posts
Thu 8 Feb 2018
at 20:29
  • msg #289

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Velike gave his best, but no answer was to be heard. If there was truly someone there, they were not willing to step back into the light.
Velike
player, 66 posts
Ta-Matoran
Thu 8 Feb 2018
at 20:45
  • msg #290

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 289):

“Coward! To hide in wait and then flee upon your discovery! What have you done to my charge?!” Velike yelled, steeping over to the wall to pull out a lightstone so he could follow.

Velike rolled 4 using 1d6 with rolls of 4.
(Does this need a roll? ‘Cause if no then just ignore the above. Thanks.)
Game Master
GM, 122 posts
Thu 8 Feb 2018
at 21:09
  • msg #291

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Let's say yes, since you're trying to get it loose from a socket - but that's a yes anyhow.


The lightstone protruded far enough from its socket for Velike to get a good grip on it, and so it came loose with a single good tug. Its shine would certainly be useful.
Velike
player, 67 posts
Ta-Matoran
Thu 8 Feb 2018
at 21:16
  • msg #292

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 291):

“Coward!” Velike yelled, holding the lightstone and attempting to slot it into part of his chest armour (metronome function thingy) as he charged after, his spear held ready in his other hand,
This message was last edited by the player at 21:17, Thu 08 Feb 2018.
Game Master
GM, 123 posts
Thu 8 Feb 2018
at 22:36
  • msg #293

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu



As he turned the corner, Velike realized that the side tunnel led further through a rough, winding path. Despite the darkness, a shimmering light danced across the rock walls, with the flickering shadow of whoever was holding it visible all around.

 He could tell he was gaining on the mysterious person. Suddenly, between two particularly large twists in the tunnel, the light vanished again. Velike reached another fork in the road soon after, and this time it branched off in multiple directions, each of them marked. Using the lightstone, it was easy to read the signs, and a quick glance was enough to do so.





Velike
Seems like someone went further down in a hurry... Could be dangerous to go alone.

Everyone
I assume that while Velike is decending, then running and shouting, the rest of you have time to exchange a few words and start moving if you wish to catch up, so don't worry about being left too far behind.

I'm revealing a bit of info about the deeper tunnels to Velike, as he's present in them. Unless you wait around up top you could be close behind him already, but it might be hard to find him if he goes through too many junctions alone. That's a fair warning to both him and the rest, I think.

Velike
player, 68 posts
Ta-Matoran
Fri 9 Feb 2018
at 01:14
  • msg #294

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 293):

"COWARD! ASSASSIN! FACE ME WITH HONOUR!" Velike yelled, pausing before entering the tunnel from which he heard footsteps as he remembered the others.
He quickly attempted to carve a quick V below the RAHI, before glancing around for the largest nearby stone and tossing it down the tunnel he had come through.

The minute the stone left his hand he turned and began his charge after the figure once again.

Velike rolled 4 using 1d6 with rolls of 4. Carving V.
(Rolled this just in case the sign mentioned is just the words and/or not a wooden sign. Just kinda guessing the wooden one wouldn't of needed a roll so if it doesn't I guess this can just be ignored, and if not, hey! Got a roll already then!)

Velike rolled 4 using 1d6 with rolls of 4. Stone size.
(Hope it was ok to presume I found one. Also, rolled for size because, larger the stone, louder the clatter, higher the chances of the others hearing it.

Velike rolled 6 using 1d6 with rolls of 6. Throwing stone back down tunnel.

(Also, Mata-Nui above! Such luck on my rolls!)
This message was last edited by the player at 14:23, Fri 09 Feb 2018.
Lutorian
player, 36 posts
Le-Matoran
Fri 9 Feb 2018
at 06:32
  • msg #295

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

“I can talk-explain later, we should probably try to stop Velike before he gets lost” Lutorian replied to Tameku, swiftly heading deeper into the cavern, while also keeping in pace for Darren and Tameku to follow closely to him.
Game Master
GM, 124 posts
Fri 9 Feb 2018
at 07:39
  • msg #296

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu



Heading down the same path Velike had gone, Lutorian and the others could see that the tunnel straightened out and was lined with lightstones. One at the bottom of the slope was missing from its slot, leaving this section dimmer than the rest. The distant end of the tunnel was shrouded in darkness where the lightstones seemingly ended.

The outline of a side tunnel on the left-hand side sat roughly sixty meters ahead. Upon reaching it without trouble, Lutorian found that it snaked its way forwards through a more narrow and poorly lit path. The flickering light from a lightstone bouncing down the hallway and the sound of a thrown stone clattering against the surrounding rock told him that his companion must have veered off the main road and gone down this path.

Meanwhile, Velike continued his pursuit even further into the depths. The way forward was steep enough that he had to brace himself on the wall to avoid slipping, which was not made any easier by the trickle of water running over rocks in the dark. When his feet reached an ankle-deep stream of water at the bottom, he realized that the tunnel was entirely unlit save for the glowing stone in his hand.



Velike
You lose a few seconds to make the mark and throw a stone, but find no trouble in doing so. Bonus: You manage to clearly indicate which tunnel you are in to Lutorian.

If you wish to pursue swiftly enough through the water to catch up before this guy can get much further, please roll a check using any movement/swimming skills you have, and take 1d6 Physical damage (defense applies) from the struggle regardless of outcome.

If not you don't need to roll anything, but the gap between you will stay the same.

Lutorian
You're not far behind Velike. Your own lightstone will certainly aid you in this darker area too.


>> Here's a quick map of the tunnel layout so far. <<<


Not to scale. Velike has entered the flooded tunnel. Lutorian is on the main road, next to the entrance to the winding passage. The rest of you are somewhere between the entrance and the main road.

This message was last edited by the GM at 08:46, Fri 09 Feb 2018.
Tameku
player, 80 posts
Bo-Matoran
Fri 9 Feb 2018
at 11:09
  • msg #297

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku, cursing under his breath, followed Lutorian to the entrance of the winding path and stopped there. He cupped his hands around his mouth and shouted: "Velike! Come back!" In a normal tone he continued: "This looks exactly like a place Ferrin warned us about. What does this Akilini-Head think he's doing?"

Tameku rolled 5 using 1d6 with rolls of 5.  Trying to make Velike hear his shout - distance, echoes, water splashing might interfere.
This message was last edited by the player at 11:12, Fri 09 Feb 2018.
Game Master
GM, 126 posts
Fri 9 Feb 2018
at 11:50
  • msg #298

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

You are right - and the sound will reach him. It's dark, but Lutorian has a lightstone of his own. Do you press on?
Tameku
player, 81 posts
Bo-Matoran
Fri 9 Feb 2018
at 11:58
  • msg #299

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"I suggest we wait here in case he heard me and finds his way back", Tameku told the others, "I definitely have no intention of running after him and ending up as a Nui-Jaga's meal. Also we have a job to do, responsibility. We'd endanger our mission and our lives senselessly if we go in there."
Velike
player, 69 posts
Ta-Matoran
Fri 9 Feb 2018
at 14:16
  • msg #300

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 296):

As Velike heard the shout he stumbled slightly, gritting his teeth as h remembered his other charges and his honour struggled between his choices. “I am sorry...” He whispered as chasing the assassin won out.

“I cannot! An assassin had been laying in wait for us within the tunnel! I have seen that he carries a disk of power and believe  he has done something to Lutorian! I must capture him!” Velike yelled back, an angry growl entering his voice as he yelled of what he fate he believed had fallen his charge. Also revealing to Tameku why he was doing this.

 As he finished he quickly whipped his head back around and began to push himself, despite the consequences he knew would occur, so as to finally catch this ambusher.

Velike rolled 5 using 1d6 with rolls of 5. Shouting back to Tameku.
Velike rolled 3 using 1d6 with rolls of 3. Damage from pushing himself to follow.

(Also, can that extract I have renew any of my aspects or only certain ones?)

(Update: subtracted health early but just realized I might’ve screwed that up when I checked the OOC thread. Put it back up but I’d subtracted it to 0 defense and 3 health.)
This message was last edited by the player at 14:25, Fri 09 Feb 2018.
Tameku
player, 82 posts
Bo-Matoran
Fri 9 Feb 2018
at 14:50
  • msg #301

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Given velike's roll I can assume Tameku heard him, right?


"Lutorian is here!" Tameku shouted back.

Tameku rolled 2 using 1d6 with rolls of 2.  Trying to make Velike hear his shout - distance, echoes, water splashing might interfere.
Game Master
GM, 128 posts
Fri 9 Feb 2018
at 16:21
  • msg #302

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Persistent in his chase, Velike pushed through the water, and with some extra effort he found himself catching up to the unknown Matoran in front of him. The passage was widening out now, and from the way the light scattered Velike became aware that they were entering a larger cavern. Water dripped from their bodies and left soggy wet footprints on the uneven, dusty surface. Dozens of stalagmites were visible in the dim light, along with several glowing blue spots shining in the dark. Outside of the light they had brought with them, the two Matoran were left in pitch-black darkness.

"I'm not an assassin!" shouted the runner angrily, unlimbering the Kanoka from his back as he ran. "I wish I didn't have to do this, but you have forced my hand!"

With that, he stopped and turned just as Velike was about to catch up, and flung the throwing disk with all his might in his foe's direction. He proved to have good aim, and took advantage of the close range to make the projectile impossible to dodge.



Velike
Sorry if I wasn't entirely clear - I wanted you to make a roll and apply the hit to your Physical aspect, since that one governs exhaustion, "toughing it out" and similar. All player characters start with 1 defense in each aspect by default, which puts them one step ahead of many NPCs and creatures.

You rolled 3. When we consult the roll chart, that equals 1 damage. Since we subtract your 1 defense you actually don't lose any Physical HP at all this time. Tougher challenges might call for more dice being rolled, but this one was fairly easy.

Defense is never lost unless some special effect reduces it.

Seems like you'll have another chance to take damage, though! :)

quote:
17:01, Today: Game Master, for the NPC Running Matoran, rolled 4 using 3d6, keeping the highest dice only with rolls of 2,4,4.  Throwing disk, with skills: Ranged Combat, Disk Thrower.


Choose one:
  • Take the hit head-on. Receive 2 Combat damage and suffer the disk's Weaken effect (drains Physical HP equal to its level, which is 5). Defense in each stat will apply.
  • Block the hit with something you are carrying on your person. You will take no damage yourself but the item/armor piece you use to block suffers the Weaken effect instead. The material weakening will be permanent until replaced/repaired.


Regardless of choice, you have caught up to the Matoran and are quite close to him.

Tameku
Sorry, your shout doesn't reach. The most important one too! That's pretty inconvenient. Since you are outside the cave and not splashing with water, however, you can hear their distant shouting and probably the loud "clang!" of a disk. :)

This message was last edited by the GM at 16:28, Fri 09 Feb 2018.
Velike
player, 71 posts
Ta-Matoran
Fri 9 Feb 2018
at 16:40
  • msg #303

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 302):
This message had punctuation tweaked by the player at 16:51, Fri 09 Feb 2018.
Darren
player, 35 posts
Ta-Matoran
Fri 9 Feb 2018
at 17:46
  • msg #304

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Darren glances at Tameku and Lutorian. “Are we going after him? If there really is an assassin he might be in trouble.”
Tameku
player, 83 posts
Bo-Matoran
Fri 9 Feb 2018
at 17:55
  • msg #305

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"And if we get lost in those tunnels we'll all be in trouble", Tameku replied.
Game Master
GM, 130 posts
Fri 9 Feb 2018
at 21:11
  • msg #306

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Velike: You have 1 Defense in Physical, so you'd be left with 1 Physical HP if you go that route. Good thing you didn't lose any while going through the water. ;)

If you wish to use an item, you can indeed choose the armor on your left arm or similar. It's part of your body, but brittle armor may be better than exhaustion in battle depending on who you ask. Matoran have the luxury of swapping out parts, after all. It's up to you.

Velike
player, 74 posts
Ta-Matoran
Fri 9 Feb 2018
at 21:25
  • msg #307

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 306):

As the disk neared Velike raised his left arm to block the disk, snarling towards the matoran. “If you are not an assassin then why did you lie in wait for us? Why did you run when I gave call? Why did my charge not respond when I called for him?! I gave you a chance to end this honourably, Coward! Now hold and answer me! Give me reason why I should not run you through for my companions fate!” Velike roared at the matoran.

Velike rolled 2 using 2d6, keeping the highest dice only with rolls of 1,2.  Intimidating the fleeing matoran.

(... you know, I was going to ask if the intimidation skill was useable in this situation but it appears it doesn’t matter either way... also, ouch.)

(Also, didn’t I lose that 1 defence from the increased running?
This message was last edited by the player at 21:26, Fri 09 Feb 2018.
Game Master
GM, 131 posts
Fri 9 Feb 2018
at 22:04
  • msg #308

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

The powered disk struck Velike's armor with a forceful 'bang', and a flash of energy flowed into the metal where it made contact. The piece of armor shook and turned brittle, indicated by tiny cracks appearing all over its surface. The disk bounced off, and clattered against the stone floor in between the two Matoran. The gray one eyed it for a moment and tensed as if to dive for it, but changed his mind and took a step back.

Around them, the blue lights moved in response to the noise. A low but strident sound came from multiple directions in the dark, as some of the lights moved up and down in rhythmic fashion.

"I was told to wait for a Ta-Matoran," said the Ruru-wearing Matoran in an urgent tone, before taking a deep breath, "but no one told me they would be crazy! I haven't seen your companion. If I had, I would not have been peeking around to see who you were."

With his disk out of reach, the stranger moved a hand towards a metal sheath attached to his upper leg. A knife rested in it, and he struggled to loosen its bindings. His eyes darted around the dark cave in a frantic manner.

"I think you've doomed us both," he whispered, indicating the now obvious presence of several cave-dwelling Rahi waking from their sleep.



That's a no on intimidating him... but he looks scared by something else.

Your armor has turned brittle - taking another hit to this location may shatter it.

Defense never decreases unless specifically noted; otherwise it would just be extra HP. It's your passive damage resistance, so to speak. If you lose a piece of armor completely I'd say you also can't apply your defense to that location, but it's otherwise an innate part of your body that applies in most situations.

This message was last edited by the GM at 22:07, Fri 09 Feb 2018.
Darren
player, 37 posts
Ta-Matoran
Fri 9 Feb 2018
at 23:07
  • msg #309

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Tameku (msg # 305):

“At least we’ll all be together. Breaking up the group isn’t going to be wise down here.” He looks around for a source of light, moving to grab the nearest one he could see. “I think we should go.”
Velike
player, 75 posts
Ta-Matoran
Fri 9 Feb 2018
at 23:22
  • msg #310

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 308):

"I... you-you were? That would make sense... Oh... oh dear..." Velike replied, his tone stunned, a devastated look flashing across his expression momentarily before being replaced with his usual guarded and wary look as he glanced across the rahi.

"I... I apologize for my actions. After I realized I had lost track of my charge I panicked and presumed something had been done to them. When you ran my panic took advantage and blurred my thoughts and actions with anger." Velike said, apologizing in an honest tone as he readied his spear.

"Once we make it out of here I will make it up to you. I promise you that. Grab your disk of power and then prepare to run, if it still has use it may allow for you to, if possible collapse something, or delay a nearing rahi, I will cover your escape. My companions are waiting outside the tunnel, they are less... 'insane' as you put it, they will listen." Velike said to the matoran, moving to face, and protect the matron from,as many of the rahi as he could, his spear held ready if with a more careful grip from his armours damage.
He quickly glanced across the ceiling, hoping to sight an area the disk could be used on if necessary, before flicking his eyes back to the rahi as he waited, attempting to get a count on their numbers as he did.

Velike rolled 4 using 1d6 with rolls of 4. Cave ceiling.
Velike rolled 3 using 1d6 with rolls of 3. Enemy count.

(Ah, that makes sense... may or may not have been subtracting that every time so had like one of them with defense still... fixed that at least...)

(Also, should I have attempted to also convince him? I can throw that roll in if so! (Would that also allow for the honorable skill too? (Apology/attempt to protect him))
This message was last edited by the player at 23:26, Fri 09 Feb 2018.
Game Master
GM, 133 posts
Sat 10 Feb 2018
at 00:05
  • msg #311

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"A misunderstanding on both sides, then," the Matoran muttered while picking up his disk. He abandoned the attempt to pull a knife, but left the hilt lock loose in case he needed it. "I thought for sure you were out to get me."

The ceiling was shrouded in darkness, but the tips of several stalactites hung low enough to be visible. If they broke off, the ones closest to the entrance could be enough to seal if off temporarily.

It was hard to count the number of Rahi exactly, but judging by how the sets of blue lights were divided Velike could tell there were four cave scorpions surrounding them at varying distances. The glow made it easy to tell where they were, even if the rest of the cave's features were impossible to distinguish from one another. Curious about the light and noise, they were creeping ever so slowly closer.

The disk-wielder warily moved next to the Ta-Matoran, and gestured towards the exit.

"There are bound to be larger ones around too, in the back," he said. "I chose the wrong passage in my flight. They might catch up to us in the water if they follow us. I could toss my stone to distract them, unless you have a better idea?"

His voice had changed. No longer in a full-on panic, he sounded calm and quiet, and far more like a rational thinker.



Cave checked, Rahi counted. No need to persuade him of anything right now -- the scorpions should be a good incentive to work together.

This message was last edited by the GM at 00:06, Sat 10 Feb 2018.
Velike
player, 76 posts
Ta-Matoran
Sat 10 Feb 2018
at 00:56
  • msg #312

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 311):

"I am glad to hear so and I apologize once again for worrying you. Currently our best bet is to attempt a distraction, flee and hope to take out those stalactites near the entrance. They should provide a seal for a while." Velike replied, slowly wiggling his lightstone out of his armour.
"Keep your stone, I shall toss mine in an attempt to distract them and then follow in the rear in case the distraction goes awry or does not distract them all." " Velike whispered to him. "I will follow your light, you must attempt to take out the stalactites, you have more practice with disks of power than I do." He continued, explaining his plan as he prepared to throw his lightstone.
Tameku
player, 84 posts
Bo-Matoran
Sat 10 Feb 2018
at 11:37
  • msg #313

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Ok, great, do as you wish", Tameku told Darren, throwing up his hands in resignation, "But don't blame me when some Rahi bites off your head. I can't stop you, but you can't force me to go in there either. I'll stay. This road is supposed to be patrolled, if I find a guard I'll tell him to send a search party to get you out of there again."
Game Master
GM, 134 posts
Sat 10 Feb 2018
at 12:43
  • msg #314

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

The stranger looked up at the ceiling where Velike had indicated. "I see..." he mumbled, with a thoughtful look in his eyes. "How large was your traveling party? Are you all guards, perhaps? Actually, never mind that now. Toss it!"

He waited for Velike to do so, then began running the moment he heard the chatter from multiple cave scorpions reacting to the object being flung their way. The Matoran hoisted his Kanoka disk and threw it at the ceiling as they passed. There was a flash of power and a low cracking sound, then the disk fell to the ground next to them.

Its owner wasted no time on snatching it up and diving into the tunnel along with Velike. Seconds later, the stalactites began crumbling, and soon sealed off the tunnel. Rahi were heard picking at the rock on the other side, but found themselves unable to get through.


The nest is sealed off and you are seemingly safe for now. What do you do?



13:36, Today: Game Master, for the NPC Running Matoran, rolled 6 using 3d6, keeping the highest dice only with rolls of 1,6,2.  Throw Weaken disk at the ceiling.
= Impact, and there's time to get out of the way before the ceiling collapses.

Everyone
You will all be close enough to hear the splashing noises and talking as they return.

This message was last edited by the GM at 12:43, Sat 10 Feb 2018.
Velike
player, 77 posts
Ta-Matoran
Sat 10 Feb 2018
at 18:23
  • msg #315

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 314):

"I am the second guard for my party but the others can hold their own ground if it comes to it" Velike said, giving a late reply to the matoran.
"Now we must hurry back to the main tunnel! If we are lucky my charges may meet us partway there, I attempted to leave quick markers for them to follow. If we can make it far enough perhaps the rahi will give up their chase, and if not the village should, hopefully, give us a more strategic area to fight from and perhaps more fighters!" Velike said, standing up to full height as he reached a hand out to the matoran, glancing back towards the stones to check upon them once more.
This message was last edited by the player at 18:23, Sat 10 Feb 2018.
Game Master
GM, 136 posts
Sat 10 Feb 2018
at 19:43
  • msg #316

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"The Rahi will be of no concern to us. Unlike fire-spitters, they are quick to give up the chase," said the Matoran, although his confident words were betrayed by an uneasy look on his face.

He placed the Kanoka disk on his back to free his hands, then began wading through the water. Once they reached the steep slope they had come from, he accepted Velike's aid after a moment of hesitation, and the two easily scaled it. They found themselves at the junction, close enough for the others who had waited outside to spot the light illuminating the winding passage ahead.

The stranger nodded towards the exit. He still had a wary look in his eye whenever he looked at the Ta-Matoran in front of him. "If you are going to the village, I'll come with you. I believe we may have some things to discuss on the way."
Tameku
player, 85 posts
Bo-Matoran
Sat 10 Feb 2018
at 19:50
  • msg #317

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku breathed a sigh of relief as he saw the light and heard the voices. "Velike!", he called again, "You can't simply go running off on your own! Lutorian is here! Now come! And who's that with you?"
Velike
player, 78 posts
Ta-Matoran
Sat 10 Feb 2018
at 19:57
  • msg #318

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Tameku (msg # 317):

"I... Oh... I really did overreact..." Velike said in a quieter tone as he heard Tameku's exclamation.

"I apologize for my attack against you. I overreacted and endangered your life. My honor has been darkened by actions and the danger I put you in, I swear will make up for it." Velike said, abruptly turning and kneeling at the matoran as he spoke his apology.

"As for his name... I actually have not gotten that yet." Velike said, reaization entering his voice as he stood up. "My name, as revealed by my charge, is Velike. The others in my group are Darren, Tameku, Kirina and Lutorian, the one I chased you for." He said, giving a mild bow as he introduced himself.
Game Master
GM, 137 posts
Sat 10 Feb 2018
at 20:24
  • msg #319

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"I'm Sch--" the stranger began saying, but stopped himself. "Amthrin!" he called out to the group, a bit louder. "My name is Amthrin. I came here to... actually, I don't even know if you are the ones I seek yet. Let's talk about it." Amthrin lowered his voice again, and his cautious eyes darted to Velike, evidently unsure what to make of his prior display.

"I laid in wait for you because I did not want to run into any more Skakdi," he explained. "Silly me... Matoran can evidently be just as scary."

He gestured towards the passage. "Shall we?"
Velike
player, 79 posts
Ta-Matoran
Sat 10 Feb 2018
at 20:43
  • msg #320

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 319):

"Of course." Velike replied, giving a nod. "And once again, I will apologize for my threats. But I must say I'm glad you find my intimidation near that of a Skakdi's. Such will always help an Honor guard in their work." He said, a small smirk gracing his face.
Tameku
player, 86 posts
Bo-Matoran
Sat 10 Feb 2018
at 20:51
  • msg #321

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Ok,...Amthrin." Tameku gave Velike one last annoyed look then turned to the other Matoran: "Skakdi came through here? When? How many?"

I think it hasn't been stated what element/colour "Amthrin" is - at least not to everyone.
Game Master
GM, 138 posts
Sat 10 Feb 2018
at 22:05
  • msg #322

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Just the one Skakdi came through here, maybe an hour ago or so. It made enough of a ruckus that I thought it best to hide until I met the travelers I've been waiting for." Amthrin shrugged. He looked from one Matoran to another, but did not appear to recognize any of them. "I can tell you're not them." He chuckled. "Although your friend had me fooled at first. I'm hunting criminals. None of you match the descriptions I were given."


You are right, Amthrin's not been fully described. He's a De-Matoran (Sonics) - all light gray with pale blue eyes. He wears a noble Ruru and carries an Onu-Metru Kanoka on his back, along with a knife holster strapped to his leg.

>> Image <<

This message was last edited by the GM at 22:08, Sat 10 Feb 2018.
Velike
player, 80 posts
Ta-Matoran
Sat 10 Feb 2018
at 22:10
  • msg #323

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 322):

"Ah, in that case I am glad we are not the group you were looking for." Velike commented.
"To be branded a criminal is to have ones honor removed and their status changed to that of an outcast to hunt, the greatest punishment an honor guard can receive."
This message was last edited by the player at 22:12, Sat 10 Feb 2018.
Tameku
player, 87 posts
Bo-Matoran
Sun 11 Feb 2018
at 11:20
  • msg #324

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Did that Skakdi by any chance wear green and brown armor?", Tameku asked, "And criminals? Matoran criminals? Are those ones we should be aware of?"
Game Master
GM, 139 posts
Sun 11 Feb 2018
at 12:43
  • msg #325

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Amthrin shook his head. "It was blue, for the most part, but it's not like there is much of a difference from one Skakdi to another."

He contemplated something for a second before continuing. "I see no harm in telling you the rest. I seek a group of supposed researchers, led by an Onu-Matoran. They are carrying a unique device that was recently taken from a cache on, uh, well, someplace on the northern continent. Given how quickly it ended up here, we must assume they know how to use it, which could have dire consequences. A Le-Matoran told me they were spotted heading underground, so my companions and I have spread across the tunnels to search for them. We tried convincing the Turaga to lend us some crabs, but no dice. Therefore, I'm here on foot."
Tameku
player, 88 posts
Bo-Matoran
Sun 11 Feb 2018
at 13:16
  • msg #326

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku remembered Metanu's remark about someone else who had been asking about the whereabouts of the archeologists - apparently Amthrin was this someone - or at least one of the someones.

That the Skakdi who passed on this road wasn't Krezok filled Tameku with a certain relief. While indeed Krezok had been a pleasant enough fellow for Skakdi standards, he had no intention of running into him again this soon. On the other hand an unfamiliar Skakdi could prove to be even more of a problem.

Tameku decided that it was not yet time to tell Amthrin that they were searching for the archeologists, too. He gave each of his companions a short glance which he hoped would signalize to them that they shouldn't talk too freely around Amthrin.
"A device from a cache?", he eventually asked, "You mean they're thieves? And how is some 'device' supposed to cause 'dire consequences'? Did they steal a virus from the Brotherhood of Makuta or what?" He laughed.

Skills used: Merchant (merchants are good at getting information out of people I guess?), Knowledge of how to deal with different species, Persuasiveness

Tameku rolled 5 using 4d6, keeping the highest dice only with rolls of 4,4,5,2.  Subtly trying to get some information.

Game Master
GM, 140 posts
Sun 11 Feb 2018
at 13:46
  • msg #327

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"The device detects energy, that's all I can say. Word is that the sources of energy in this place are ancient, and extremely volatile. It wasn't hard to figure out what they are searching for. My employer has great interest in getting it back before that happens."

He eyed Tameku suspiciously.

"And no, as far as I know the Brotherhood has not touched this place since they lost one of their members here."


Amthrin: -1 Social HP. A tough nut to crack.

Darren
player, 38 posts
Ta-Matoran
Sun 11 Feb 2018
at 17:32
  • msg #328

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 327):

Darren picks up on the glance from Tameku, making a mental note of it. The last bit of what Amthrin said interested him, and he decided to ask about it. "A makuta was killed here? How?"
Velike
player, 81 posts
Ta-Matoran
Sun 11 Feb 2018
at 19:49
  • msg #329

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Darren (msg # 328):

"I also wish to know how a Shadow was struck down upon this land." Velike said, perking up as he heard Darren.
Game Master
GM, 141 posts
Sun 11 Feb 2018
at 20:09
  • msg #330

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Not much is known about that event. In fact, only a few beings even caught wind of it. I hear the local Toa had no choice but to rip the Makuta apart after a big fight or something. They are Turaga now, and don't like talking about it. It may have been an uglier affair than they let on. Secrets like this has made me wary of anyone who possesses more power than they maybe should."

He looked from Darren to Velike. "Surely you as guards - as protectors of our people - can agree that the less power going around, the better. It would be a tragedy if these misguided Matoran got their hands on forces of nature without the ability to control it, so we need to recover that device quickly!"
Tameku
player, 89 posts
Bo-Matoran
Mon 12 Feb 2018
at 11:29
  • msg #331

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Forces of nature? You mean those Matoran might be responsible for the bad weather recently?", Tameku asked.
Game Master
GM, 142 posts
Mon 12 Feb 2018
at 12:22
  • msg #332

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Perhaps," replied Amthrin. "They certainly won't be making things any better. The impression I get is that the artifacts they seek have an adverse effect on the entire area if disturbed. The locals refuse to tell us any details beyond that." He shrugged. "Guess that means I'm on the right track."
Tameku
player, 90 posts
Bo-Matoran
Mon 12 Feb 2018
at 18:46
  • msg #333

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku considered Amthrin's words for a moment, then shrugged. "Well, anyway, there's enough strange stuff going on on this island already, I'll happily leave this problem to you and your friends to worry about. Let's get going or we'll never reach that village. I hope those rumors about the local Turaga searching someone to help him out are true?" Tameku of course had made the last thing up, but he figured it couldn't hurt to make Amthrin believe that the group was here for a specific reason in case he wondered - a specific reason that clearly had nothing to do with the archeologists.
Darren
player, 39 posts
Ta-Matoran
Tue 13 Feb 2018
at 03:27
  • msg #334

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 330):

Darren shrugs. “I don’t really worry about the actions of others unless they get out of hand. It’s our job to protect people, not control them.”
Lutorian
player, 37 posts
Le-Matoran
Tue 13 Feb 2018
at 07:28
  • msg #335

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Lutorian perked up, remembering the reason he was so far behind the rest of the group in the first place “Oh! I forgot to mention this, at the cave-mouth there was a campsite, fairly recent, but the tracks weren’t skakdi, they were Steltian, do you know anything about that amthrin?”
Game Master
GM, 143 posts
Tue 13 Feb 2018
at 11:28
  • msg #336

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Ah, Turaga Zuhras called in people from other villages to help?" Amthrin sighed. "He told us he didn't wish for outsiders to loiter around the area, but I blame my companions for that."

The De-Matoran looked over at Lutorian. "The Steltian is with us. He's the one in command, in fact. I'm the only Matoran. The Turaga didn't like having us around for that reason. I don't see the issue. With their combined strength we can handle even Skakdi, and Zuhras should realize that we can be of great use to him."
Tameku
player, 91 posts
Bo-Matoran
Wed 14 Feb 2018
at 13:16
  • msg #337

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"So you know what it is the Turaga needs help with? What is it?", Tameku asked, "What we heard was kinda vague, but we figured it was better working underground than out there in the near constant storms."

Otherwise I'm fine with continuing to the entrance of the village while talking.

Game Master
GM, 144 posts
Wed 14 Feb 2018
at 14:36
  • msg #338

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"I thought you knew, since you were on the way to answer the call," Amthrin responded. He looked puzzled, but not very interested in the topic. "We'll see what he wants soon enough, I guess."

The group had little reason to stay where they were, so the five Matoran moved on through the main tunnel towards the underground village. After walking for a few minutes, they could tell that the road ahead would be much darker than the place they had just left. In this deep, straight section, lightstones were spaced further apart than at the entrance, and those that were there seemed smaller and dimmer than the others.

After traveling for about an hour, there came a time when each Matoran realized that the further they went, the less light there seemed to be. Even the lightstones held by Lutorian and Velike appeared less bright than normal. None of them could see any light ahead, and certainly not the end of the tunnel. The lightstones affixed to the wall were bright yellow, but still seemed to give off no proper light, as if viewed through gray smoke. The light they had brought with them was still enough to see, but barely reached more than a few meters away from the source.

"This is odd," muttered Amthrin. If it weren't for the lightstones held by Lutorian and Velike next to him, his blue eyes would have been all that could be seen in the dark. The De-Matoran peered intently ahead, and was beginning to look uneasy. "I could have sworn we should have spotted the village lights by now. I recognized a marker a few minutes back, and when I left in the other directions that one stood just a stone's throw from the gates."

He looked around him, looking increasingly at edge. "I don't like this. Let's turn back!"


By now you have walked further than you thought you'd need to. The tunnel ahead of you is going completely dark, but it might be the only straight route to your destination.

What do you do?



Lutorian
Tell us, what is the most curious thing regarding the light coming from your stone, compared to the others?

This message was last edited by the GM at 14:37, Wed 14 Feb 2018.
Velike
player, 82 posts
Ta-Matoran
Wed 14 Feb 2018
at 17:52
  • msg #339

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 338):

“A shadowed!” Velike hissed, fury roaring in his eyes and tone as he gripped his spear tightly.
“One must be here causing this effect! Honourless beasts! I will tear it’s mask from its face and leave it to flounder and die in it’s weakness!” Velike hissed, his form shaking slightly with barely contained fury as he began to slowly stalk forward, his teeth bared.
Darren
player, 40 posts
Ta-Matoran
Wed 14 Feb 2018
at 18:57
  • msg #340

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 338):

Darren stops as the group stops, and peers into the darkness. “We should almost be there. Probably just a bit more.” He encourages, taking a step forward.
Lutorian
player, 38 posts
Le-Matoran
Thu 15 Feb 2018
at 03:46
  • msg #341

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

“Velike calm down! We don’t know what’s causing the lightstones to dim, it could be anything” Lutorian assured Velike, trying to calm him down.
Game Master
GM, 145 posts
Thu 15 Feb 2018
at 08:57
  • msg #342

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Is he always this brash?" Amthrin asked Darren incredulously when he saw Velike march on. He himself looked like he was about to turn and run in the other direction.
Tameku
player, 92 posts
Bo-Matoran
Thu 15 Feb 2018
at 11:42
  • msg #343

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Velike, stay with us! Getting seperated again won't help", Tameku said, even if at the moment he didn't feel sure about anything. As usual when he found himself in an uncomfortable situation he tried to distract himself from panicing by thinking about a way to get out of it.
"We should try to think about this before we do anything", he told the others, forcing himself to keep his voice from shaking, "First: Is it likely that we took a wrong turn? I don't think so, after all the main road is the only one with lightstones. Second: What is happening here - that all light is sucked up by someone or something or that someone or something plays a trick on our minds? Third: What should we do? Proceed or turn back? If we turn back and the lights get dimmer still we might get completely lost, if we proceed we at least know that we're still going in the right direction.
"Lutorian - do you maybe know of some Rahi capable of... this?"
Velike
player, 83 posts
Ta-Matoran
Thu 15 Feb 2018
at 15:04
  • msg #344

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Tameku (msg # 343):

As the others called him back Velike paused, a frustrated growl sounding as his grip upon his weapon tensed.
“Fine.” Velike finally replied, turning back and heading towards them with an enraged and conflicted look across him..
Darren
player, 41 posts
Ta-Matoran
Fri 16 Feb 2018
at 04:59
  • msg #345

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 342):

“Ermmmmm... I suppose so.” Darren answers after a moment of contemplation. “Anyways, let’s continue on. There’s stopping won’t do us any good.”
Tameku
player, 93 posts
Bo-Matoran
Fri 16 Feb 2018
at 11:24
  • msg #346

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"No, wait a second.", Tameku said. He concentrated to maybe discover if someone/something was affecting their minds. Not that he expected that any such discovery would end the weird darkness, but maybe it would give them at least a hint at how to end it.

Tameku rolled 4 using 1d6 with rolls of 4.  Trying to detect influence on mind.

Tameku rolled 2 using 1d6 with rolls of 2.  Damage Willpower for effort of concentrating.

Game Master
GM, 146 posts
Fri 16 Feb 2018
at 12:38
  • msg #347

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

As far as you can tell nothing is intruding directly on your mind, but there is no way this darkness is natural. As you concentrate you become aware of faint distortions in the air. Light doesn't fall naturally.


How long has this been going on...?

Tameku
player, 94 posts
Bo-Matoran
Fri 16 Feb 2018
at 12:50
  • msg #348

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Do you see that guys?" Tameku tried to point out the air distortions to the others. "It's... as if the light is kinda bent away from us or something. What can cause such a thing?" He went over to one of the lightstones on the wall to give it a closer look.

Skills used: Observation
Tameku rolled 2 using 2d6, keeping the highest dice only with rolls of 2,2.  Examine lightstone.

Velike
player, 84 posts
Ta-Matoran
Fri 16 Feb 2018
at 13:59
  • msg #349

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 347):

“Entity! Show yourself! Stop hiding behind your trickery and fight!” Velike yelled, whirling around, beginning to move in a circular path around the group with his spear held aggressively, as he noticed the illusion.
“If you are a shadowed you shall not scare me! You have taken my home from me but I shall take more from you!”

(Hmmmm.... should I roll intimidation or such on this? Or would that be a really, really dumb idea?)
Game Master
GM, 147 posts
Fri 16 Feb 2018
at 14:04
  • msg #350

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

When Tameku spoke, he all of a sudden sounded like he was standing a bit further away from the others. When he went to look at the lightstone on the wall, he also seemed to distance himself by three steps for every one he took. When the Bo-Matoran peered closely at the crystal, he found it impossible to inspect properly, for the light kept fading into blackness and the things he could see were turning hazy and unreal to him.

Velike's shout was met with silence... though there was a noticeable shudder somewhere in the back of their minds, for just a moment.



This message was last edited by the GM at 14:05, Fri 16 Feb 2018.
Velike
player, 85 posts
Ta-Matoran
Fri 16 Feb 2018
at 14:28
  • msg #351

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 350):

H(Perfect.~)

Velike rolled 4 using 2d6, keeping the highest dice only with rolls of 4,4.  Intimidate illusion caster.
This message was last edited by the player at 14:28, Fri 16 Feb 2018.
Tameku
player, 95 posts
Bo-Matoran
Fri 16 Feb 2018
at 15:11
  • msg #352

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku blinked and concentrated harder...
Game Master
GM, 148 posts
Fri 16 Feb 2018
at 15:59
  • msg #353

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku's struggle to stay focused bore fruit, and as his mind cleared his vision adjusted as well.

Just then the air shuddered once more.

All sound had stilled. Their footsteps sounded faint and distant.

They could sense an unseen presence nearby.

From everywhere and nowhere at once, a voice could be heard with perfect clarity. It was deep and smooth and seemed oddly friendly, given the time and place, yet it also had a harsher, more urgent undertone to it. When it spoke, the faint and incomprehensible murmuring of conversations between other beings flowed through each sentence, as if the voice was speaking with many at once.

]

There was a pause, then  felt something press upon his brow, as if some great invisible hand had gripped his head and squeezed down on it. He could feel an unknown force trying to push into his mind. The voice sounded again, this time louder and so close it was almost overwhelming.

 Allow me to draw it out, and you won't feel a thing. I promise you I will give you something in return.


Do you let it happen, or do you resist?



* If you fight the mental effect, roll 4d6 and mark the result as damage to Willpower after applying your defense (remember that extra 6's equal +1, and that due to defense it needs at least a 4 to hurt you). As long as you don't run out of Willpower, you ward off the attempt to read your mind.
* If you just let it happen, the unknown being learns many of the things you know, but you don't feel any negative effects either.
In either case, a memory of your past from  is suddenly drawn to your attention. What is it?

Tameku
player, 96 posts
Bo-Matoran
Fri 16 Feb 2018
at 18:48
  • msg #354

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku suddenly stiffened.

"We... can converse... if you like, but... my mind is... my own!", Tameku managed to say while he struggled to keep the presence out of his head.
Lutorian
player, 39 posts
Le-Matoran
Sat 17 Feb 2018
at 01:46
  • msg #355

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 353):
Darren
player, 42 posts
Ta-Matoran
Sun 18 Feb 2018
at 20:17
  • msg #356

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 353):

Darren is initially surprised by the voice, but soon recognizes what's happening. I am Darren,and- He's cut off as the presence tries to forcibly reads his mind, and does his best to resist it.

Today: Darren rolled 5 using 4d6, keeping the highest dice only ((1,4,5,4)).

(-2 HP to Willpower, correct?)

After resisting it and regaining his composure, he tries to communicate with the presence again. I don't believe that you are evil, but I'm not willing to trust you right away either. I'm sure that if you came out of the shadows and talked to us we can reach some understanding.

(sorry for not responding sooner)
Game Master
GM, 151 posts
Mon 19 Feb 2018
at 19:10
  • msg #357

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku


Lutorian



Darren
Tameku
player, 97 posts
Bo-Matoran
Mon 19 Feb 2018
at 20:53
  • msg #358

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku considered for a moment. His head hurt. He really would've like to ask this presence about the whereabouts of the archeologists or Amthrin's companions, but with the De-Matoran being around with his superior hearing he didn't dare ask aloud.

So instead he asked the presence: "Do you know how the weather around this island can be returned to normal?"
Velike
player, 86 posts
Ta-Matoran
Tue 20 Feb 2018
at 04:19
  • msg #359

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 353):

Velike started in shock, small thoughts and feelings of realization of wrongful accusation, shame and apology forming before he found himself being dragged into memory, releasing his mental walls nigh instantly to this being he had 'wronged'.



The memory itself was, damaged in a way, with parts blurred or distorted. It started out with  a view of a... city, matoran of all elements walking around, their forms were... blurred, forgotten, the only recognizable parts were small, time based attachments, from hourglass shaped shields to modifications such as Velike's own.
As velike stared around a feeling of contentment, happiness began to form as he leaned against a wall, his spear next to him as another honor guard spoke to him, the words muted to the point only a tone of happiness could be taken from it.

Then it suddenly changed, fear spiking through him as a massive roar sounded, part of the wall fracturing, buckling inwards as the matoran panicked. Velike quickly picked up his spear, charging to the wall as the other followed. Panic, worry and anger were pouring through him as he climbed through a doorway, quickly reaching the top of the wall before sighting the being, nearly freezing from the fear it projected.

It was massive, its form enshrouded with shadows and distortion to the point that only its winged, humanoid silhouette and its vicious grin and red eyes could be seen.
Velike quickly shook off the fear, roaring a challenge before running at the being as it landed on the wall, jumping before slamming a spear into it. As he hit the being started, looking down with a bemused look before slamming a backhand into him, moving with an ease as if it was simply swatting an irritating bug.

Velike hit the water hard, his vision darkening as he thrashed. The last thing he saw was the being giving a quick glance towards him, grinning bemusedly before slamming a hand against the ground, energy erupting from it with enough power to cause the ground to buckle as a wave smacked into the other guards attacking it... Then, his vision went dark.
This message was last edited by the player at 04:19, Tue 20 Feb 2018.
Game Master
GM, 152 posts
Tue 20 Feb 2018
at 07:45
  • msg #360

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Velike


Tameku
quote:
"Do you know how the weather around this island can be returned to normal?"

Tameku
player, 98 posts
Bo-Matoran
Tue 20 Feb 2018
at 09:29
  • msg #361

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"And these elemental artifacts... what are they? Are we talking about things like this stone the Skakdi was after?" Tameku summoned up the memory of Krezok describing the stone he sought, although he wasn't sure if the presence would be able to see it, now that it had ceased its mental assault.
"And, if you allow me asking - who, what are you? ... Or were you?"
Game Master
GM, 153 posts
Tue 20 Feb 2018
at 12:16
  • msg #362

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku
Tameku once more felt a brief rush of something in his head. He became aware that he could hear every sound around him clearly again, as if something had been muffling his ears without him noticing and just now was removed. His allies were still standing next to him, looking wide awake but distracted by something unseen. He could hear some of them speak aloud without anyone present to hear.

To him, however, the voice was gone.
Darren
player, 43 posts
Ta-Matoran
Tue 20 Feb 2018
at 14:23
  • msg #363

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 357)

Darren blanked at this offer. There was a lot of important questions to ask, but the real question was which was the most important. He decides to deal with the immediate issue. We’re looking for a group of archeologists that passed through here a while ago, do you know what happened to them?
Game Master
GM, 154 posts
Tue 20 Feb 2018
at 18:07
  • msg #364

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Darren
Lutorian
player, 40 posts
Le-Matoran
Wed 21 Feb 2018
at 03:29
  • msg #365

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Lutorian pondered the offer, deciding on what to say, Lutorian asked “The Turaga-elders of this island, are they the ones who attacked you?”
Game Master
GM, 155 posts
Wed 21 Feb 2018
at 07:32
  • msg #366

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Lutorian
Darren
player, 44 posts
Ta-Matoran
Wed 21 Feb 2018
at 16:55
  • msg #367

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 364):

While I might wish it wasn’t that way, that is what I wanted to know, thanks. Darren replies. He considers the news, and looks around at the others who seem lost in thought. He can tell them when they get to the safety of the village.
Tameku
player, 99 posts
Bo-Matoran
Wed 21 Feb 2018
at 17:11
  • msg #368

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku went over to Darren as he saw him snapping out of... however what the others still were in could be called. "You alright?", he quietly asked the Ta-Matoran.
Velike
player, 87 posts
Ta-Matoran
Wed 21 Feb 2018
at 18:45
  • msg #369

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 360):

“I... thank you. I am just happy I have not angered you from my reckless anger and threats.” Velike replied, giving a small bow before cocking his head in thought.
“Hmm, tell me, do you perhaps know where an artifact is? Or at least have an idea or rumour of it’s location? It is one that I have been told can grow a forest anywhere it is planted. A Skakdi was sent to the forest village by request of his leader, I promised I would help him in any way I could for his rescuing of a matoran, our allowance to take him with us earlier than the Skakdi was prepared for, and for his backing down when the Turaga elder replied in negative to his request.”
Game Master
GM, 156 posts
Wed 21 Feb 2018
at 21:14
  • msg #370

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Velike
Lutorian
player, 41 posts
Le-Matoran
Wed 21 Feb 2018
at 23:55
  • msg #371

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 366):

"yes, thank you. One more thing, however, the locals of this island simply call you a spirit, what is your name?" Lutorian inquired.
Darren
player, 45 posts
Ta-Matoran
Thu 22 Feb 2018
at 04:12
  • msg #372

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Tameku (msg # 368):

Darren nods, looking at the others briefly. “We’ll let them recover and then we can head to the village. I’ve learned some helpful info, but it’d be better to be safe first.”
Game Master
GM, 157 posts
Thu 22 Feb 2018
at 10:54
  • msg #373

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Lutorian
Like Tameku, Lutorian suddenly felt a rush in his head as his mind cleared. The world around him became clearly visible and all sound was back to normal. The voice in the Le-Matoran's head was gone.


Everyone
Since his post came a bit later, Velike is the only one still experiencing the illusion. I assume he will leave it soon enough.

Velike
player, 88 posts
Ta-Matoran
Thu 22 Feb 2018
at 14:16
  • msg #374

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 370):

“Thank you for your help. I... hope you can regain a form. Even if... even if you may be one of the shadowed I have seen and heard of, you appear better than those I know.” Velike replied in a sincere tone, giving a bow as well as he could in this illusion.
This message was last edited by the player at 16:01, Thu 22 Feb 2018.
Game Master
GM, 158 posts
Thu 22 Feb 2018
at 21:25
  • msg #375

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Velike
Like the others, Velike found himself standing in the now much brighter tunnel, with his mind clear and all traces of the illusion - and the voice - gone.
Tameku
player, 100 posts
Bo-Matoran
Fri 23 Feb 2018
at 11:02
  • msg #376

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"So, everyone alright?" Tameku asked as he saw the others snap out of the illusion. "Then I suggest we finally get to that village." He pointed towards the gate ahead. "Whatever just happened, I'd like to get some rest before we discuss it. My head really hurts." He cast a meaningful glance to Amthrin, wondering what the De-Matoran might have heard. Did he now know where the archeologists were? Or had one of his companions already captured them, given that they had spread out across the tunnels?
Darren
player, 46 posts
Ta-Matoran
Sat 24 Feb 2018
at 19:42
  • msg #377

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Tameku (msg # 376):

Darren nods. “Seems like everyone is fine, let’s go.”
Lutorian
player, 42 posts
Le-Matoran
Sun 25 Feb 2018
at 22:41
  • msg #378

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

“Yes Tameku I’m fine, let’s move to the village then discuss this”
Game Master
GM, 160 posts
Wed 28 Feb 2018
at 09:41
  • msg #379

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

The five Matoran reached the gate in short order. A wall constructed from thick sheets of iron covered the tunnel halfway up to the ceiling, with the gate itself being made from plates bisecting the wall down the middle. An Onu-Matoran standing guard peered out at them through a cross barred window in the wall on the left side, but did not hesitate to motion for the travelers to be allowed past. The heavy door screeched on straining tracks as it slid to the right and out of the way. The three Onu-Matoran manning the guardpost bowed respectfully to them as they passed, then went straight to work on closing up the village again. More screeching noises followed, then the door hit the stopper behind them with a final clang that echoed throughout the cave for several seconds.

A sign confirmed that the party had reached Parau Koro - the underground village.



Past the gate, the tunnel opened up into a great cavern. Numerous dwellings built from rocks and bricks or dug into the cave walls were immediately apparent, as was the Suva located next to a giant Lightstone standing in the great plaza in the middle of the village. A smell of rock dust and wet soil permeated the air.

From the lightstone, thick vines of a brightly glowing blue-green plant sprouted, and grew outwards along along walking paths and the roofs of stone huts. It reached all the way to the edges of the village and continued around much of its circumference. The plant had narrow, circular leaves. Its radiant glow helped illuminate the enormous cavern along with the plethora of larger lightstones scattered around the area in sconces. Overall, the village was far brighter than the gloomy tunnels that led to and from it.

Matoran of several types had set up shop at the plaza, providing goods from all across the island. However, with a lack of Matoran interested in looking and buying (perhaps not so surprising given recent events), business seemed to be going slow.

In the north end of the village, near the gate they had entered from, the entrance to the Rahi stables was carved deep into the rock wall. The light that shone from within implied a great size, and an opening on the other side of the village provided another place of entry for the inhabitants next to the mining section.

To the north-east, a big hole - easily ten meters across - was surrounded by workers, metal scaffolding, digging equipment, and piles of sand and crushed rock. Judging by the area visible past this spot, the hole was just the latest in a series of mining escapades. The rest of the mines stretched far and wide, and branched off into holes and tunnels that caused anyone who entered them to quickly vanish from sight.

In the middle section of the village, east of the plaza, a finely crafted double door led to the Hall of History. Opposite of it, to the west, was a large and important-looking entrance with no door blocking it which lead to the Turaga's chambers.

In the southern section, a few more tunnels went off in different directions, with the largest one being covered by a gate almost identical to the one they had just passed through.

The village in general was busy with Onu-Matoran workers and the occassional guard patrolling the road mounted atop a great blue crab.


There were many places to go and things to do, but given what the party had learned from the 'tunnel spirit' they just met, time could be short.

What do you do?


Everyone
I will make reference to a few tidbits in this post, but keep in mind that many of the things you just learned via mental communication were only told to you in private. Your fellow Matoran are likely clueless as to what was going on in your head - both in and out of character. ;) If something seems off or like a piece of the puzzle is missing, that is likely why.

Lutorian
Rahi expert: Like many other Onu-Matoran, the ones on Rangi Motu have also tamed Ussal Crabs to help with labor. Perhaps more interesting are the great white salamander-like lizards - Urumoka - that you notice are used as swift steeds and to locate things in the mine. As they are completely blind by nature, they are not at all inconvenienced by darkness or Nui-Jaga venom. They instead rely on their great hearing and sense of smell to navigate in the dark.

Tameku
Botany: Your botanical knowledge tells you that this plant is a very common sight in caves and other dark places. Both the plant and its light dies quickly if severed, and it is thus not a very good replacement for a lightstone, but if cut from a healthy branch it could last for up to a day. It is hard to keep it from growing all over the place, but the Onu-Matoran seem to have it under control.

Velike
Myth-based knowledge: The Hall of History should hold some information about the Earth Artifact, and likely even more info about the mine and the Seismic Cavern with its vault as well. Turaga Zuhras was also said to be knowledgeable on these topics.

Miners often end up with dents and scratches during work. You may be able to find a replacement for your damaged armor piece among their supplies.

Darren
The being you met told you that the Matoran researchers stopped by the Hall of History. Perhaps they learned something there, or perhaps you have already obtained the same knowledge from a more reliable source? Who knows.

Guard: Active patrols are uncommon in villages unless the locals are expecting trouble. It is not a good sign seeing crab riders out and about in the village itself instead of guarding the gates or chasing off Rahi in the tunnels.

Tameku
player, 101 posts
Bo-Matoran
Wed 28 Feb 2018
at 10:03
  • msg #380

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Well, here we are." Tameku breathed a sigh of relief as he heard the gate closing behind them again. "We should take a rest before we go to the Turaga - although I'm also genuinely tempted to visit the bazar..." He turned to Amthrin: "And what's your plan?"
Game Master
GM, 161 posts
Thu 1 Mar 2018
at 11:39
  • msg #381

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Amthrin had been quiet since the strange encounter just a few minutes ago, but he appeared far more relaxed now that he was safely back in a village. The De-Matoran's cold blue gaze met Tameku's for a moment before it returned to slowly drifting around the area. Despite having clearly heard the question, Amthrin still took a moment to survey the place before he replied.

"I need to find that Steltian I've been traveling with," he finally said. "Him and I have a few things to discuss. If you're still around later, I'll get back to you then." Amthrin began wandering towards the center of the village, his mind already lost in other thoughts.

The grey Matoran waved a lazy goodbye without looking back. "Travel safe."


He doesn't seem so interested in you guys anymore...
Tameku
player, 103 posts
Bo-Matoran
Thu 1 Mar 2018
at 12:24
  • msg #382

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku watched Amthrin go with a certain uneasyness. What might that presence in the tunnels have told him? Only when he was sure that the De-Matoran was out of earshot - or at least far enough away that he wouldn't be able to distinguish their voices from amongst all the other noises in the village, Tameku turned to his companions.

"I think we should talk about what we just experienced", he said in a low voice and waved the others away from the gate towards the wall next to the entrance of the Rahi stables. "The question aside if we can actually trust what we heard, I think I might have learned of a way to stop these storms - several ways, actually. What about you? Have you learned anything, too?"
Velike
player, 89 posts
Ta-Matoran
Thu 1 Mar 2018
at 17:21
  • msg #383

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Tameku (msg # 382):

“Yes, I have learned potentially useful info for our previous quest. The being has told me it lies within the Seismic Vault, near its own body which is apparently contained in a collapsed tunnel. I believe we should also attempt aid to it.” He said, stating his rather unexpected idea after speaking of his knowledge.
Unexpected due to his original reaction to the entity.

“While I do still believe it may be a shadowed similar to the one I know, it has shown itself to be... kinder, or at least more understanding of its actions than that one. I do believe it may also have some form of guilt for what it has done, or at least will not attempt evil as such again. It also has revealed to me that it knows the location of the other artifacts.” He said, turning and beginning to walk off as he finished, calling back to them, “It has also stated that it would require a new form. Now, if you will excuse me, I am heading to get repairs for my armour.”

He called, giving a small wave with his weakened arm as he continued,
Tameku
player, 104 posts
Bo-Matoran
Thu 1 Mar 2018
at 19:15
  • msg #384

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Don't run off again, Velike, this is important!", Tameku said, slightly annoyed, "Also have you considered that you might need money to get your armor fixed?"

"Anyways", he continued, "This being told me, too, that it is trapped somewhere in the mine behind a collapsed tunnel, but needs a 'vessel' to leave, although I'm not sure what that means. It also told me that it once was the island's protector.
"More importantly, though, it told me about what causes the weird weather - elemental energies running wild, as we already assumed - and also mentioned three ways to fix that - with we provide it with a 'vessel' it could temporarily quell the storms. Also a Toa or a similar powerful being could do it temporarily by wielding an artifact located on Storm Peak. The only permanent way, however, would be returning the elemental artifacts either to the sites where they originated or bringing them all to the Great Temple or Storm Peak." Tameku paused for a moment. "Although it mentioned some 'right measures' that are apparently necessary for that to work... But I know what those artifacts are - stones like the one Krezok was searching in the jungle village! But again, I have no idea how many there are... only that apparently they're relatively easy to find by the fact that they constantly emit elemental energy and thus change their surroundings."

"And what have you learned?", he expectantly asked Darren and Lutorian.
Velike
player, 90 posts
Ta-Matoran
Thu 1 Mar 2018
at 22:20
  • msg #385

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Tameku (msg # 384):


"... Fine." Velike replied, turning and stopping, a touch of impatience to his stance as he watched, tapping his weakened arm as he listened.
Lutorian
player, 43 posts
Le-Matoran
Fri 2 Mar 2018
at 00:02
  • msg #386

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"no need to assume if he's a shadowed Velike, I asked rather directly," Lutorian said with a slightly nervous chuckle.

"He told me he is a Makuta named Zeselix, or, used to be. He was attempting to assist the Toa-heroes deal with the Skakdi population, the Toa-heroes didn't trust him, however, and eliminated him somewhere in that tunnel system, those Toa-heroes are the Turaga-elders now."
Tameku
player, 105 posts
Bo-Matoran
Fri 2 Mar 2018
at 10:27
  • msg #387

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"But why shouldn't they have trusted him? Everyone knows the Makuta are the protectors of the universe", Tameku said, then after a moment added, "Or at least usually are. I of course never have met or even seen him, but on Stelt it was rumored that the Makuta there pulled the strings behind everything - from normal trade to piracy and clan feuds, enriching himself in the process. On the other hand it's Stelt and it's just as likely that he's the only one keeping the inhabitants from an outright civil war through his measures.

"If it's really the Turaga who once defeated him there we should probably ask them why, but something tells me that simply walking up to them and confronting them with this would be fruitless and not exactly gain us their goodwill. I guess for now we still should concentrate on finding the archeologists and maybe clear up the thing with 'Amthrin' and his group and that theft."

"Did you learn anything else, Darren?"
Darren
player, 47 posts
Ta-Matoran
Sun 4 Mar 2018
at 19:19
  • msg #388

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Tameku (msg # 387):

Darren nods. “The being had said that the researchers had all visited the Hall of History before they split up and went different ways.” He pauses while he tries to remember the details. “Two of them went to the desert, but were warned lf skakdi by a Steltian. Two of them went to the Ice village, meeting up with some skakdi with a sled on the way, and the last pair stayed in the Hall of History longer before going to the Great Temple of the island. I think he said that they were also looking for the artifacts as they left.”
Tameku
player, 106 posts
Bo-Matoran
Sun 4 Mar 2018
at 19:56
  • msg #389

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Wait a second - a Steltian warned them of Skakdi? Maybe Amthrin's Steltian? In that case things just got even more confusing... I thought Amthrin's group is trying to - I don't know - catch the archeologists?" Tameku shook his head. "Something tells me we're not even in the middle of things yet."

He took a deep breath. "Anyways, I suggest we see to Velike's armor and then pay a visit to this Hall of History and the Turaga before deciding anything. Maybe they can tell us more about where exactly the archeologists are headed."
Tameku
player, 108 posts
Bo-Matoran
Wed 7 Mar 2018
at 17:19
  • msg #390

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Let's go to the market then and see what they have for sale", Tameku said, taking the lead.
Game Master
GM, 166 posts
Thu 8 Mar 2018
at 10:51
  • msg #391

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

The village square - which was more of a circle, really - held multiple stands where Matoran peddled their goods.

A brown and tanned yellow Po-Matoran wearing a Pakari was selling sculptures. Most of them were palm-sized and looked like mass-produced figures you could get anywhere. To Tameku's keen eye, however, a few pieces stood out by showing excellent craftsmanship. It was clear to him that whoever carved these particular ones either improved over time, or simply put more effort into them in the first place.

Next to him, a Le- and Ga-Matoran sold many kinds of supplies, including fish and fruit, woven rope, bamboo poles, and tools for working with them. At least one machete and a rather large hook were hanging from a spike on a post next to the stand.

A couple of all-red Ta-Matoran - one wearing a Miru and the other wearing a Volitak - were looking over their collection of weapons and other gear. Velike immediately spotted a chestplate and a shield on display - perhaps other pieces of armor would be available too?

Several Onu-Matoran were standing around the place too - some were obviously guards, but others had pickaxes, drill bits, and other mining tools lined up in racks. Crates full of unrefined ore taken from the mine stood side by side nearby. It was unclear if the Onu-Matoran were manning a supply station, or if they were selling to other Matoran on the island.



Buy/sell price guide
* A standard weapon or tool - About 20 widgets
* More complicated item - 30+ widgets, and likely not available here
* Armor - Patch-up repair 5 widgets, replacement part 10w, brand new item (like a padded chestplate or Darren's "extra armor") 20w
* Food/energy/healing supplies - Roughly 3w for each Combat HP's worth, 2w for other types. For items that heal instantly and not over time (Volo Sphere or similar), add +50% total price.
* Misc. items like rope - 5 to 10 widgets

Notes
- If you're looking for an item that is not listed, just ask.
- You do not need to consume food for general living.
- Matoran are strong, so you don't need to worry about carrying too much unless you get a ridiculous amount of volume/weight.

Tameku
player, 109 posts
Bo-Matoran
Thu 8 Mar 2018
at 12:20
  • msg #392

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku stopped by the Po-Matoran's stall for a brief moment, considering what those statuettes might fetch him somehwere on the Southern Continent, but then remembered again that he wasn't here as a travelling merchant.
Instead he walked over to the Ta-Matoran, studying their wares. He still had no weapon of his own, but figured now would be a good time to get himself at least a knife.

"Greetings, friends", he adressed the Ta-Matoran, "I'm looking for a knife or dagger, mostly as a tool, but also suitable as a weapon in case I need one, nothing fancy, though. The roads sadly aren't as safe as they used to be. Do you have anything like that on sale?"
This message was last edited by the player at 12:21, Thu 08 Mar 2018.
Velike
player, 91 posts
Ta-Matoran
Fri 9 Mar 2018
at 14:33
  • msg #393

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 391):

Velike glanced furtively across the stalls, quickly alighting upon the visible armour, muttering, “Ah, Perfect. Armours. Now just to see if I can even afford any.” Before checking through his carried items and satchel, searching to see how many widgets, if any, he had.
Game Master
GM, 167 posts
Sat 10 Mar 2018
at 20:59
  • msg #394

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

The Ta-Matoran wearing a Volitak had stolen a few glances at Velike while he was checking out their wares in return. Eventually he spoke up, when he noticed that his potential customer looked momentarily indecisive.

"I see you are a fellow Ta-Matoran," he commented, "but not one I recognize from home. Are you new around here?" The Matoran's gaze fell on Velike's arm, and he immediately picked up on the issue. "Your armor is very interesting - is that a mechanism I see? Looks like some of it got roughed up... I'm guessing you need new parts? In that case look no further!"



Upon hearing Tameku's request, the forge craftsman drew out a short sword, a couple of knives, and one tool that seemed to be more of a hand saw given the teeth on one side of the blade.

"I would not be a respected smith if I didn't have any blades," he said, and laid the tools on the table. The sword's was about the length of a Matoran's forearm, with a solidly built grip but no guard to speak of. One knife had a common design, with a straight palm-sized blade and a sheath to go with. The other was a mechanical folding blade knife that looked like it could slice through many things with its broad and slightly curved blade. The last tool was a knife with a simpler folding design and straighter blade, with saw teeth on the inside and a sharpened cutting edge on the outside.

"The sword's mostly for fighting, but if you need a weapon it's a rather versatile one. Any of the knifes would do you well, but I'd say this one's for cutting and carving and stabbing, the second one I guarantee can carve through even real solid materials, and the last one's best if you need a tool for surviving in the wilds."

"Would any of them suit you?"


Velike

Any of your current items (spear, collapsible tent, heatstone) could be traded for 20 widgets each, or possibly a better deal if you discuss it with the merchant. Failing that you could persuade them to help you out with a single minor repair like this for free, or maybe wait and see if the Turaga grants you any boons to aid in your mission.

You could potentially help someone out with one of your skills to earn widgets, attempt to self-repair using scraps and a roll, or bother your party for some money.

Tameku

By mechanical folding knife I mean something like these:
  * Normal cutting tool
  * Saw-bladed

If you pick a regular sword or knife, feel free to pick a design on your own. :)

Tameku
player, 110 posts
Bo-Matoran
Sun 11 Mar 2018
at 11:51
  • msg #395

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku considered his options. He had no intention of using any of these as a weapon if he wasn't forced to, but he couldn't deny that he would feel a lot safer with that sword instead of a little knife. And the sword seemed to be short enough to still be useable like a knife if need be.
Both folding knives on the other hand looked like useful tools, but he shuddered at the thought of one them being the only thing between him and an angry Burnak or worse.

He pointed on the sword: "How sharp is this? Can it compare to that smaller knife?" He gestured to the streight knife with the sheath.
Game Master
GM, 168 posts
Sun 11 Mar 2018
at 13:24
  • msg #396

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Certainly. It's both a tool and a weapon, after all, and I promise on my pride as a craftsman it will cut through anything you might expect it to."

The Ta-Matoran tapped the side of his mask while thinking.

"Swords are a bit big to be used for fine work like carving figures or cleaning a catch, so a knife is more versatile. A machete might be better for clearing jungle, but that's it really. A blade is a blade. It will protect you from Rahi and do other work too. The other types have their niches, while a regular knife is a good all-round tool."

"If I had the materials I would offer you an exceptional one made of protosteel, but they are expensive and have to go to the war nowadays. Neither Dark Hunters or Skakdi are shy about shattering regular metal."
This message was last edited by the GM at 13:25, Sun 11 Mar 2018.
Tameku
player, 111 posts
Bo-Matoran
Sun 11 Mar 2018
at 16:02
  • msg #397

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"You know how to work with Protosteel?", Tameku asked, surprised, "I've met quite a few smiths, but only the Nynrah Ghosts forge it as far as I remember. The others only sold finished weapons and tools." Tameku carefully picked up the sword and weighed it in his hand. "You must be a respected smith indeed if you know as well. How much do you want for this?"

Skills used: Merchant, Persuasiveness, Knowledge of how to deal with different species:
Tameku rolled 4 using 3d6, keeping the highest dice only with rolls of 2,4,4.  Trying flattery (Haggling).

EDIT: Forgot default dice (but doesn't matter anyway)
Tameku rolled 1 using 1d6 with rolls of 1.  Forgot default dice.

This message was last edited by the player at 16:05, Sun 11 Mar 2018.
Game Master
GM, 169 posts
Sun 11 Mar 2018
at 17:00
  • msg #398

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"The secret to protosteel is having carefully selected materials and the right tools. The Fe-Matoran working in the quarry are able to pick out and refine the right type of ore to such an extent that forging protosteel becomes possible, but even skilled metalworkers like them have to ship the materials all the way over the east side of the island where we use the heat and pressure from the volcano to finish the process. It's not something I would be able to do all on my own, but with cooperation it becomes possible."

The merchant shrugged.

"I am glad to hear you appreciate the art. Most of our wares are 20 widgets as a rule, but I could give you a discount if you've got something interesting to share."




Merchant drops 2 Soc.HP.
Game Master rolled 3 using 2d6.

Craftsman discussing price [merchant]. Changes nothing.
Rolled 6 - Tameku takes 2 Soc.dmg.
5 - 1 dmg
5 - 1 dmg
5 - 1 dmg
Merchant needs 4 rolls to end the haggle.

Thought: When it comes to haggling it's far more straightforward than other types of socializing where the approach may change underway. You should probably just roll until your accumulated results drop the merchant's 5 HP to 0. If you do this in 4 rolls or less, we'll drop the price based on how well it went.

Tameku
player, 112 posts
Bo-Matoran
Sun 11 Mar 2018
at 18:53
  • msg #399

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"You mean information? Not sure if I can tell you much you don't already know. We just arrived on Rangi Motu a few days ago. The last word from Metru Nui was that the war still rages. The Toa have retaken the Great Furnace and the Great Temple, but the Dark Hunters still control the chute system and the sea gates. SOme people started speculating when - if at all - the Brotherhood of Makuta might intervene, but I personally doubt they will. Everyone knows they like to employ teh Dark Hunters. If you have any Metru Nui Kanoka you can currently sell them for up to thrice their value, though. For those with Huki's sign even up to ten times that - or at least that's what I heard in Ba-Koro on the Southern Continent.
"As to events of more immediate interest - Turaga Lhevan of the jungle village managed to stop the storms. I doubt this will last for more than a few days, though, if even that long."

Proceed haggling:
Tameku rolled 7 using 4d6, keeping the highest dice only with rolls of 6,4,1,6.  Haggling.

That's 5 damage for the merchant, right? Unless he has more than 7 Social HP that should be enough then.

But just in case:
Tameku rolled 3 using 4d6, keeping the highest dice only with rolls of 1,2,3,1.  Even more haggling.
Tameku rolled 5 using 4d6, keeping the highest dice only with rolls of 5,3,1,2.  Even more even more haggling.

Game Master
GM, 170 posts
Sun 11 Mar 2018
at 21:11
  • msg #400

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Kanoka, you say? Thank you for the tip. We produce some on our own, but we also have imports stockpiled. That said, I likely won't earn anything from them at all, if we're sending them over to Ponolu's troops. Only a few of them return to sender, after all."

The Ta-Matoran packed away the other blades and left the one Tameku had asked for.

"It goes for 15 widgets, since it's you. I guess your friend can get the same deal if he's looking to buy something. We don't get many customers anyway."


First roll worked fine. :)
Tameku
player, 113 posts
Bo-Matoran
Mon 12 Mar 2018
at 10:48
  • msg #401

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Situation with the Skakdi that bad in the west?", Tameku asked while handing over the 15 Widgets.
Game Master
GM, 171 posts
Mon 12 Mar 2018
at 12:08
  • msg #402

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Last I heard, the Skakdi haven't attacked yet only because they know that the warlord who spends the effort to beat the Iron Fortress will just find themselves stabbed in the back by one of the others immediately thereafter. I refuse to believe those monsters are actually scared of us Matoran, even if our hardy desert-dwelling brothers would be able to put up more of a fight than anyone else."

"Our Turaga tells us there have been negotiations with the more reasonable Skakdi. The only upside to the others are that they keeps ordering raids on other Skakdi camps to steal their resources, so they're occupied with in-fighting for a while."

"Between us - it looks like both our Ta- and Su-Matoran guards as well as the Onu-Matoran riders are going west soon. If there are many enough of us, it may help discourage the Skakdi."
Lutorian
player, 45 posts
Le-Matoran
Thu 15 Mar 2018
at 00:17
  • msg #403

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Lutorian had no need to resuply or to trade, nor did he have anything of particular value to do so.
While waiting in the market for Tameku and Velike, the unique lizard like rahi these one-matoran has caught his interest and he headed over to the stables to look into it further.
Game Master
GM, 173 posts
Fri 16 Mar 2018
at 08:40
  • msg #404

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

The five Urumoka in the stable reacted calmly to Lutorian's approach, and he could tell they had been well trained. Upon closer inspection its armor - still a matte white - was covered in specks of dirt and mud around the face, and even the dull grey lenses in its non-functioning eyes had a few splotches on them.

If Lutorian laid down flat the salamander would still be twice his length, thanks in part to its long, sleek tail. One of the Rahi had much stubbier tail than the others, however, and it looked like it had snapped clean off. The Matoran was aware of lizards that shed their tail when fleeing from danger. They could regrow them given some time. Perhaps something had frightened this one recently?

A sign nearby indicated Urumoka were available for rent or purchase. The stables were large, but only these five remained. The rest were likely out working the mine, or carrying Matoran messengers across the island.
Lutorian
player, 46 posts
Le-Matoran
Tue 20 Mar 2018
at 04:50
  • msg #405

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

The sign indicating their price caught Lutorian’s eye, perhaps Tameku could find a way to rent or purchase them, it would certainly make tracking down the archeologists easier.

Lutorian turned and headed back to the market to join the group before Velike went into a panic trying to find him again.
Tameku
player, 116 posts
Bo-Matoran
Fri 23 Mar 2018
at 10:11
  • msg #406

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku was still waiting for Velike to do his trading/deciding not to trade.
Velike
player, 92 posts
Ta-Matoran
Wed 4 Apr 2018
at 17:31
  • msg #407

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 394):

“It is understandable that you would not recognize me. I and my team have just arrived upon this island, we were sent by our Turaga to check up upon the state of things after both an earlier sent archeological team went missing, and a worrying lack of ships and word were recieved from the island.” Velike replied, giving a short bow to the vendor.
“As for your observations of my armour, yes it is a mechanism you sighted. I hail from neither this, nor my current island. As I have learned since losing my home island, we had an... odd belief system, this mechanism of mine is an example of one of the ways we showcased it.” He said, tapping it, causing it to raise itself and swing for a moment before he pressed it back in.

“As for the damage, yes, it would be beneficial to get repairs. It was gained, as I’m ashamed to say, due to a case of fear for one I was assigned to ward, and mistaken identity of another. I am just glad the situation was cleared up before any serious injuries occurred.” He said, giving a sad smile as he reflected in recent events.

“But, as much as I would wish to ask for such, I unfortunately do not have any widgets on myself at this current point, nor any items I can yet spare with... and, in the sense of honour, I can not ask you to freely give me such. Unless you have any work one such as I could quickly do to repay for later services,” Velike said, giving another short bow as he took on a more serious tone and look.
This message was last edited by the player at 17:09, Thu 05 Apr 2018.
Game Master
GM, 178 posts
Thu 5 Apr 2018
at 20:08
  • msg #408

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Hm, your armor is peculiar but the arm section is luckily just a minor repair," the trader said, bringing out a few pieces of metal and measuring them against Velike's armor. "I'll do it for free if you help out the other miners for a bit. I heard the most recent tremor caused a cave-in which trapped someone at the deepest dig site. Turaga Zuhras is down there scanning for them, but since he's not back yet something must be wrong."

The craftsman turned out to be very skilled, and the fix went by in less than a minute. When he was done he smiled proudly at his own work and was about to say something, but then a darker expression crept across his Miru when he spotted someone over Velike's shoulder.

"Wait a minute, there he is again..." he muttered, nodding towards a taller white being just exiting the local Hall of History. It wore black armor over its slim body along with a sleek black headpiece concealing its lower face, but it was undoubtedly a Steltian. A jagged longsword was strapped to his back, and in his hands he carried several stone tablets. The Ta-Matoran smith sneered at the sight. "Dark Hunters," he spat. "I thought they finally left, but obviously they found another excuse to extend their 'research'."

Hurrying along next to the Steltian, hiding behind the large being's legs, carrying another stack of tablets held suspiciously high to cover his mask... was Amthrin.


Velike: Your armor is fixed.

Velike
player, 93 posts
Ta-Matoran
Fri 6 Apr 2018
at 03:22
  • msg #409

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 408):

"Of course, I would be happy to help those in need to repay such a favour. Especially if it may involve providing aid to a Turaga and other Matoran." Velike replied, giving another short bow before waiting as the craftsman repaired him, sighting Amthrin.

"Huh... that is odd, I did not realize Amthrin worked with a dark hunter... or at least would provide aid... I do remember he stated he had a group but I don't remember if he clarified who was in it... unless that is just a similar Matoran. I should not jump to conclusions again." Velike said with a small mutter as he noticed Amthrin, watching the two tablet carriers.
Tameku
player, 117 posts
Bo-Matoran
Fri 6 Apr 2018
at 08:25
  • msg #410

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Following the Ta-Matoran's gaze as well, Tameku, too, saw the Steltian and Amthrin.

"Dark Hunters?", he asked, "Didn't know they employ Matoran, too, but then I fortunately didn't yet have to deal with them a lot. I just wonder how much of what Amthrin said really is true. If they're really Dark Hunters then our friends might be in some serious trouble, though."

Tameku focused on the Steltian Noble, trying to see if he could figure out anything about him. After all, clans played an important role on Stelt.

Eventually he turned back to the merchant: "Do you know for sure they're Dark Hunters?"

Skill used: Observation
Tameku rolled 6 using 2d6, keeping the highest dice only with rolls of 4,6.  Determining clan association of the Steltian /potential meaning of this.

Game Master
GM, 179 posts
Fri 6 Apr 2018
at 10:08
  • msg #411

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"If I'm certain? Absolutely. The cold-eyed Matoran there said as much when the Turaga didn't immediately accommodate their request to roam freely in the mine. They put on a good show by being all polite and understanding, but the Turaga saw through it. When they realized that, the Steltian laid down a few thinly veiled threats instead and left for a while."

The merchant working on Velike's armor glanced from the passing Hunters to Velike. "You've met, I take it?"

The other merchant leaned forwards on folded arms and tapped the surface of his stand in a contemplative manner.

"The Dark Hunters aimed too high," he said, "and lost their trade with Metru Nui when the conflict escalated into all-out war. They would want to get more insiders at Stelt and Xia to make up for it. I don't know what they're looking for here exactly, but I'm sure it's resources for the war. Protodermis for forging new weapons, perhaps."


Tameku
- As an upper class Steltian, you recon this one would be more involved in trade brokering and leadership than menial work. If he's here looking for something, it's probably too important for subordinates to handle.
- The Dark Hunters seldom recruit Matoran directly, but are happy to exploit them for their own needs whenever they have the chance.

Tameku
player, 118 posts
Bo-Matoran
Fri 6 Apr 2018
at 13:31
  • msg #412

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku turned to watch Amthrin and the Steltian again to see where they were headed.

"So the Turaga is in the mines.", he mused, "Since we need to talk to him anyways I guess we can see if they need any help down there - even if I doubt the few of us can offer much in that regard."

Once more Tameku turned back to the merchants: "That Matoran with the Steltian told us that he's part of a larger group and that he's the only Matoran with them. If he told the truth, that is. Have you seen any other Dark Hunters around?"
Velike
player, 94 posts
Ta-Matoran
Fri 6 Apr 2018
at 14:22
  • msg #413

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 411):

“Ah, yes, we’ve met. He’s actually the reason for my armours weakened state.” Velike replied, indicating the repaired arm as he explained.

“While we were heading to this village I lost sight of one of my wards and believed they had headed farther within the tunnel alone. While I ran down the tunnel I managed to detect Amthrin in a side tunnel. When he did not reply to my questioning, and thenattempted to flee while shadowed I followed him, barely remembering my duties and leaving a trail for my other wards to know where I had headed. He managed to hit me with a disk of weakness, and you can guess what I blocked it with. Luckily we were able to reconcile the situation when I did near him and he explained... the imminent danger of rahi also helped.” He said as he thought back upon what happened, speaking with a slightly sheepish tone as he said, “I will admit I panicked, which most definitely clouded my reasoning. If I had utilized better control I would not have reacted to the situation as I did.”
Game Master
GM, 180 posts
Fri 6 Apr 2018
at 17:46
  • msg #414

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

The two Dark Hunters ended up in a darker corner of the village, where the Steltian handed his stack of tablets over to Amthrin. They hunched down on the ground, with the taller of the two taking one tablet at a time and slowly arranging them side by side.

"There were more of them for sure," the merchant told them. "A whole crew, in fact. Two more Steltians, a pair of Vortixx, a Teora, and some impish creature tagging along. The imp gave me the creeps. Looked like a Matoran, almost, the way it acted, but there's no way it actually was one. After the tremors started they split up and left for the surface immediately. They didn't stay long anyway, they just hung around near the exit while their leader spoke with the Turaga."

"A weakening disk? In the tunnels?" The Miru-wearing Ta-Matoran was incredulous. "If you throw it wrong, you could bring the ceiling down! I'm not sure that you are the one who lacks control, my friend... Dark Hunters will never fight you head-on unless they are certain they have the advantage. If the Matoran you speak of was waiting for you, he was getting a read on you for his companions to ambush you later. A despicable traitor, he is. I wonder what they have promised him in return for helping them."
Tameku
player, 120 posts
Bo-Matoran
Fri 6 Apr 2018
at 18:42
  • msg #415

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Well, I'd suggest we go look for the Turaga as long as those two are occupied", Tameku said gesturing at the Dark Hunters. "Thank you for the information and your services", he told the merchants.

"We should see if one of the miners can lead us to the Turaga or at least provide us with a map for the mines."

(Proceed to the entrance of the mines and the workers there if everyone else is finished here)
Lutorian
player, 50 posts
Le-Matoran
Sat 7 Apr 2018
at 09:43
  • msg #416

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

“Ever-finished shopping?” Lutorian said returning to the group “I did a little seek-finding, there’s some Rahi we can buy or rent if we had some widgets”
Tameku
player, 121 posts
Bo-Matoran
Sat 7 Apr 2018
at 18:04
  • msg #417

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Well, might be useful to keep that in mind", Tameku told Lutorian, "We've learned the Turaga has gone into the mines because of some problem, so we're now heading there."
Lutorian
player, 51 posts
Le-Matoran
Sun 8 Apr 2018
at 21:22
  • msg #418

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

“Alright then, let’s go.”
Game Master
GM, 182 posts
Mon 9 Apr 2018
at 08:55
  • msg #419

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

The main shaft of the mine went down, down, down, for at least a hundred meters. Wide bore holes were spaced out along regular intervals in neatly layered circles. Each tunnel had been marked with a number next to its entrance based on level and position, allowing the miners to easily refer to each one through an organized system.

On the way down, suddenly a deep rumbling came from deep in the earth and grew to encompass the entire area. The lift stopped for a minute while cables shook and pebbles were shaken loose to pepper the sloped metal roof of the lift. "Another tremor," said the lift operator. "There's been many of them lately..." She waited until the shaking stopped before pulling on the operating lever once more.

After several more minutes of descent, the sturdy mining lift slowed down and landed on the bottom layer. This circle was not yet fully excavatated, making it more of a half-circle with tall piles of stacked dirt and gravel covering the other side. Large scale digging equipment and drill bits were lined against the rock wall.

A few Matoran-sized robots used for excavating were standing next to the other equipment. They had triple-wheeled threads instead of legs and sported no particular features beyond a double-jointed right arm capable of wielding replacable mining tools. There was no left arm, only space for spare tools. Their heads were flat and cylindrical with a single eye, and their back had an attachement point for dragging a minecart. None of the robots were currently in use.

Several Onu-Matoran hung about the area. One was running a thin cable through his hands from a spool and feeding it into the tunnel. It followed a minecart track that had been laid down.

"Work here was abandoned due to multiple cave-ins, so lately tunnel number 87-01 is the only one to have seen proper use on the bottom level," explained the miner who had operated the lift for them. She didn't seem too eager to talk about the details of the Parau Koro mine layout with strangers, but still did so out of courtesy. "The main section is labeled A: It branches off into B, C, and so on. Turaga Zuhras went in with a search party to find one of our own who got lost after 87-01-F collapsed. That cable is their lifeline in case we need to find them and dig them out as well. If seeing the Turaga is urgent, I will come with you and we can follow the cable to find him. If not I suggest you wait until he returns."


From everywhere and nowhere, a voice in your head that you have heard before...

You are close. If you wish to help me: Refuse her offer, but enter alone and bring an excavation bot with you. Make sure it works. I will be your guide instead.


What will you do?
Velike
player, 95 posts
Ta-Matoran
Mon 9 Apr 2018
at 13:54
  • msg #420

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 419):

“While I thank you for your offer, I do not wish to take up your time. I am certain that your task, while most likely having another who could take your place, would be best done by yourself. I am certain my team could navigate the tunnels from both your instructions and what we have been told of the layout. But, if a mech could be provided it would be greatly appreciated and helpful in our task. We... uh, have some experience in tunnel navigation.” Velike replied, having taken a quick pause after hearing the voice and sending a silent agreement.

There was a touch of hesitation to his voice as he spoke, less as if he was choosing words than it was as if he was forcing himself to speak them.

(If rolls are needed I’m going to have to say his honour-bound skill is going to come into play here due to his attempt at lying. Whether it will bring a negative or just cancel out any bonus die he could use is up to you.)
Tameku
player, 122 posts
Bo-Matoran
Mon 9 Apr 2018
at 14:25
  • msg #421

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku frowned at Velike.

"I fear my friend here has promised to help the Turaga, and he takes his promises very serious", Tameku told the Onu-Matoran, "It thus might be best if we seek out Turaga Zuhras right away. Your guidance of course would be welcome."

Whispering to Velike he added: "Let's not get ahead of ourselves. The Makuta said the Turaga of these days defeated him out of a misunderstanding - but that's only his side of the story. I admit I feel inclined to help him, after all he could be teh solution to all the island's problems, but first I'd like to hear the Turaga's version of events, too. But we'll ask Zuhras subtly, understood?"
Game Master
GM, 183 posts
Mon 9 Apr 2018
at 14:57
  • msg #422

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

@Velike: Yeah, go ahead and roll for it. Add any skills you feel match, then subtract one die like you suggest. If this would leave you with zero dice, roll one and subtract 1 from the result instead.
Velike
player, 96 posts
Ta-Matoran
Mon 9 Apr 2018
at 16:01
  • msg #423

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 422):

“I have yet to see any reason to distrust him. He has done naught to harm, little to influence, and has given much needed information. I have also acted in an un-honourable fashion towards him, accusing him with a prejudice formed from my own. I doubt the Turaga will allow for my repayment to him so it is best we do what we can until we are prevented from doing more.” Velike replied, his tone serious if stil la touch hesitant from his attempts at speaking a false-truth.

(Will do!)

Velike rolled 2 using 1d6-1 with rolls of 3.  Velike attempting to speak a half truth. (Honour-bound interference)
(... Well... I truthfully have to say this was expected.)
This message was last edited by the player at 16:32, Mon 09 Apr 2018.
Game Master
GM, 184 posts
Mon 9 Apr 2018
at 17:36
  • msg #424

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Velike's attempt at fast-talking was admirable, but unfortunately for him the far more experienced miner noticed his hesitation.

"I know you volcano-lovers are somewhat used to tunnels, but there's no way I could let you run off on your own into an unstable section," she said, "even if you brought a digger with you and somehow knew how to operate it. Then again, perhaps you are right. Bringing one would be useful. I don't think the Turaga thought of that when he hurried in. Wait here."

With that, the Onu-Matoran ran off towards the mining equipment.


You've still got an opening to go on your own, but it would need to be without a robot if you intend to lose the Matoran.
Tameku
player, 123 posts
Bo-Matoran
Mon 9 Apr 2018
at 17:47
  • msg #425

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku gave Velike a pointed look and walked over to the Matoran who held the life line to wait for their guide.

"How long has the Turaga been in there?", he asked the Onu-Matoran.
Velike
player, 97 posts
Ta-Matoran
Mon 9 Apr 2018
at 17:47
  • msg #426

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 424):

“Oh dear...” Velike muttered as he failed to convince the miner to let them go on their own.

“Shadowed one, is there anyway we could make this work with her? I do not know if my team would be willing to attempt to help convince him, nor if she’d be willing to listen again... much less if I could bring myself to speak a distorted truth again.” Velike silently thought, attempting to communicate with the fallen Makuta, keeping his posture and expression near as controlled as always, just small flickers of worry visible within his optics.
Game Master
GM, 185 posts
Mon 9 Apr 2018
at 20:11
  • msg #427

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Not too long," the miner answered Tameku while flicking levers on the back of the robot. It came to life with a whirring sound and began moving slowly on its threads towards the tunnel entrance. "Half an hour, maybe."

The voice in Velike's head was fainter than had been before, to the point where it was hard to make out the words. I can ensure she does not follow you for a few minutes. That is all I can muster with the power I have left.
This message was last edited by the GM at 06:32, Tue 10 Apr 2018.
Velike
player, 98 posts
Ta-Matoran
Mon 9 Apr 2018
at 20:36
  • msg #428

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 427):

“I believe I can utilize that. Will the mech suit still be necessary or is it possible for my own strength to accomplish this task? I believe my team should be safe enough for me to leave for a touch to repay my debt of insult.” Velike replied in thought, a flash of worry across his optics as he watched the mech.
Lutorian
player, 52 posts
Le-Matoran
Tue 10 Apr 2018
at 02:20
  • msg #429

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu



Lutorian peered into the tunnel, leaning forward and bringing his hand to his brow in an exaggerated gesture, shielding his eyes from the nonexistent sunlight.

"What's been causing the tremor-quakes down here?" Lutorian asked, turning to the miner with the cable, having a pretty good guess himself.
Game Master
GM, 186 posts
Tue 10 Apr 2018
at 07:02
  • msg #430

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

The miner kept drawing out cable at an irregular pace, ensuring that there was always some slack for the person it was attached to. "It's just regular seismic activity as far as I can tell", he said. "We haven't spotted any Rahi capable of producing tremors like these, so we must assume it's natural. They get worse the deeper down you go, which we expected, but the latest ones caught us entirely by surprise. The entire island feels unstable as of late. Oh, how I wish we had Toa here to help! Some researchers from off the island came to have a look, but I don't think they found anything unusual despite how much they insisted it must be so."


A robot will be quicker, and useful for other tasks. I need it. The Makuta's voice was dwindling to nothing now. No power left. Clap your hands to signal me. I will respond if I can...

With that message, his voice was gone.
This message was last edited by the GM at 07:04, Tue 10 Apr 2018.
Velike
player, 99 posts
Ta-Matoran
Wed 11 Apr 2018
at 16:56
  • msg #431

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 430):

“I... conserve your strength. I will signal you once I can gain access to the mech and leave my team in an area they are safe. I just hope you can hold out until we begin to head back if worse comes to worse...” Velike thought back, steeling himself as he gripped his spear, prepared to pay back the favour he owed.
Lutorian
player, 54 posts
Le-Matoran
Sat 14 Apr 2018
at 04:58
  • msg #432

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

After the Makuta's words had left Lutorian shot a glance at Velike and whispered to him "What's your plan?"
Velike
player, 100 posts
Ta-Matoran
Sat 14 Apr 2018
at 07:23
  • msg #433

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Lutorian (msg # 432):

"I... For honors sake I must repay him for both the boon he granted us, and the prejudice I carried against him. But I will not leave the group unless safety is assured." He replied with a small grimace, still obviously conflicted.
Lutorian
player, 55 posts
Le-Matoran
Sun 15 Apr 2018
at 01:19
  • msg #434

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Velike (msg # 433):

"I'm inclined to help him too, He's a creator of the Rahi-beasts I study, but I don't think we'll have a chance-moment to help him."
Lutorian replied, shooting a look over in the direction of the Onu-Matoran starting up the Machine.
Velike
player, 101 posts
Ta-Matoran
Sun 15 Apr 2018
at 02:05
  • msg #435

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Lutorian (msg # 434):

"I... He has told me he can use the remaining reserves of his current strength to ensure we can have that moment, we need but clap... but he needs the mech, without it certain tasks will not be completable. I am glad to see you also wish to repay his debt." Velike replied, still talking quietly as he informer Lutorian of his conversation
Darren
player, 49 posts
Ta-Matoran
Tue 24 Apr 2018
at 00:22
  • msg #436

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"If worse comes to worse then I can probably knock the matoran out. Maybe blame it on a falling rock or something. I would like to help the guy out, since after all he did help us out."
Tameku
player, 124 posts
Bo-Matoran
Tue 24 Apr 2018
at 10:56
  • msg #437

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku still stood apart from the others, waiting for their guide. He couldn't hear what his friends were whispering about but hoped they tried to convince Velike to not do anything stupid.
Game Master
GM, 190 posts
Tue 24 Apr 2018
at 11:51
  • msg #438

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

The digger moved on a rigid path into the tunnel, forcing the Onu-Matoran to stop it and manually maneuver it away from the cable that was still being pulled deeper into the mine. Once its new course was set she let it go, but just as the robot prepared to move on as if nothing had happened, it stopped.

The miner tapped it with her hand, then spread her arms out in a gesture that clearly meant "oh, great". She glanced over at the group and shook her head.

"Whoever used it last never recharged it," she explained. "Give me a few more minutes and I will find a replacement cell up on the previous level. Don't go anywhere."

With that, she left in a haste for the elevator.


What will your plan be?


Meniira: When you wish to join in, you may begin wherever you want in the village. Just make note of where you are in your first post.

Velike
player, 102 posts
Ta-Matoran
Tue 24 Apr 2018
at 14:09
  • msg #439

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 438):

“I... for Time’s sake. This is either the distraction the Makuta spoke of, or a legitimate problem... either one of us could attempt to head with her and get the cell to the machine before she could arrive, be that via a distraction or otherwise, while the others check the machine to see if it works, but that means whoever heads out would have... trouble following...” Velike whispered to the group with a slightly worried tone.
Lutorian
player, 58 posts
Le-Matoran
Wed 25 Apr 2018
at 08:51
  • msg #440

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Velike (msg # 439):

"There are ever-many mining machines, if we work ever-quick we might be able to get one working, the Matoran with the cable might be a problem, however," Lutorian whispered to the rest of the group
Velike
player, 103 posts
Ta-Matoran
Wed 25 Apr 2018
at 13:46
  • msg #441

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Lutorian (msg # 440):

“That is true... I do not know if it would be wise to cut such, even if doing so may delay her tracking... I have had an idea! Suppose we were to retrieve a working cell from one of said machines? That way we would be allowed an excuse of one of us testing the robot after she left and it turning on... somehow, and forcing her to retrieve a new suit before following us.” Velike replied as he glanced around warily.
Lutorian
player, 59 posts
Le-Matoran
Thu 26 Apr 2018
at 04:33
  • msg #442

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Velike (msg # 441):

"Lots-many robots, she wouldn't need to find another one before fast-following us, but it's a happy-plan"
Lutorian whispered while pointing to the several mining machines.
Velike
player, 104 posts
Ta-Matoran
Thu 26 Apr 2018
at 14:16
  • msg #443

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Lutorian (msg # 442):

“I suppose that is correct...” Velike stated, still visibly unnerved before shaking his head and steeling his expression.
“Fine then, I can attempt to remove the wire if it is believed to be a safe choice. I trust my spear will be enough to cut it. Otherwise I will take all blame for this, I shall ensure you suffer little to no consequences for listening to me. If wished I shall also check upon the other drillers to better ensure that I can be blamed singularly.”
Tameku
player, 125 posts
Bo-Matoran
Sat 28 Apr 2018
at 10:02
  • msg #444

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku, still some distance away from the others and thus not hearing their conversation, leaned against the wall to wait for their guide.
Darren
player, 50 posts
Ta-Matoran
Mon 30 Apr 2018
at 03:29
  • msg #445

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Velike (msg # 443):

“Sounds like a plan. But we should probably do it sooner than later.”
Velike
player, 105 posts
Ta-Matoran
Mon 30 Apr 2018
at 05:36
  • msg #446

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Darren (msg # 445):

"Of course, I shall attempt to cut myself from the wire. If it works I shall leave my spear with you to cut the remaining wires if a miner can be accessed." Velike replied before taking his sword and swinging it upon the cable that connected him to the rest, attempting to cut himself loose.

Velike rolled 6 using 3d6, keeping the highest dice only with rolls of 1,6,5.
Lutorian
player, 61 posts
Le-Matoran
Mon 30 Apr 2018
at 09:57
  • msg #447

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Move rapid-quick, I'm going to try getting one of these working," Lutorian said while gesturing to the machines, then moving to them and checking the other machines for their power source.
Lutorian rolled 4 using 1d6 ((4))
Game Master
GM, 192 posts
Mon 30 Apr 2018
at 11:03
  • msg #448

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

The fuel cells were cylindrical containers about 2 feet lengthwise with thick caps on each end, separated into two chambers by a disk in the middle. A small transparent window allowed viewing the contents of each fuel cell - in one end there was raw and shimmering liquid protodermis, in the other there was only silver protodermic dust left after use.

Lutorian looked over the remaining mining robots. Several of the parked machines turned out to have easily-removed cells which looked almost full. The rest were mostly depleted, including a stack of the containers sitting nearby.


Lutorian
Score! Looks like they are filled with purified protodermis - the kind that could be used for Kanoka and other powered tools.

Velike
player, 106 posts
Ta-Matoran
Mon 7 May 2018
at 03:14
  • msg #449

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Lutorian (msg # 447):

Velike quicly hurried over to the machines, checking them over for how to start them up.

Velike rolled 1 using 1d6 with rolls of 1. Activate robot.
(... You know, going by how he's originally from a fairly archaic island... I can't help but say this makes sense for him...)
This message was last edited by the player at 03:14, Mon 07 May 2018.
Game Master
GM, 193 posts
Mon 7 May 2018
at 08:11
  • msg #450

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

The machine controls looked rather simple, but if there was an obvious power switch or any logical connection between the levers and which direction the robot would go, Velike just couldn't see it.

What's more, while he tried to figure out how to operate the mining robot, everyone could feel a low rumbling starting below their feet. Moments later the ground shook when another tremor sent sand and pebbles trickling down from the walls of the mine. There was a loud 'CLANG' and a surprised cry from an Onu-Matoran when the lifeline cable he was holding suddenly went taut in his hands. It slipped from his hands, but the spool it was attached to had a built-in safety which stopped it from unwinding any further.

Then the cable shuddered, and fell to the ground once more. A few seconds later what sounded like a loud, metallic whip-crack echoed from deep within the tunnel.

Velike and his companions spotted the female Matoran from before stepping off the elevator with a fresh fuel cell in her hands. She was wearing a shocked expression that mimicked those of the other Matoran nearby.


What do you do?


As before the quake was brief, but the Turaga's lifeline appears to have snapped - and that's a real solid-looking one made from woven metal strings too.

It is clear that the longer you spend in the mine, the higher the chance of facing another tremor will be.

If you were to take control of the situation here, the miners would likely follow. If not, one of them will. Your choice.

Tameku
player, 127 posts
Bo-Matoran
Mon 7 May 2018
at 09:50
  • msg #451

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

As the tremor stopped Tameku slowly lowered his hands with which he had tried to shield his head from any dropping stones (not that he had expected it to help much).
Cautiously he looked around, noticing the slack cable and the bunch of very worried miners.

"I don't think this is a good sign...?", he guessed, then streightened up, clearing his throat. He sensed that this was a moment where anyone giving any kind of command that would keep people occupied might prevent panic. He had experienced such situations before.
"Well,", he started, clearing his throat again, "We should get looking for the Turaga, I think. You there!" He pointed at a random miner nearest to the cable spool. "Is there enough cable on there to use as a new life line without having to rewind the Turaga's? Or do we have a second spool somewhere here? And pick up whatever mining equipment you have around here. Time for us to go for the rescue of the rescue team before this gets even worse."

He considered for a moment, then quietly added to his companions: "As much as I'd first like to talk to the Turaga, this might be our only chance to do anything down here. I suggest we split up. I'll go for the Turaga, Velike and Lutorian, you take one of the mining robots and try to find the Makuta (Darren if you're still here - choose)."


I suggested splitting up because I'll be away for two weeks starting next Monday - since Katuko and I seem to be in nearly the same time zone I figured we might get something/enough? done in the week until then so that you others can catch up in those two weeks you'll be without me ;) Additionally, my inactive character wouldn't slow you down in that time. Alternatively we can pause things for two weeks.

This message was last edited by the player at 19:23, Mon 07 May 2018.
Game Master
GM, 195 posts
Mon 7 May 2018
at 13:38
  • msg #452

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Yes," replied the miner, "we have multiple spools that we splice together as they are rolled out. We'll get a new one out right away."

What followed was a swift, well-organized assembly of another search party - this one consisting of Tameku, Velike, Lutorian, Darren, and a couple of Onu-Matoran carrying pickaxes, shovels, and lightstones. Behind them their would-be guide had stopped to overlook the preparation of more robots. She gestured at the miner who had arrived carrying a new cable and waved him off.

"No point in using another lifeline," she said. "The one already there shows where the Turaga's group went, and it's not like we can use it to pull anyone out. Put the spool in a cart and have one of the bots carry a winch instead, in case they need to enter a shaft." The miner gave a nod and wave of understanding, then went to fetch such a machine.

"Widrua, I'll let you handle that drill bot there," she said, nodding to one of the two Onu-Matoran in front. "I'll send these others down after you once we've gotten them hooked up to some carts. I agree with the Bo-Matoran, I think you'll need the equipment." Next she pointed at the other. "Arden, take the rear. Make sure none of our visitors get lost in the tunnels. If another cave-in happens, you know what to do."

"Of course," replied Arden, and tapped a signal horn slung over his shoulder. "Blow in this to warn you not to follow, and get out immediately if possible."

Meanwhile, Widrua had replaced the missing fuel cell. The moment he fitted it into its slot, the mining robot resumed following the path it had already been asked to take. "Alright, it's running!" he said while jogging a few steps to catch up to it. "Let's go!"

"Good luck then... and thank you for helping out," she added, looking at the strangers before her. "If you go in, it frees us up to handle the machinery. I was hesitant at first, but I can tell you're of the reliable sort. Just be careful."


Tameku
I think you're right about the time zone. I am in Central European Standard Time (CEST), so if you live anywhere in Europe you are likely pretty close to it. I'm fine with you splitting up if you wish to cover more ground and do independent stuff.

Everyone
The Onu-Matoran have an established practice in place, but they'll go along with your suggestions unless they're clearly dangerous or odd. Any of you may try to change their orders with a roll of the dice too.

Tameku
player, 128 posts
Bo-Matoran
Mon 7 May 2018
at 19:35
  • msg #453

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Pick your time to act carefully", Tameku whispered to his companions, "I'll see if I can get one of the Matoran handling the robots away from it, but that will only be possible if we find some obstacle. Otherwise you'll have to think of something.
"Once you took the robot and got away I'll feign ignorance and assume you've somehow got lost, but I'll try to convince everyone that our priority is the Turaga." He paused. "Depending on any additional tremors we might not be able to search for you, so I hope you can find your way out with the Makuta's help or by yourselves - better remember the way you take well..."

Tameku thought about it for a second, then handed Lutorian his tools for record keeping. "Maybe use this to draw a map for how to get back. If our separation should last longer than expected we should also define a place to meet up again - any suggestions?"
Darren
player, 51 posts
Ta-Matoran
Tue 8 May 2018
at 02:05
  • msg #454

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"We could always see about meeting back up in the village. It's probably the safest spot to meet back up, as the mines seem pretty unstable." He looks over to the refueled machine, and then over to the groups of miners. "I suppose we can take a machine and then knock the operator out, blaming it on a fallen rock."
Lutorian
player, 62 posts
Le-Matoran
Tue 8 May 2018
at 10:30
  • msg #455

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Taking the tools from Tameku, Lutorian replied “happy-thanks... the village is ever-big, we should meet up in the market place.”
Tameku
player, 129 posts
Bo-Matoran
Tue 8 May 2018
at 15:43
  • msg #456

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Alright, the market place it is, then", Tameku whispered back. For everyone to hear he continued: "Let's get going then before another tremor hits us! Uh, somebody with good nightsight should take the lead."
Velike
player, 107 posts
Ta-Matoran
Tue 8 May 2018
at 16:15
  • msg #457

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Tameku (msg # 453):

“Thank you. I assure you I shall ensure the Makuta knows you played a big hand in allowing for his repayment to happen.”  Velike said, giving a short bow to Tameku.
Tameku
player, 131 posts
Bo-Matoran
Tue 29 May 2018
at 16:28
  • msg #458

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku signaled one of the miners to take the lead.
Game Master
GM, 197 posts
Thu 31 May 2018
at 08:17
  • msg #459

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Widrua, the Onu-Matoran in front, nodded in agreement. The search party proceeded down tunnel number 87-01, keeping a brisk pace in order to not waste any time. The frequent tremors did not seem to have caused any visible structural damage to the main branch of the mine, allowing the excavation robot to lead the way without having to dig at all.

After a while they reached the first side tunnel branching off from the one labeled A, but Widrua waved them all past it. "We're going deeper," he said, indicating the slack lifeline cable lying on the ground. It was hard to see where it went in the dark, but Onu-Matoran didn't need much light compared to surface dwellers. "This cable should run all the way to branch F. If anyone spots something odd before then, make sure to give a shout."

From Lutorian's perspective, the tunnels were rather easy to map out, as they proceeded in a rather straightforward pattern. Occassionally the mine would go for a curve or have a wider portion with a few stub branches wherever a large deposit of protodermis had been encountered, but overall there was no risk of getting lost. Following the cable should be sufficient.


Then, eventually, they neared the end of tunnel 87-01. The path straightened out into a corridor which abruptly stopped at a rugged rock wall. "There's the beginning of branch F," Widrua said, raising his lightstone and pointing at a dark opening on their right-hand side. "The cave-in happened there, and that's likely where the Turaga and the rest of our workers will be." He reached out to flip a lever on the mining bot, and its chugging engine spun down until it stopped moving.

"What about branch E?" asked the one called Arden, indicating a path closer to the search party, located on the left and entirely blocked by dirt and gravel. "It's collapsed too."

"That one's been closed for many years," Widrua continued. "I don't think anyone were working on it. I guess you didn't notice since you've been working up on level 85, but all the equipment has been moved to tunnel 87-04 since then."

"Where does the cable lead, then?" asked Arden. He was met with silence. "Well?"

"Ah, it might not be so easy." Widrua bowed down to grab the cable, and pulled up the loose end of it. When he held the lightstone close to the thick metal wire, they could all confirm that it had been torn apart. The frayed strands of metal wire pointing in all directions indicated that it had snapped with great force. "We knew it would be cut," he said, "but I didn't expect it to be lying around here, outside of any branches."

They looked around for a bit before the search party leader decided on a course of action. "No more cable in sight," he said, "and the stone floor is too hard for footprints. Branch F is still open, but the roof may have fallen down further in. Keep your wits about you, and let's take a look around."

He looked expectantly at the more brightly colored Matoran present. "Any suggestions on where to start? I assume you are more experienced trackers and hunters than me."



We're back after a lengthy break!

Lutorian
Your map will allow you to easily find your way along the length of the main tunnel, and know which branches and other side tunnels lead to dead ends. Knowing where it bends, where it goes wider or more narrow, and where the dig sites and dangerous places are also means anyone using the map can navigate the place without needing to knowing your exact starting location.

Everyone
  • The snapped cable was found on the ground with no opposite end in sight, making it hard to tell if the Turaga actually went down 87-01-F in the first place.
  • No sign of any living creatures... at least not yet.
  • Clues to what happened might be here, but you would need to decide how to spend your time.
  • The collapsed E-branch matches the description given by the Makuta. You'll find him - and likely the so-called Seismic Cavern - at the other side of the cave-in.
  • The various branches are close by each other, but far enough apart that you could split up without being noticed immediately if you wanted to.
  • You've seen the mining robot in action often enough to be able to operate its basic functions yourself.


This message was last edited by the GM at 08:24, Thu 31 May 2018.
Tameku
player, 132 posts
Bo-Matoran
Thu 31 May 2018
at 11:04
  • msg #460

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku scratched his mask. To him it seemed rather obvious that if that branch E had been collapsed for quite some time, the Turaga had to have taken branch F. The only other way he could imagine would be up. He glanced at the ceiling, trying to see in the dim light if it bore anything of interest. Another tunnel, perhaps.

Skills used: Observation
Tameku rolled 6 using 2d6, keeping the highest dice only with rolls of 5,6.  Checking ceiling for something of interest.

Game Master
GM, 199 posts
Thu 31 May 2018
at 12:30
  • msg #461

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku

There are several cracks in the ceiling, but the supports are still holding up fine. When you look closely for reflections, you spot a large patch that is glistening wet with water.

Peering a bit closer, however, you see that there's not just water there - the rock is actually distorted as if melted and the residue of some green liquid is left behind. Close by, running from the ceiling down the the wall, you spot a swirling vein of silver visible inside the many cracks - protodermis ore?

No wait... it's ice.

Tameku
player, 133 posts
Bo-Matoran
Thu 31 May 2018
at 14:02
  • msg #462

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Why is there water and ice on the ceiling and wall?", Tameku asked the miners, pointing. "I mean, I know we're below the mountains, but... surely we're too deep for this to come directly from the surface?"
Game Master
GM, 200 posts
Thu 31 May 2018
at 15:27
  • msg #463

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Not quite - there are a few pockets of ground water this deep that we sometimes have to drain. This region isn't cold enough to form ice, though, so that's odd..."
Tameku
player, 134 posts
Bo-Matoran
Sun 3 Jun 2018
at 11:15
  • msg #464

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Could that ice maybe be in part responsible for tunnels collapsing? I mean, if water freezes it expands, right? And, uh, there aren't that many possibilities that could cause something to freeze, are there? I'm thinking of Skakdi or Dark Hunters with Freezing Kanoka - I mean, this can't be from the weird weather", Tameku said.
Tameku
player, 135 posts
Bo-Matoran
Sat 16 Jun 2018
at 18:59
  • msg #465

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"I think I have an idea that might give you legal access to the Makuta", Tameku whispered to his companions, "Problem is if it doesn't work it might get problematic to get to the Makuta at all. In that case you'll have to figure out how to sneak in by yourselves. I'll continue on with the miners in any case."

"Shall I try to persuade them to let you get into that sealed off tunnel or is there anything you want to do before that still?"
Lutorian
player, 66 posts
Le-Matoran
Sat 23 Jun 2018
at 10:05
  • msg #466

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Lutorian took the cable to take a closer look at the frayed ends, illuminating it with his lightstone, “Do cables normally cut-snaped like this during a cave-in?” He asked the Onu Matoran.

Lutorian rolled 6 using 3d6, keeping the highest dice only ((3,2,6)). Trying to figure out what had cut the cable.
This message was last edited by the player at 04:38, Fri 01 Feb 2019.
Velike
player, 109 posts
Ta-Matoran
Mon 7 Jan 2019
at 12:48
  • msg #467

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Tameku (msg # 465):

"It sounds like an honorable way of causing the difficulty we have so far found in repaying our debt to be removed, or at least lessened. I would say go for it, and if it falls through than I alone shall attempt the subterfuge then necessary to keep our honor if the others do not wish to risk the consequences." Velike whispered in reply, his eyes hardened, and tone serious.
Game Master
GM, 205 posts
Thu 31 Jan 2019
at 16:12
  • msg #468

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu


Reminder to everyone, since it's been a while: You may roll a skill check without asking me, whenever you wish to obtain new information or do something you are not certain of the outcome of. Add one extra die (6-sided) for every skill you have that applies to the roll. In some cases I may ask for a roll too, or tell you one isn't needed.

In the interest of getting the game moving again, I will make this information public. Results of personal skills will otherwise be given in private, to be shared with the others as you wish.

quote:
Lutorian rolled 6 using 3d6, keeping the highest dice only ((3,2,6)). Trying to figure out what had cut the cable.
Critical success: "Yes, and"





"Yes, they snap sometimes if a sharp rock happens to shear one in half," the Onu-Matoran began, but didn't seem convinced that this was the case. "No cave-in here, however. It's too far from the breaking point, and there's no excess cable that has been rewound. It must have snapped here, but still been dragged along."

Lutorian peered at the cable, trying to figure out what kind of abuse it had been subjected to. Looking closely, he saw that two segments near the end, right next to each other, had both been deformed as if squeezed by large five-fingered hands. If the unknown being had truly torn the cable apart with its bare hands, it must be immensely strong...

In addition, the position of the hand prints indicated that it must possess more than two arms, otherwise pulling on the lifeline like this was likely to make the Turaga give way first, rather than the cable itself.

Once Arden became aware of Lutorian's discovery, he could be heard muttering an unpleasant Matoran word. "There are Frostelus in the mountains," he said out loud for the others to hear, but before he could say another word Widrua butted in.

"I don't think these are their marks," he explained, "and I don't think they actually cause frost either. This must be the work of some other creature, likely a Dark Hunter, as Tameku says." The miner gave a nod to his fellow Matoran. "I don't know who, exactly, but if they went after our Turaga, we have a real problem."

The other Onu-Matoran that had tagged along were listening attentively to the conversation, but didn't say a word. They were noticeably uneasy, however.
This message was last edited by the GM at 16:14, Thu 31 Jan 2019.
Tameku
player, 137 posts
Bo-Matoran
Thu 31 Jan 2019
at 18:04
  • msg #469

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"I believe Turaga Lhevan mentioned that something important is located at the end of branch E to keep it out of unworthy hands", Tameku smoothly lied. "And I saw one of these Dark Hunters was in the possession of a Mask of Intangibility", he added to make what he'd suggest next sound convincing. "Also they were searching for something."

"I think it might be best if Velike and Lutorian would stay back and keep an eye on this cave-in. They're both skilled at stealth and Turaga Zuhras would probably appreciate to know if something happened in this branch E." He paused, to make his next words sound like an afterthought. "Oh, and in case the ceiling should collapse and cut my two companions off from us or the surface it might be a good idea to leave a mining robot with them, seeing as they're not skilled in the use of pickaxes and the like.
"The rest of us should continue searching for the Turaga. Should we encounter any Dark Hunters capable of ripping a Protodermis cable in half with their bare hands... well, two Matoran more or less won't matter that much then. It's either run, hide or talk anyways."

Skills used: Persuasiveness, Knowledge of how to deal with different species
Today: Tameku rolled 6 using 3d6, keeping the highest dice only with rolls of 3,1,6.  Persuading the miners of a course of action.

Game Master
GM, 210 posts
Thu 31 Jan 2019
at 20:44
  • msg #470

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

The female Onu-Matoran listened carefully to Tameku's words before speaking.

"Intangibility... I didn't anyone wearing a mask like that, but there were several of them, after all. I must have missed someone."  "Come to think of it, they did have that mole-lady with the digging claws too. I knew she was here for a reason." She considered the situation and made a quick decision.

"Very well. Have the robot clear out the cave-in for later, but be careful. Us miners will head into the deepest branch and look for the Turaga there."

"Here, take my horn," Arden said. "Blow in it if you encounter any trouble. Could be two of them, if one has a mask and one is a digger."


Tameku
Your lie worked. You also received a signal horn.

Everyone
The ones staying with the robot have been given some time alone. Please tell me who goes digging and who delves a bit deeper.

Tameku
player, 138 posts
Bo-Matoran
Thu 31 Jan 2019
at 20:53
  • msg #471

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku handed the horn to Velike.

"Alright, now it's on you. I'll go with the miners to find the Turaga. Remember, should something happen we'll meet up in the market."
This message was last edited by the player at 09:44, Fri 01 Feb 2019.
Darren
player, 53 posts
Ta-Matoran
Thu 31 Jan 2019
at 21:17
  • msg #472

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Darren nods along with Tameku’s words. “I’ll be going with the miners as well, after all, my armor wouldn’t give me any stealth advantages.” He crackes a smile, equal parts humor from the joke and victory from the successfully deception. When the parties would inevitably split and the miners weren’t paying much attention, Darren would head over to Tameku and give him a congratulatory pat on the shoulder.
Game Master
GM, 215 posts
Sat 2 Feb 2019
at 17:07
  • msg #473

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

With the rescue party split between the two tasks, the majority of the Matoran went to pursue the missing Turaga, believed to be located near the end of the deepest tunnel. Having handed over his signal horn, Arden nodded grimly before disconnecting everyone from their safety cables. "There was no danger at all on the way down here," he explained. "It's better to have our free range of movement." The three Onu-Matoran headed into the dark opening they had indicated as the start of branch F, with Tameku and Darren following along.



Those who delved deeper


The lightstones they were carrying showed the way, along a winding passage that the miners explained had been dug through the softest part of the bedrock. Barely a minute later they reached a widening, uneven area, where numerous Onu-Matoran tools and transport crates sat neatly arranged in organized spots. At least a few of the crates were filled with silver-colored ore. "Protodermis deposit," said the female Matoran simply, and pointed to more silver specks dotting the walls.

The air had suddenly started to feel colder the deeper they went, and where before the caves had been eerily silent, there came now the slowly growing noise of multiple metal tools picking and scraping against rocks, coming from somewhere ahead of them. "Someone's digging, up ahead" mumbled Widrua grimly from the back. He next indicated the shapes of multiple metal poles that were stuck into the floor, barely visible in the darkness to anyone who was not an Onu-Matoran: "They have covered up the lightstone lanterns too."

There were many different mechanical tools arranged along the walls of the chamber: fresh picks and shovels, drill bits, saws and hammers, along with sluices, blowtorches, coils of wire and packs of nails, plates, pipes, and metal bars used for supports. There were also several empty fuel cells, but no digging robots. In addition there where crates both small and big containing rocks, protodermis ore, and various other materials.

Ahead lay passages into multiple other chambers, each of them widening into dig sites with rugged appearances. Unlike the more complete sites seen earlier, none of them were marked with signs, and the roof of the cave felt much lower. Someone like a Toa would be forced to bend forwards to move comfortably.  With barely any light available, the party could not be certain of anything beyond their immediate surroundings.


What do you do?
* Vertical space is cramped and the ground is uneven, though Matoran can still move around well enough.
* Sounds like someone is digging. The noise is relatively distant still, and would likely cover up the noises you have made already.




Those who stayed behind


Meanwhile, the mining robot had fired up its drill, and with some help shuffling dirt and rock away from its wake it was making good progress into the closed-off section of the mine. The machine was making quite a ruckus, but luckily the Matoran could be reasonably certain that no Dark Hunters would really be waiting for them on the other side of the mound of soil. Their deception had worked, and they were left to work in peace. If they had any second thoughts about releasing the being who claimed to be trapped on the other side, it soon became too late to turn back. Suddenly, the drill bit had a noticeable change in the sound it emitted as it spun, and a moment later the robot burst through the opposite end of the caved-in tunnel. It kept running into the darkness for a few seconds before its operator could catch up to it and switch it off.

The newly dug tunnel was no more than a few meters in length, but from the tightly packed material all around it was clear that it would have been impossible to clear out by hand; at least for Matoran deprived of their tools, or other beings deprived of their powers. While digging, Branch E by itself had seemed unremarkable: just another rock tunnel in a mine that was entirely made of rock tunnels. However, scattered across the floor near the cave-in laid twisted metal fragments belonging to some destroyed mechanism fixed into the wall. A broken lever handle had ended up next to a cracked sign, which read "VENT" in Matoran. A barrel-sided tank stood fitted into a slot in the wall near the broken mechanism, connected with a single pipe running out of a pressure valve on top of it.

Multiple pipes protruded from a section of the wall and ran along it into the passage ahead. One of the pipes were broken, and the frayed end showed signs of corrosion. The rest of the mechanical parts were buried under rocks and sand, making it impossible to tell the full extent of the damage it had suffered. Though nothing was leaking from the broken pipe anymore, the air around it smelled stale and faintly rotten, just enough to be unpleasant.

A single minecart track ran down the middle of the tunnel. A toppled cart rested just a few meters ahead, with its wheels still so close to the rail that it was almost in contact with it. Many dents marred the bottom of the solid metal cart, though it seemed otherwise undamaged.

Though not much could be divined beyond the range of the lightstone, it was clear that great care had gone into carving out this particular passage. Like the main road into Parau Koro, the floor was smooth, and the tunnel was comfortably sized even for larger beings. At the very edge of the darkness that enveloped the path ahead, signs of scaffolding could be seen running all the way to the roof. Abandoned the branch may be, but it was clear that the miners had been planning a larger project before they left.

Two pinprick lights, lime-green in color, flashed in the darkness ahead, then turned and moved out of sight at great speed. A small Rahi, it would seem.


What do you do?
* The pipes, the tank, and the lever all belong to the broken "VENT" mechanism.
* Something smells unpleasant near the broken pipe.
* No sign of the Makuta or his dwelling, though there are some critters around. They must have gotten in somehow.
* The minecart should still be useable, though it will noisy.

Tameku
player, 140 posts
Bo-Matoran
Sat 2 Feb 2019
at 17:59
  • msg #474

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"I gather it's not normal to cover the lanterns while working down here?", Tameku asked one of the Onu-Matoran. "Or is there any reason one would under normal circumstances?"

Getting a feeling that this was the best opportunity to grab some equipment he might find useful later on, Tameku turned to the tools and picked up a hammer and chisel. (Can I assume that the hammers mentioned would be of a size used together with a chisel and that chisels would also lie around?)

He also searched for a crowbar or something such since he wasn't comfortable with a heavy pickaxe.

Skills used: Observation
Tameku rolled 7 using 2d6, keeping the highest dice only with rolls of 6,6.  Searching for crowbar-like item.


At the same time Tameku tried to make out how many beings might be digging up ahead from the sets of digging noises he heard.

Tameku rolled 5 using 1d6 with rolls of 5.  Listening to digging noises.
Game Master
GM, 218 posts
Sat 2 Feb 2019
at 18:23
  • msg #475

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku
Yes, these tools are available to you. Multiple hammers and chisels are present, though only a couple of crowbars. One chisel is made of good quality protosteel. The first crowbar you find is stuck into a crate which turns out to contain a mining helmet sitting on top of the ore as well.

The noises sound like two picks working rhythmically, pausing occasionally for some scratching, before the picks start again.

Tameku
player, 141 posts
Bo-Matoran
Sat 2 Feb 2019
at 18:35
  • msg #476

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku grabbed a small hammer and the protosteel chisel and put them in his satchel. Seeing the mining helmet, he decided that this piece of equipment couldn't hurt either, placing it on his head. He then grabbed a medium sized crowbar.

"If I'm not mistaken I hear two picks.", he told the others, "How many Matoran went with the Turaga again?"
Game Master
GM, 219 posts
Sat 2 Feb 2019
at 19:09
  • msg #477

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"We always have three in each group, like ourselves. The ones we are looking for were supposed to draw the lifeline and survey the situation, then call in the rest of us to help. We know one worker was caught in the tremor, however, and that's why the Turaga insisted on going with them. Best case scenario: they found him already and are busy digging him out."

"Odd that they wouldn't come back up after the cable snapped, however. This doesn't add up."
Lutorian
player, 69 posts
Le-Matoran
Sat 2 Feb 2019
at 19:40
  • msg #478

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu


Spoiler text: (Highlight or hover over the text to view)
I'm a little unclear if there are any Onu Matoran with me, and I assume Velike is with me as well



I chance-guess you wouldn't know anything about these kinds of machines, would you? Lutorian asked Velike while crouching down to briefly look at the broken machine up close.

Then his attention turned to the minecart, inspecting if it had any way to move on its own.
Game Master
GM, 220 posts
Sat 2 Feb 2019
at 20:05
  • msg #479

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Lutorian
There are three Onu-Matoran, and they all went the other way. You are free to do as you wish without them interfering (or helping, for that matter).

The cart is not self-powered, but could be pushed along the tracks easily enough as long as it's not too heavily loaded. You also recall that the robot you brought with you has an attachment point for minecarts, should you wish to go with engine power rather than manual labor.

This message was last edited by the GM at 20:05, Sat 02 Feb 2019.
Velike
player, 112 posts
Ta-Matoran
Sat 2 Feb 2019
at 21:11
  • msg #480

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Lutorian (msg # 478):

"Unfortunately not." Veloke replied, also giving the machines a look over.

"While I have realized in some areas those of my island had created... Advancements in tech compared to that which I have seen so far, that was mainly in terms of... power. And I was far from the intelligence of one of those involved in such crafts. Even with that we were still much, much more... archaic in comparison." Velike replied with a small frown as he gazed across the damage.

"Though I do believe we should be able to find some way to hook up the mining robot to this cart. It seems operable still, and it should help in decreasing the time of both heading towards, and returning from our task." Velike replied as he turned to the cart, giving it a quizzical look, and muttering, "Perhaps with a length of tile both could be hooked together?"
Lutorian
player, 70 posts
Le-Matoran
Sat 2 Feb 2019
at 23:10
  • msg #481

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Velike (msg # 480):

"Happy-plan, no need to be hidden-quiet," Lutorian said with a nod, then moving to the mining bot to move it onto the track in front of the fallen cart.
Tameku
player, 142 posts
Bo-Matoran
Sun 3 Feb 2019
at 11:49
  • msg #482

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Alright then", Tameku said, adjusting the helmet on his head, "I suppose there's nothing else to do than follow the noises. It might perhaps be best to shield the glow of our lightstones from whoever is up ahead so that we see them before they notice us."
Game Master
GM, 222 posts
Mon 4 Feb 2019
at 07:33
  • msg #483

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Placing the minecart back on its tracks turned out to be an easy job for two Matoran, and maneuvering the mining robot likewise took little effort. In the absence of a proper hook, a piece of scrap like Velike had suggested turned out to do the job just fine. Though they knew the trip would be noisy, it seemed like the most time-efficient solution, and likely the safest one as well.

A glance at the robot's energy cell told them it had at least three quarters of its fuel remaining.


Lutorian, Velike
If you ride the minecart, you'll leave Tameku and Darren an as-of-yet unknown distance behind you. If you're fine with that, I'll give you the next area description. If not, feel free to turn back or delay to do other stuff.

Darren
player, 54 posts
Ta-Matoran
Mon 4 Feb 2019
at 19:08
  • msg #484

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

On the way down Darren had happily followed along, acting like his normal self and doing his best to lighten the mood. However as they neared the deeper and less refined portions of the mine, Darren began to pay more attention and quietly pulled out his mace, holding it loosely in both hands. Upon Tameku’s suggestion Darren quietly piped up, making himself heard but avoiding making excess noise. “We should be wary as we progress. These tunnels have a lot of places not easily visible from some angles, and a trap here would be easy to set and harder to escape.” He falls silent for a moment, bringing a hand to his chin in thought. “We should travel small segments at a time, sending someone out to scout out the next segment before the rest of us follow. I would volunteer... but my armor isn’t the best for such tasks.” He chuckles quietly, not entirely succeeding in hiding his uneasiness.
Tameku
player, 143 posts
Bo-Matoran
Mon 4 Feb 2019
at 19:53
  • msg #485

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Darren has a point", Tameku said. "You can see better in the dark than we can - would one of you volunteer to scout out the situation?", he asked the three Onu-Matoran.
Game Master
GM, 223 posts
Mon 4 Feb 2019
at 20:51
  • msg #486

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"I agree, we are also more familiar with the common layout of these sites," said Arden, and peered into the darkness whilst counting the number of chambers he could see. "Three chambers, other than the one I believe the sound is coming from. We could check one each, but perhaps it's better to move as a single group."

He looked back at Tameku, then Darren, as the latter looked to him like a more experienced soldier. "Where do you think we should start: The furthest chambers, or the one closest to the noise?" he asked.


Tameku, Darren
Four chambers, arranged kinda like the fingers on a hand. Past the middle one is where the sounds are coming from. Tell the Onu-Matoran where to go/what search pattern to follow and they will do so.

Lutorian
player, 71 posts
Le-Matoran
Mon 4 Feb 2019
at 21:46
  • msg #487

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 483):

I choose to continue.
This message was last edited by the player at 21:48, Mon 04 Feb 2019.
Tameku
player, 144 posts
Bo-Matoran
Tue 5 Feb 2019
at 09:27
  • msg #488

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"What is located in those chambers?", Tameku asked, "Are they just digging sites or is there anything else of importance in any of them?"
Game Master
GM, 224 posts
Tue 5 Feb 2019
at 11:25
  • msg #489

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu


Tameku, Darren

"Only dig sites, as far as I know. Shouldn't be any other projects going on here at the moment," came the reply.



Lutorian, Velike

With a flick of its main control lever, the mining robot stirred to life once more and began pulling the cart down the railway at a brisk pace. As they passed the scaffolding, the two Matoran could see that beyond the gate-like structure there was another collapsed section, this one looking like an elevator shaft going upwards.

Dirt and rock and fallen and piled up along the walls of the tunnel as well, but despite narrowing the passage it had luckily not obstructed the tracks any more than the robot could manage to brush past.

About a minute later, a dim light appeared in the distance, and soon enough it grew close enough to tell that the tunnel from here on out was lined with pale lightstones. In their glow, more pipes could be seen running along the walls and ceiling, with more devices reading 'VENT' fastened to the wall at regular intervals. Unlike the one at the entrance, these ones were intact, yet the unpleasant smell from before lingered near some of the devices still.

Some of the metal was covered in vines and other plants that somehow managed to thrive this deep underground. Occassionally a small Rahi could be spotted fleeing the noise and light coming from the minecart - several Gafna and small insects among them.

After several minutes riding the cart, Lutorian and Velike reached their destination. The glow from the lightstones intensified as the tunnel opened up into a great and circular cavern, one with a ceiling so high it could barely be seen. Sticking out of the rock were large deposits of lightstones in blue and purple hues, which served to brighten the cave and provided enough light to see clearly at ground level.



The tracks ended abruptly. The robot went off the end onto a more rugged surface, and stopped moving on its own as it encountered an unexpected shift in terrain. Building materials were piled up off to the side of the track: a project long unfinished. Just a little bit beyond the end of the track, a cliff dropped down at least fifteen meters onto a cave floor covered in powdery white sand. It was obvious from the layout that a bridge was meant to pass above cavern's floor below, but all that remained of it was a few support beams still bolted into the bedrock.

The circular cavern had a spiraling staircase going down from the tunnel in one big half-circle towards the floor, and its steps had a smooth brick pattern expertly chiseled into them by some rock carver's hand. The staircase was lit by lanterns fixed with pale lightstones as well, these ones cut evenly, and polished.

The rest of the cavern - as beautiful as it was with its natural light - was a mess. Cracks and scorch marks covered the bottom of the area, while crushed stones and broken metal fragments were spread out in uneven spots. The empty armors of several Nui-Jaga, long dead and gone, had collapsed in the dust, and the powder sand had been kicked up so that it covered the remains in white stains. Scavenger Rahi had picked them dry. Discarded metal cylinders, red in color, were also visible, partially covered by dust as well.

Near the bottom of the staircase, not too far from its final step, there was an opening on the left-hand side of the cavern, lit by two more lanterns. One of them, however, was broken, and its lightstone shattered across the floor.

A glimmer of blue lights in motion, accompanied by a strident sound, revealed a still living cave scorpion down below. In the darkness it could have been mistaken for a set of lightstones as well, but in this bright light the movement made it easy to spot. The predatory Rahi had nabbed itself a snack - an unfortunate Gafna that was about to become its meal.

While taking in the sight, the Ta- and Le-Matoran each felt a familiar voice in their heads.

Go through the gate, and you will find me; but be careful. Rahi roam this forgotten place.

Then it was gone again.


What do you do?


15 meters = about 50 feet, for the record.
The cavern is quiet, but there are signs of a battle in the past. There are living Rahi around.

This message was last edited by the GM at 11:49, Tue 05 Feb 2019.
Tameku
player, 145 posts
Bo-Matoran
Tue 5 Feb 2019
at 14:52
  • msg #490

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku shrugged. "Well, I guess it can't hurt to check the other chambers first. On the other hand if we're seeing ghosts and there's nothing up ahead other than the Turaga's rescue team they might well be in need of our help to dig out the lost miner."

"What do you think, Darren?"
Velike
player, 113 posts
Ta-Matoran
Tue 5 Feb 2019
at 18:29
  • msg #491

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 489):

"Be wary as we proceed, Lutorian." Velike called after the Makuta finished speaking.

"I will endeavor to keep you as safe as possible from any rahi that may approach us." He said as he hopped out of the cart, and readied his spear.
Darren
player, 55 posts
Ta-Matoran
Tue 5 Feb 2019
at 21:03
  • msg #492

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Darren thought for a moment. “We should definitely stick as a group, first of all, and whether we check the other chambers depends on how much time we have to spare. Although it’s unlikely, there may be enemies waiting in there to ambush us or trap us, but I’m not sure the type of danger the Turaga may be or what exactly is making that sound. Personally I would forge ahead, but both choices have up and down sides
Tameku
player, 146 posts
Bo-Matoran
Tue 5 Feb 2019
at 21:46
  • msg #493

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Then let's throw a quick glance into every chamber just to make sure and then follow the noises", Tameku declared.
Lutorian
player, 72 posts
Le-Matoran
Wed 6 Feb 2019
at 02:01
  • msg #494

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 489):

Lutorian took in the cavern before him, visibly impressed by the cavern's size,
"Could the Onu-Matoran even tunnel-dig such a large room?" He said, not entirely expecting an answer.


"Happy thanks" Lutorian responded to Velike, "let's try to quiet-sneak into the next tunnel, be careful, Nui-Rama are rapid-quick to strike, I know from... past experience..."
Darren
player, 56 posts
Ta-Matoran
Wed 6 Feb 2019
at 02:36
  • msg #495

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Darren nods. “A quick look is better than nothing I suppose. That sounds like a solid plan.”
Tameku
player, 147 posts
Bo-Matoran
Wed 6 Feb 2019
at 10:10
  • msg #496

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Throwing a glance in each of the three supposedly empty chambers:

No skills used due to darkness:

Chamber 1:
Tameku rolled 4 using 1d6 with rolls of 4.  Look into chamber.

Chamber 2:
Tameku rolled 5 using 1d6 with rolls of 5.


Chamber 3:
Tameku rolled 4 using 1d6 with rolls of 4.
This message was last edited by the player at 10:11, Wed 06 Feb 2019.
Game Master
GM, 225 posts
Wed 6 Feb 2019
at 12:16
  • msg #497

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu


Darren, Tameku

The Onu-Matoran moved carefully across the dig site, each of them scouting a bit ahead before the rest of the group followed, as Darren had instructed. The first two chambers had nothing in them they hadn't already seen, but the third had a pool of stagnant water covering the inner half of the cave. "Pocket of ground water," explained one of the miners in a whisper, but hushed himself when the noises coming from the final chamber suddenly ceased.

Next to the pool, there was evidence of a recent encampment: An empty carrying sack, and remains of food. Across the pool there was a crack in the wall, through which a flash of light could be spotted as it swept past the opening. It looked like it could be coming from some sort of lantern.

"--don't understand," came a muffled female voice. "You said the deepest cavern. This is the deepest we can go, Turaga!"

"He's lying. Lying to waste our time," said a deeper, more gruff voice. This one was male, and had a twinge of distortion in it. It rose in volume as the being it belonged to stepped past the crack as well, as if pacing in circles. He was big, burly, and sounded angry.

"I'm not," said a third voice, elderly, calm and patient. "This is not the deepest cavern I meant."

"Shut up," said the first. "First you give us a cryptic direction, then you send us looking for a non-existent tunnel, and on our way back we spot you going down this dead-end road for a reason you refuse to explain to us. You're not fooling us, Turaga, we know what you came here for. This is the deepest mine you have. If the artifact's not here, that means you've been letting us dig in vain. We don't enjoy being sabotaged like this."

"If we break a Matoran he'll talk," said the burly one, without a hint of emotion. As he said it, however, a few different voices that had been silent until now gasped in horror.


What do you do?



Tameku's dice rolls: All successful. There are no threats in the other chambers of the mine, guaranteed.
  • A crack in the wall allows you to see light and hear voices from the last chamber. Getting closer means wading through the water, however.
  • There is a Nektann sitting in this cave. Hard to tell if it's active or not at first glance, but it's not looking directly at you, at least.
  • There are two unknown beings in the last chamber. Sounds like they are threatening the Turaga and some Matoran.

Tameku
player, 148 posts
Bo-Matoran
Wed 6 Feb 2019
at 14:58
  • msg #498

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Say, do you have explosives of some sort in that storage area we passed on our way here?", Tameku whispered to one of the Onu-Matoran. "Currently it sems like they're still just throwing around threats, so I'd like to take all the time we have to prepare for any potential outcome of this situation."
Game Master
GM, 227 posts
Thu 7 Feb 2019
at 14:54
  • msg #499

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Yes, we have Cabolo Sticks, an invention of our Ta-Matoran with too much time on their hands... though only a few leftovers. They should be in a small crate in the center of the main chamber, padded with leaves and cloth to prevent them from bursting."

Widrua piped up in a harsh whisper, sounding stressed. "Be extremely careful with them. Like the ripe fruit they are made from, they explode if you give them a solid tap! You're likely to send us - or the Turaga - to blazes if you don't know what you're doing."



15:43, Today: Game Master rolled 5 using 1d6.  Decide presence of blasting equipment.
15:44, Today: Game Master rolled 3 using 1d6.  Decide explosive count.
I did not have any such things listed, but I decided that it was a reasonable thing to use in such a deep mine.

There are 3 blasting sticks made from concentrated Madu Cabolo extract funneled into dry bamboo tubes. They are roughly as powerful as Cordak rockets, and very volatile. They explode if struck by sufficient force, such as a hammer or thrown disk, and are therefore unsuited as ammunition.

Tameku
player, 149 posts
Bo-Matoran
Thu 7 Feb 2019
at 15:35
  • msg #500

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Don't worry, I don't plan to use them - but seeing them in our hands along with a few threats to bring the ceiling down might make the Dark Hunters inclined to talk to us instead of attacking", Tameku whispered back. "Although, come to think of it, some empty bamboo tubes that only look like explosives but aren't actually ones might be safer? Do you have something like that, too?", He asked hopefully.

If there exist empty fake sticks Tameku will send the Onu-Matoran to get three of those, otherwise he'll send the Matoran to get the real explosives.
Velike
player, 114 posts
Ta-Matoran
Fri 8 Feb 2019
at 19:36
  • msg #501

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Lutorian (msg # 494):
"I shall take your word, and pray we keep any... encounters with them postponed to a much farther off, future date." Velike replied before beginning to warily 'stalk' towards the gate, his spear held at ready, and stance tensed in preparation for trouble.

Velike rolled 6 using 2d6, keeping the highest dice only with rolls of 4,6. Attempting to keep his steps at least a tad... 'stealthier' than usual.
(Assuming that saying his survival skills, while mainly just basic survival based (I.e. Setting up camp, identifying basic 'consumables', etc), could also include at least some basic 'stealth training' (I.e. At least knowing how to keep your steps quieter than most in more... 'wild environments'.) Though if not that's alright, and I'll just take the 4 instead.)
Lutorian
player, 74 posts
Le-Matoran
Sat 9 Feb 2019
at 21:29
  • msg #502

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Lutorian nodded at Velike, “Lead the way fire-spitter, if this Jaga-beast notices us I want you to run ahead ever-quick, I can throw my Kanoka at it to buy some time... Best to only fight if we need to.” Cautioned Lutorian, trying to make himself sound as noble as Velike had sounded when they got off the cart.

Lutorian rolled 6 using 3d6, keeping the highest dice only ((6,6,2))
Using light-foot and agile skills.
Game Master
GM, 228 posts
Sun 10 Feb 2019
at 13:41
  • msg #503

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu


Darren, Tameku

The Onu-Matoran slipped away and soon returned with 3 Cabolo sticks held carefully in his hands. "These were all I could find," he explained. Meanwhile, the beings in the neighboring chamber had started talking again.

"I should be anywhere other than in this depressing cave" grumbled the largest one, clearly annoyed. Suddenly, metal clanged violently against metal, and an object that sounded all too much like a mask made clinking noises as it skipped across the floor. A distressed yelp from a Matoran was followed by several protests from what sounded like three others. "Last warning," continued the burly being, "lead us to the artifact or you will all regret it."

"I agree," said the other. "We don't have time for this, and stress makes me cranky. I sure would enjoy an excuse for taking it out on someone..."

What do you do?



Lutorian, Velike

The cave scorpion struck once and hard, and the Gafna in its grip fell silent. The predator was merciless towards its prey, but at least its instincts did not lead it to be cruel. Velike watched it drag its meal off to the side of the chamber to devour it. The sand beneath his feet allowed him to move quietly, and even though the bright light all around made the Ta-Matoran highly visible, he could likewise tell that no other Rahi was currently stalking him.

Lutorian quickly caught up, and compared to Velike's careful approach he seemed to find it much easier to move both swiftly and silently at the same time. As they made their way closer, it became obvious that although the scorpion had not paid the Matoran any notice yet, its head was pointing somewhat in the direction of the gate they wished to reach. The opening was large, twice as tall as either of them, and the passage partially blocked by a solid metal double door - this one also marred by scrapes and scorch marks - standing ever so slightly ajar. It looked heavy.

Though damaged and hard to read, the door's design was still visible. It bore a pattern resembling the Matoran symbol for Earth along its lower edge, on its face it had a design resembling a Toa standing on a rock while lifting the circular symbol of Creation above its head, and around the figure there were woven patterns representing the element of Iron.

The scattered Nui-Jaga armor and other debris in the cavern could conceal the two Matoran's approach until the final stretch before the door. Velike realized that if he moved any closer the Rahi would likely spot him, and thus the question was: Should he chance it? Lutorian, with his agility, reckoned he could possibly get there before the Rahi had time to react, but then the question remained of if the door would be too heavy to push open in time to escape.

What do you do?


Tameku
No leftover bamboo, sorry.

Velike
I think Survival would apply to things like moving against the wind to avoid Rahi smelling you and such, but it's hard to say if it factors in here. The more details I get from you the easier it is to judge it correctly, but I'll use the 6 for now since you are in a good position. You are able to move without the scorpion noticing you for now, and you have some cover to keep doing so.

Lutorian
Using the skill works out well for you, but note that "light-foot and agile" is actually only one skill (from Le-Matoran element) despite being very broad, so I'll treat the result as 6 rather than the 7 it'd be otherwise.

The only question is where you are going. :)

Tameku
player, 150 posts
Bo-Matoran
Sun 10 Feb 2019
at 17:30
  • msg #504

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku hesitated briefly, then took the Cabolo sticks, handing one to Darren, one to Widrua, and keeping the last one himself.

"Alright", he whispered, "This is the plan: The three of us will enter the cave and we will threaten to bring down the ceiling with the Cabolo sticks. Make sure to stand as far apart from each other as possible so that the Dark Hunters can't disarm us all at the same time. Best also leave the initial talking to me. Oh, and whatever you do - don't actually bring the ceiling down on us.
"You two should best stay back here", he told the other two Onu-Matoran, "Warn us if anyone should approach from the way we came."

"Did I forget anything, Darren?"

Tameku considered for a moment, then bent down and picked up the empty carrying sack lying on the floor. Could never hurt to have one. Having to hold the cabolo stick in one hand he decided to leave the crowbar and carefully placed it on the floor.
Lutorian
player, 75 posts
Le-Matoran
Mon 11 Feb 2019
at 07:08
  • msg #505

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Lutorian stopped his progress, analyzing the gates, whatever had tried to get in had a hard time getting through it, but it was opened now, and that gave him a thought, “Fire-spitter” he whispered, “The gates look like they’ve taken ever-hard beatings, I doubt a Jaga could break through it, if there’s a way to lock it from the other side ever-quiet... or rapid-quick, we could get it closed before the Jaga gets to it.”
The Le Matoran explained while pointing to the opening in the gate.


Then moved to examine the Jaga, if it had not been looking in this direction, it would be a simple matter of silently moving to the gate.
“Chance-think we could distract it? Or should we just quick-run in and try close the door as fast as we can. Lutorian asked his red friend. For Velike’s sake, he’d rather be smart about the situation rather than his usual fast to act style.
Velike
player, 115 posts
Ta-Matoran
Mon 11 Feb 2019
at 17:39
  • msg #506

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Tameku (msg # 504):

"I believe it would be best to take a more... cautious route." Velike replied.

"While I may be able to hold such a beast off for a time, I do not know if I could stand against it long enough to allow for your escape." He continued, glancing across the room.

"I agree with the idea of a distraction, rather than risk being seen while sneaking through. You attempt to sneak as close to the door as possible  without being seen, and I shall provide the distraction while you slip through, and attempt to find any mechanisms for keeping it shut once I can follow."
Lutorian
player, 76 posts
Le-Matoran
Tue 12 Feb 2019
at 04:31
  • msg #507

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Lutorian nodded in agreement, and began towards the door, trying to move quickly and quietly.

Lutorian rolled 6 using 2d6, keeping the highest dice only ((6,4))
Game Master
GM, 229 posts
Tue 12 Feb 2019
at 19:02
  • msg #508

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu


Tameku, Darren

"It's risky," said Widrua. "They may not want to cause any explosions themselves, but if they think we're bluffing, like you also suggested..." He let the rest of the sentence hang meaningfully in the air. Another yelp from the other chamber, this one from a different Matoran, shook him out of his hesitation. "Ah, Mata Nui," the miner muttered, "sounds like we don't have time for another plan. Let's go."

Widrua started to move alongside Tameku, and pointed at the Nektann sentry robot still standing motionless in the darkness. The two other Onu-Matoran followed the gesture knowingly. 'Watch that thing,' he mouthed, now too far away to speak with them without others hearing.

The trio could move on, knowing that someone was watching their back for now.




Lutorian, Velike

The Le-Matoran moved expertly across the sandy floor, and avoided disturbing any of the metal pieces on his way to the metal door. Luckily for him, the lone Pura-Jaga was too enthralled by its meal to spot him. As soon as Lutorian reached the door, however, he noticed the Rahi finishing its meal. It dropped the remaining pieces of armor and stuck its face closer to it, seemingly sniffing for any scraps that might be left over. In a few seconds, it would be on the prowl again.

The door was large and looked quite heavy, but the hinges weren't rusty and had escaped the worst of the damage done to the rest of the cave. It looked like a Matoran could manage to get it open with a little bit of effort. In the gap where the door stood ajar, Lutorian could see a large cogwheel - perhaps from a mechanism on the inside? - lying on the floor, blocking it from being shut completely.

Meanwhile Velike had stayed behind in the midst of the powdery white floor, ready to assist his ally.


Tameku
I guess Darren is not objecting to the plan. I'll give him till tomorrow to reply. If not I'll give you something to work with when you keep going.

Lutorian
You've reached the door without incident, and you have an opportunity to go through it without the Jaga reaching you. If you choose to do so, lose 1 Physical HP from the strain of pushing it open alone, or 2 HP if you wish to do it quickly. Reminder (since it's been a while): Physical HP is restored by resting for a period of time, and fatigue like this is separate from wounds (Combat HP).

Velike
The stage is yours, so to speak. What is your plan?

Trivia: 'Pura' is Maori for "shine, gleam" and also "blindness". Fitting for a silver-armored Rahi with glowing spots, I feel.

This message was last edited by the GM at 19:02, Tue 12 Feb 2019.
Tameku
player, 151 posts
Bo-Matoran
Tue 12 Feb 2019
at 19:45
  • msg #509

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

I'd like to continue myself first - will wait until tomorrow for Darren, though
Game Master
GM, 230 posts
Tue 12 Feb 2019
at 20:40
  • msg #510

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Alright, that is noted. :)
Darren
player, 58 posts
Ta-Matoran
Wed 13 Feb 2019
at 05:35
  • msg #511

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Upon Tameku attempting to hand him the explosive stick Darren hands it back. “It may be the best plan we have, but I feel more comfortable with my mace in both hands than one of these explosives. Besides, it wouldn’t hurt to have one of us being able to fight right away should they decide we’re bluffing.”
Tameku
player, 152 posts
Bo-Matoran
Wed 13 Feb 2019
at 14:47
  • msg #512

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku rolled his eyes as he took the Cabolo stick back from Darren. "If they decide to fight, we'll all end up as smears on the wall. They're Dark Hunters, we are just Matoran. Talking is our only chance. And they'll only talk if we make them believe that it's a bad decision to hurt us. But do what you think is best - we've no more time to loose."

With that Tameku stepped into the chamber occupied by the Turaga, Matoran and - unfortunately - Dark Hunters.

"Alright, stop right there!", Tameku called, raising his two Cabolo sticks, "What I have here are Cabolo Sticks. If you're not familiar with local plantlife - I've been told these things go off like Cordak rockets and are very sensitive to concussion. So unless you want to be buried under several tons of rock you better keep your hands where I can see them and leave the Turaga and his companions alone!"

Skills used: Persuasiveness, Knowledge of how to deal with different species
Tameku rolled 5 using 3d6, keeping the highest dice only with rolls of 5,5,1.  Theatening Dark Hunters
.
Velike
player, 116 posts
Ta-Matoran
Thu 14 Feb 2019
at 15:05
  • msg #513

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 508):

As Velike saw Lutorian reach the door, and subsequently an area of safety, he began to quickly, and quietly search for, and gather any of the smaller pieces of metal he could reach without alerting the beast.

Searching for as many pieces of debris large enough to hide his form as he did.

Velike rolled 4 using 1d6 with rolls of 4.  Searching for throwable debris.
Velike rolled 2 using 1d6 with rolls of 2.  Searching for 'hiding spots'.
(Don't know if both of these were really necessary, but I figured it'd be best to have them rather than not.)
Lutorian
player, 77 posts
Le-Matoran
Fri 15 Feb 2019
at 06:00
  • msg #514

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Reaching the door and quickly scanning it, Lutorian gestured to Velike, his hands spread flat, he rotated them from the wrist till his fingers pointed each other, imitating a closing set of doors, and shook his head.
Game Master
GM, 232 posts
Fri 15 Feb 2019
at 13:50
  • msg #515

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In the mine

When Tameku and Darren entered the room with Widrua in tow, they were met with a busy scene.

In the center of the chamber, next to a half-dug pit, two Onu-Matoran on the ground - both of them missing their masks - looked like they were trying to crawl away from the largest of the two beings antagonizing them. A brute with four equally sized arms and dark blue armor dominated the view by virtue of his sheer bulk. He looked slightly taller than a Toa and lurched forwards to avoid scraping against the low ceiling of the cave. The burly being carried no forged weapons that they could see, but one of his lower arms held onto the end of a severed lifeline cable connected like a leash around the waist of Turaga Zuhras standing next to him. The Turaga looked unharmed, but also defenseless against his captors.

Behind the four-armed being stood a lean-looking woman. With her body clad in black and brown armor, her exact shape was hard to make out against the light of the lantern, but it looked bottom-heavy thanks to a pair of powerful, oddly-jointed legs adorned with large claws. Likewise her arms ended in similar claws that may very well have been made for digging, and her narrow face completed the impression of an Archives Mole standing upright. In her left hand she held a hooded lantern with a yellow lightstone inside, hooked on her upwards-pointing claws.

Finally, the three Matoran became aware of something moving next to them. In the corner close to the opening they had entered from, two more Onu-Matoran sat still and frightened. One was covered in dust and showed signs of having been severely smashed up sometime recently; the other looked unharmed but met their gaze with a look that conveyed a glimmer of desperation. Widrua nodded silently to him, and the miner visibly relaxed.

The moment Tameku loudly announced their presence, everyone froze, and every eye in the chamber turned towards the three members of the rescue party. A look of bewilderment swept across the face of the dark blue being, but it immediately turned into a scowl. "Oh look, more foolhardy Matoran, here to save the Turaga," he said boisterously with his distorted voice, at the same time as he cast a nervous glance at the explosives they were carrying. In a more dangerous tone, he continued: "If you know what's good for you, you will turn around and leave, right now. You can't possibly think this a good plan?"

"Don't run!" came the voice of the Turaga, directed at Darren, Tameku, and Widrua. Despite the danger, he seemed alert and willing to stand up for himself. "Keep them cornered!"

"Shut up." The mole-like being with the lantern slowly slipped into a lower, more predatory stance, and set the light down on the ground as she did so. The yellow glare reflected in her red eyes made them appear like hot embers. There was a dangerous look in those eyes, though if she was feeling agitated the female hid her outward emotional state far better than her companion. "I assume you know that we are Dark Hunters," she said, staring straight at Tameku. "You can't stop us. We have hostages. Your only bargaining chip is the life of everyone present - the ones you came here to save. You wouldn't dare." Her eyes shifted to Darren, noticing his lack of a Cabolo stick. "You look prepared for a real battle. It will be futile, but at least you had a realistic plan in mind. Frostbite, take him down first. I'll keep the others in check."

"A scuffle may set off the explosives," objected Frostbite, with a reluctant slant to his voice. "They are real. I saw them among the mining equipment on the way in."

"Just freeze them all, then," sighed the mole, but it was clear neither of the two were entirely certain of their chances.


What do you do?


Tameku
Success, Dark Hunters each lose 2 Social hit points (1 Defense). Frostbite (the burly one) looks a bit more concerned about your reckless behavior than the lean one. Perhaps you could convince them that you are willing to go through with the plan, or trade something they want for the hostages.   

14:58, Today: Game Master, for the NPC Dark Hunters, rolled 4 using 2d6, keeping the highest dice only with rolls of 4,3.  Responding to Tameku's threat (skill: Dark Hunter viciousness).
Degree of Success is 2, minus Tameku's 2 Def: No effect.

Darren
If a fight breaks out, it seems likely that Frostbite will be gunning for you. With your well-rounded combat skills and choice of equipment, you could possibly deal with an unarmed fighter like him... as long as you manage to avoid whatever freezing ability they are talking about. Since you are not holding any explosives, you are more free to act than the others.

This message was last edited by the GM at 14:02, Fri 15 Feb 2019.
Game Master
GM, 233 posts
Fri 15 Feb 2019
at 13:53
  • msg #516

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu


In the abandoned cavern

While Lutorian was checking out the large door, Velike scrounged for parts small enough to carry by hand. He found several among the finer motor functions of the dead Nui-Jaga, and a few broken armor pieces from their shells. The Ta-Matoran found that he could fit a few in his hand, or possibly scoop up a whole pile of them in his arms.

When it came to looking for cover, however, there was little to be found. While Nui-Jaga were large, they were not all that tall, and lying down flat like these remains were they did not provide enough cover to hide a brightly colored Matoran very well.

The Pura-Jaga had begun searching around again now, once more emitting a chittering noise as it moved. The silver scorpion's legs moved easily across the soft sand, hitting the harder surface below with just enough force to make a tap-tap-tap sound which gave away its location. Still not very well hidden behind a pile of debris, Velike saw the Rahi walk to a spot midway between himself and the door, and just when it looked like it was about to turn in his direction, its body suddenly stiffened and it turned the opposite way instead.

The scorpion had spotted Lutorian standing by the door, clearly exposed in the light from the crystals growing inside the cavern. After a brief moment's pause, it began moving towards the Le-Matoran with determined steps.


What do you do?


Velike
You have several metal parts handy, but no debris that is tall enough to conceal you. The Pura-Jaga is moving towards Lutorian with its back turned to you.

Lutorian
Incoming Pura-Jaga! It has spotted you, but it is not charging wildly. Not yet, at least... It will reach you all too soon.

This message was last edited by the GM at 13:54, Fri 15 Feb 2019.
Velike
player, 117 posts
Ta-Matoran
Fri 15 Feb 2019
at 18:01
  • msg #517

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 516):

"By Time's eye-!" Velike cursed as he saw both Lutorian motioning that shutting the door was a no go, or at least going to be rather difficult, and the Pura-Jaga catch sight of him.

He quickly turned whipping a piece of metal towards the beast, aiming at an angle where it would hopefully hit nearby it instead of upon it, alerting it to the noise and not the impact, while also dashing to the side and forward.

Whipping another piece of debris in the opposite angle of the second as he did. Apparently aiming to create a sort of... 'echo' distraction, allowing him to zig, and zag closer while keeping the beast aimed away from him and Lutorian, and towards the noise for as long as possible.

Velike rolled 6 using 1d6 with rolls of 6. Throwing the first piece of debris.
Velike rolled 4 using 1d6 with rolls of 4. Throwing the second
Tameku
player, 153 posts
Bo-Matoran
Fri 15 Feb 2019
at 19:36
  • msg #518

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku did his best to seem absolutely confident in his position. So far the plan was going better than expected - he had a chance to talk with the Dark Hunters and nobody had pulled any weapons at him yet. There were only... sharp claws... and arms that could rip a metal lifeline in half.

He tried not to make his voice shake, reminding himself that he'd been in tougher situations yet, even though he couldn't recall any right now. He'd just have to treat this situation like business. Since he had no more convincing threats ready he decied negotiation was the best course of action, so he gave his best salesman smile a try and ploughed on.

"Please, there's really no need for violence. I'd really rather not kill us all, but I might decide that a quick death for myself might be preferable to whatever you have in mind should you start hurting anyone. As things stand we've reached a stalemate, but I'm sure we can reach an agreement if we talk like civilized people, don't you think?"

Skills used: Persuasiveness, Knowledge of how to deal with different species
Tameku rolled 4 using 3d6, keeping the highest dice only with rolls of 4,1,1.  Calming down situation.

Game Master
GM, 235 posts
Sat 16 Feb 2019
at 16:09
  • msg #519

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu


Abandoned cavern

The first distraction worked well, for the Jaga paused abruptly when it heard the clattering sound, and rotated in its direction while looking very confused. It had moved a few meters when the second noise was heard. This one didn't startle it as much, but still made it affirm its reluctant stance.

Lutorian was saved from having to face it up front for at least a moment. The Pura-Jaga appeared to be stumped trying to decide if to chase the noises or the Le-Matoran it had originally laid eyes on.

Both of the Matoran realized that now was the time to act.



Dark Hunter encounter

Frostbite, big as he was, took a step backwards. At the same time he yanked the cable in his lower hand, forcing the Turaga closer to him. "Crazy Matoran," he rumbled, with frost vapor rolling out of his jaws as he spoke, "Stay back! Disruptor, I can't freeze all of them in one blast. Undermine them instead."

The one called Disruptor shot him an annoyed upwards glance from her position closer to the floor. "Ah yes, loosen up the foundation of the cave and then let the explosives go off, truly a brilliant plan you came up with there." She straightened up from her battle-ready stance, less keen on fighting now that she had realized the potential for disaster. On closer look, this Dark Hunter couldn't possibly be as tall as a Toa; a head shorter, perhaps.

Disruptor let her eyes fall on Tameku once more. "Alright, shorty, no need for any rash actions. If you have something in mind, spit it out. Just make sure not to waste our time. If you do, I'm still willing to call your bluff and rip you to shreds."


Velike
Your distraction has caused an opening. You may get as close as you want to it, or maybe run past it to the door?
Lutorian is no longer being approached by the Jaga either.

Tameku
Dark Hunters both lose 1 Social HP.
Frostbite appears nervous.
Disruptor is willing to parley for now.

17:04, Today: Game Master, for the NPC Dark Hunters, rolled 5 using 2d6, keeping the highest dice only with rolls of 5,5.  Arguing with Tameku (skill: Dark Hunter viciousness).
Roll of 5 = 3 damage, minus 2 def. You lose 1 Social HP.

Lutorian
player, 78 posts
Le-Matoran
Sat 16 Feb 2019
at 16:16
  • msg #520

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

“Not again...” he sighed, Lutorian quickly weighed his options, on one hand he had time to throw his Kanoka at it, but drawing the best closer to the door made everything harder for Velike, but the Rahi was still moving slow, so getting the door open was the best option he could think of, he only wanted to fight the thing if he needed to.
Tameku
player, 154 posts
Bo-Matoran
Sat 16 Feb 2019
at 17:35
  • msg #521

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Let's be completely honest with each other then", Tameku told Disruptor, "What we want is safe return of the Turaga and all of us Matoran to Parau Koro. There must be something that you want, too. I'm suggesting a trade. With terms to be determined here and now.

"By the way - we came here after we heard of a cave-in. Is anyone still missing, Turaga?"

Skills used: Persuasiveness, Knowledge of how to deal with different species
Tameku rolled 4 using 3d6, keeping the highest dice only with rolls of 4,1,1.  Parley with Dark Hunters.

This message was last edited by the player at 17:38, Sat 16 Feb 2019.
Game Master
GM, 236 posts
Mon 18 Feb 2019
at 09:39
  • msg #522

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu


Dark Hunter encounter

"No, our tall guests were helpful enough to pull our worker out of the debris after they arrived here," Turaga Zuhras said, gesturing towards the damaged Matoran in the corner before directing a mischievous glance at the Dark Hunters. Disruptor shot a look back that made the Turaga drop the smug expression and avert his eyes.
"He told us the way to the Earth Artifact was blocked by a collapsed tunnel," she hissed.
"I did not lie," Zuhras retorted, "I merely neglected to tell you that the place we were headed to was not the one you thought it would be."

"Enough of this," rumbled Frostbite, still producing vapor from his mouth as he spoke, and the distortion in his voice was growing greater, signifying some underlying instability in the brute. Still holding the Turaga's metal leash in one arm, he used another to grab Zuhras by the collar and lift him off the ground. "We don't care about any of you. We want the Artifact of Earth. Last chance, Turaga: Bring us to it, and whether its buried or not it better actually be there this time!" he shouted, then turned his head and coughed up a puff of frost particles.

"Ah, naturally we also want safe passage out of here," Disruptor added. "No explosives, no crab riders, no disk launchers. You get the point."


Tameku
The Dark Hunters lose 1 more Social HP. They are making their demands clear at least.

10:33, Today: Game Master, for the NPC Dark Hunters, rolled 4 using 2d6, keeping the highest dice only with rolls of 4,1.  Moving on to making demands (skill: Dark Hunter viciousness).
No effect on Tameku's Social HP.

Lutorian
Both could be good options. Tell me what you decide and make any rolls you feel are needed, or wait for Velike to act first (though you may lose your opening depending on what actions are taken).

This message was last edited by the GM at 09:39, Mon 18 Feb 2019.
Tameku
player, 155 posts
Bo-Matoran
Mon 18 Feb 2019
at 18:32
  • msg #523

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Hm... I remember recently seeing a tunnel that looked like it collapsed quite some time ago", Tameku carefully said, sensing that he had to offer the Dark Hunters a somewhat genuine answer. While he talked he watched Turaga Zuhras to see if he showed any reaction.

"So... how about I'll tell you where it is in exchange for letting us all go?"

Skills used: Persuasiveness, Knowledge of how to deal with different species
Tameku rolled 5 using 3d6, keeping the highest dice only with rolls of 3,1,5.  First offer.

Lutorian
player, 79 posts
Le-Matoran
Tue 19 Feb 2019
at 13:05
  • msg #524

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 522):

I actually meant on opening the door to get me and Velike through.
Game Master
GM, 237 posts
Wed 20 Feb 2019
at 11:10
  • msg #525

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu


Abandoned cavern

Lutorian put all his strength into pushing the heavy door open, aided somewhat by the door's ancient locking mechanism keeping it from slamming shut again from its weight alone. The Le-Matoran could tell that the job would have been much easier if the mechanism was still intact, so that it could engage fully. Thankfully, with Velike distracting the Jaga there was enough time to finish the labor without being interrupted.

As the door slid open, light from the lightstone-filled cavern fell on the area behind it. Lutorian looked into a darker cavern with fewer lightstones present, this one's ceiling a bit lower than the one he came from, with the tips of large stalactites pointing down at him from above. From the doorway, a wide bridge went straight across the cavern, past a T-shaped juncture in the middle, and ended in another double door at the opposite end. This door had the same design as the back of the first, with a complex set of gears arranged across its surface. From where Velike was standing, he was able tell this much as well.

Lutorian's position granted him some further insight into the second cavern's layout. Below the bridge, there was a drop of great distance, followed by muddy ground where an underground river flowed past. On the wall next to the door on the inside, there was a lever connected to its mechanism. The Matoran could gather that if he pulled it, it would shut the door and lock it.

The bridge was free of debris, but hints of white sand and scorch marks near the entrance indicated that whatever battle had gone down in the past had also extended at least partway into this connecting area.

Between the two Matoran, the cave scorpion turned in place, confused and agitated by unfamiliar noises and colors. Having noticed Velike's presence in the cave, it took his attempt at sneaking up on it as a direct threat, and finally arrived at its decision. Lifting its pincers against the Ta-Matoran, it produced a chittering cry and charged!

What do you do?


The bridge is about 15 meters long and 3 meters wide.

Velike
11:58, Today: Game Master rolled 4 using 1d6.  Deciding Jaga target. Odd: Lutorian, even: Velike.
Result: The Pura-Jaga is coming for you, Velike!

Lutorian
Lose 1 Physical HP from pushing the door open. Closing it can be done by releasing the lever on the inside, though it'll still catch on the gear mentioned before unless you move it. Hard to say if the scorpion could squeeze past it, but it seems unlikely.

With the Rahi's back turned to you, it's your turn to have an opening to attack or distract it.

Game Master
GM, 238 posts
Wed 20 Feb 2019
at 11:22
  • msg #526

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu


Dark Hunter encounter

"Deal," Frostbite said. Immediately the Dark Hunter released Zuhras from his strong grip, letting the Turaga drop like a piece of scrap he had lost all interest in. Turaga Zuhras stumbled where he landed, but managed to just barely stay on his feet.

"Come on, are you going to believe some green Matoran that just wants us gone?" Disruptor interjected. "He's not even from this village. I bet you five widgets this will be another dead end. Of course, if it is then it may quickly become a dead end in more ways than one. Am I clear?"

"It is the correct tunnel this time," Zuhras said. His expression was hard to read, but he sounded resolute in comparison to his more dejected tone from earlier.

"I can confirm it is the right one, if you will believe me," Widrua added, the first words he had spoken since the confrontation began.

"It better be, for your sake." The mole-like Dark Hunter gestured for Frostbite, who simply nodded.

The four-armed Dark Hunter bent down and picked up two discarded Matoran pickaxes from near where they had been digging. Frostbite still clutched the lifeline cable in one hand, leaving his lower left free and close to the ground where it could reach a Matoran with ease. "Let's get going already," he grumbled.

"Matoran first, Turaga in the back with us," Disruptor demanded, snatching up the lantern in her claws while getting ready to leave. "We'll pick up a piece of equipment on the way out, so don't go too far ahead."

If she had any concerns about the explosives still threatening the lives of everyone present, she did not voice them.


Tameku
Dark Hunters lose 2 Social HP. Negotiation succeeds. You sense that Frostbite will go along with your suggestions and stick with the current plan.  Disruptor is not convinced, but is coming along anyway as long as she gets to be in charge.

12:13, Today: Game Master, for the NPC Disruptor, rolled 2 using 2d6, keeping the highest dice only with rolls of 1,2.  Directing action (skill: Dark Hunter viciousness).
Still no effect on Lutorian. You have good chances of arguing further.

The "piece of equipment" is likely to be the disabled Nektann. You know two other Onu-Matoran are still hiding out in that chamber.

This message was last edited by the GM at 11:22, Wed 20 Feb 2019.
Tameku
player, 156 posts
Bo-Matoran
Wed 20 Feb 2019
at 14:52
  • msg #527

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"I have one more condition", Tameku said, gesturing at the four Matoran that had been with the Turaga, "These four as well as our two companions waiting outside will be let go immediately. Only Turaga Zuhras, Widrua, Darren and myself will be accompanying you to the tunnel."

Skills used: Persuasiveness, Knowledge of how to deal with different species
Tameku rolled 6 using 3d6, keeping the highest dice only with rolls of 3,6,5.  Making demands.

Lutorian
player, 80 posts
Le-Matoran
Thu 21 Feb 2019
at 06:04
  • msg #528

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 525):

This was no time to look into the new passageway, Lutorian snapped back into the situation he and Velike were in.
Waiting for the Pura-Jaga’s next move, he jumped into action as the Jaga went for the Ta-Matoran, “You’re not done with me yet you ever-ugly Jaga!” Lutorian shouted at the beast, quickly jumping back out into the cavern, he flung his disk with all his might at the Jaga!

Lutorian rolled 6 using 2d6, keeping the highest dice only ((1,6)).

Using skill, throwing disk training.
Game Master
GM, 240 posts
Fri 22 Feb 2019
at 14:13
  • msg #529

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu


Dark Hunters

Disruptor shot her companion a look that said 'no', but Frostbite didn't notice before he replied: "We only need the Turaga anyways."

The mole sighed. "Fine, less people to keep track of; but come back with support and we'll make you regret it."

The uneasy party pushed ahead, and picked up the Matoran waiting outside on the way. Disruptor tinkered with the Nektann for a few moments: The spherical robot came to life with a muted beeping noise, and began following her at a distance of a few paces.

After walking single-file through the entrance tunnel - Frostbite still hunched over to avoid hitting his head on the low ceiling - they reached the spot where Velike and Lutorian had gone their own way. Here, the Onu-Matoran carrying their damaged friend left first, with the others accompanying them for support. Reluctantly, after assurances from the Turaga that everything would be all right, Arden renewed the promise that no guards from Parau Koro would be sent into the mine before the Dark Hunters were gone. Then he was gone too, for the Hunters were already growing impatient.

"Freshly dug," remarked Disruptor suddenly, feeling the edges of the formerly collapsed branch tunnel. She pointed the lantern through the opening and gave an unexpected grin over her shoulder. "Minecart tracks," she told Frostbite.

"The tunnel goes far, then," he said with an understanding nod. "Looks like we're finally getting somewhere."

"I knew you were looking to move the artifact," muttered the clawed Dark Hunter. "You sent someone in your place. Who?" she asked Zuhras. The Turaga looked quizzically at Widrua, but the Onu-Matoran could only shrug. Everyone's eyes fell on the newcomers next.


What do you do?


Tameku
You have convinced Disruptor as well to go along with a minimal group. As both Dark Hunters are now 'empty' and you've gotten an agreement in place, any further demands/change of plan will be considered the beginning of a new discussion.

Both parties refill all Social HP.

Game Master
GM, 241 posts
Fri 22 Feb 2019
at 14:28
  • msg #530

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu


Abandoned cavern

Lutorian's attack hit the scorpion Rahi dead-on, causing it to recoil in pain. The throwing disk bounced off its metallic shell and rolled back towards the Le-Matoran, making it easy to retrieve. Now panicked, the Jaga moved in a circular fashion away from Velike, and veered towards the clattering sound of the disk instead.

Having finally confirmed that Lutorian was the more pressing threat, it lunged for him and just barely missed the agile Matoran!


What do you do?


Lutorian
Pura-Jaga takes 3 damage (it had 1 Def). You get the impression it did a fair number on the Rahi. You also get your disk back.

15:24, Today: Game Master, for the NPC Pura-Jaga, rolled 3 using 1d6 with rolls of 3.  Will it change target?
Result: Yes

15:27, Today: Game Master, for the NPC Pura-Jaga, rolled 2 using 1d6 with rolls of 2.  Attack with pincers.
No hit.

Tameku
player, 157 posts
Bo-Matoran
Fri 22 Feb 2019
at 18:05
  • msg #531

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

On the way back Tameku gave one of the Cabolo Sticks he had been holding to one of the other Onu-Matoran and picked up his crowbar again. The Cabolo Sticks had served their main purpose, so he only held on to one to make sure the Dark Hunters didn't try anything to get rid of their "companions".

---

At the entrance to the tunnel Tameku tried his best to appear unknowing when Disruptor's gaze fell on him. "How would I know?", he asked, "As you pointed out Darren and I are not even from this village." He gestured with the crowbar at the freshly dug tunnel through the debris, "And as I told you, the last time I was here not even an hour ago this tunnel was impassable. Maybe your Dark Hunter colleagues from up above figured out something and didn't want to wait for you any longer?"

"Or some local Matoran panicked when the Turaga's lifeline snapped on top of all those recent tremors?", he added with just the slightest hint of sarcasm.

Skills used: Persuasiveness, Knowledge of how to deal with different species
Tameku rolled 6 using 3d6, keeping the highest dice only with rolls of 1,4,6.  Appearing unknowing.


"Why do you even want this rock or whatever this artifact is? Personally I'd rather like to get out of these tunnels as quickly as possible before another tremor buries me."

Skills used: Persuasiveness, Knowledge of how to deal with different species
Today: Tameku rolled 4 using 3d6, keeping the highest dice only with rolls of 1,3,4.  Subtly gathering information.

This message was last edited by the player at 18:05, Fri 22 Feb 2019.
Lutorian
player, 81 posts
Le-Matoran
Sat 23 Feb 2019
at 02:16
  • msg #532

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 530):

"Swift-strike Fire-spitter!" Lutorian shouted out flinging his disk back at the Jaga.

Lutorian rolled 6 using 2d6, keeping the highest dice only ((1,6))
Game Master
GM, 242 posts
Mon 25 Feb 2019
at 11:41
  • msg #533

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Dark Hunters

The Dark Hunters didn't look satisfied with the answer, but they seemed convinced that Tameku truly knew nothing, for they didn't ask him any more questions and instead began discussing the issue between themselves while walking through the newly opened passage.

"Did Swordbreaker say anything about bringing digging equipment down here?" Disruptor asked of her four-armed ally, who responded with a shrug.

"No," he replied. He was going through the archives for information. Can't imagine our leader leaves a job half-done, given how intensely he focuses on such work."

Disruptor nodded and wrinkled her brow. "Schemer was going to join him as soon as he was done patrolling the tunnels for more researchers... No way a cowardly Matoran like him is going to dare disobey orders and go off on his own. Can't be him who's been digging. Onu-Matoran, then."

"Must be. Neither Lancer or Overseer could possibly be back yet."

Disruptor raised the lantern a bit and stared intently into the distance. The rail tracks went straight, with no end in sight yet. A few Gafna skittered out of sight when the light fell upon them. "I wouldn't worry about tremors," she replied to Tameku's inquiry. "If our intel is correct they are caused by the Earth Artifact itself due to the immense amount of energy it generates. Once we take it off your hands, you won't have to worry about it. You get peace and quiet, and we get a weapon that can shake the very foundations of Metru Nui. Sounds like we both win."

"I doubt it," said Turaga Zuhras. "The old tales say that the artifacts are what's keeping the elements under control. If they are removed, the island may succumb to calamity."

"We are willing to take that risk," replied Disruptor. "Metru Nui is far more valuable to us than this remote location. We'll rescue whatever artifacts we can before we leave, of course."

She grinned like no being ever should.




Abandoned cavern

Lutorian's disk clanged against the Pura-Jaga's faceplate, and the Rahi chattered menacingly in response. The Le-Matoran could tell that the scorpion may not be as much of a threat as it may have seemed at first. Even so, just as he caught the rebounding disk the Jaga drew back its stinger and darted forwards, aiming to subdue Lutorian much as it would a competing predator.

The strike hit him square in the chest. The force of the blow was not enough to knock the wind out of him, but it was hard to ignore the sickly blue poison that splashed against the metal of his armor. If it had hit a gap in his armor instead, it may have had an effect...




Tameku
Success on both rolls. The Dark Hunters drop the matter and reveal the names of several other Hunters in the process. You get some insight into their mission.

You are currently in the same tunnel that Lutorian and Velike passed through earlier, though without a minecart to pull you along the trip takes a little bit longer. You see the same tracks, metal pipes, and other features that they did earlier.

12:29, Today: Game Master rolled 3 using 1d6 with rolls of 3.  Encounter (Somewhat safe area).
No Rahi encounter.

Lutorian
You hit the Pura-Jaga for 4 damage vs 1 defense. It loses 3 Combat HP and is looking like it can't take much more.

11:50, Today: Game Master, for the NPC Pura-Jaga, rolled 5 using 2d6, keeping the highest dice only with rolls of 4,5.  Tail strike (skills: Stinger tail).
It hits for 3 damage vs your 1 defense. Lose 2 Combat HP.

Looks like this Jaga, like its larger brethren, has some sort of poison. No effect on you, but note that a 6+ roll from the enemy may inflict it.

This message was last edited by the GM at 11:42, Mon 25 Feb 2019.
Tameku
player, 158 posts
Bo-Matoran
Mon 25 Feb 2019
at 14:48
  • msg #534

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Based on the descriptions given to the other group earlier:

"What's that weird smell?", Tameku asked, gesturing at the broken pipe.
Velike
player, 118 posts
Ta-Matoran
Mon 25 Feb 2019
at 17:52
  • msg #535

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 533):

"Fie foul beast! If you wish to test your might against a foe, turn your ire from my charge, and face me!" Velike yelled as he charged.
Flipping his spear into a downwards hold as he jumped, and struck it down towards what he hoped would be a weak point. Using his own strength, and weight as the force behind the blow.

Velike rolled 5 using 2d6, keeping the highest dice only with rolls of 4,5. Attacking the Pura-Jaga.

Game Master
GM, 243 posts
Tue 26 Feb 2019
at 08:26
  • msg #536

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu


Dark Hunters

"It's leftover smell from stinkdamp," Widrua explained. "It's a mixture of natural gases, they leak out of volcanic vents buried even deeper than this mine. The strong tremors around the Seismic Cavern kept opening new cracks, so these pipes were installed to pump out the gas as needed."

The group had walked past the darkest part of the tunnel, and reached the area where lightstones lit the way. The Turaga had said nothing much on the trip so far, but would peer intently ahead as if looking for something.

"It's been years since I was down here, but we're about halfway I think," said Widrua.

"You walk too slow," complained Frostbite. "Go faster. I'm anxious that someone will make off with the artifact before we get there."


What do you do?




Abandoned cavern

Velike's speartip found its mark, slipping into a gap between two plates in the Pura-Jaga's armor. It hissed and turned to snap at the Ta-Matoran, but found its pincers inadequate. Instead it drew back its tail lightning-fast, and struck again with the stinger.

Like his partner, Velike felt a powerful impact and found a blotch of blue venom splashing against his armor, but luckily he could not feel the liquid hitting any of his organic parts.

The scorpion was looking very unsteady now, injured as it was from multiple strikes. The two Matoran realized that another good hit would likely be able to put it down.


What do you do?



Tameku
The Dark Hunters wish for the group to travel faster. You could do so, but then Lutorian and Velike will not have as much time to look around in peace.

Velike
You hit for 3 damage vs 1 defense, and the Pura-Jaga loses 2 Combat HP.

09:21, Today: Game Master, for the NPC Pura-Jaga, rolled 5 using 2d6, keeping the highest dice only with rolls of 5,4.  Tail strike (skills: Stinger tail).
Pura-Jaga hits for 3 damage vs 1 def, you lose 2 Combat HP as well. No poison inflicted.

Tameku
player, 159 posts
Bo-Matoran
Tue 26 Feb 2019
at 14:33
  • msg #537

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Go on ahead if you want", Tameku told the Dark Hunters, knowing full well that they wouldn't leave their hostages behind, "It's not our fault we don't have legs as long as yours."

Tameku figured this was his chance to subtly ask about the Makuta, so he turned towards Widrua and teh Turaga: "But I thought these more powerful tremors are recent things? So why was the entrance to this area blocked by a cave-in for so long?"
Game Master
GM, 244 posts
Wed 27 Feb 2019
at 08:48
  • msg #538

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu


Dark Hunters

"They haven't been a regular occurrence, but tremors happen every so often," Widrua explained. "Though to be entirely honest with you, this tunnel was collapsed on purpose." He was about to explain why when the Zuhras interrupted him.

"The caverns are dangerous. They are filled with bad memories and lingering evil," the Turaga said, his eyes unwavering as he spoke. "When me and my brothers last departed this place, we agreed that it would be best to close the tunnel. The miners have honored our decision, and kept away."

"You fools sealed away a powerful artifact," huffed Disruptor.

"Its power is not ours to use," Zuhras replied sternly. "It is best left where the Great Beings intended it to stay, where it benefits everyone."

Before the Dark Hunters had a chance to respond, the conversation paused when a violent rumbling noise interrupted them. The ground beneath everyone's feet suddenly trembled, soon followed by a stronger vibration that forced Matoran and Dark Hunter alike to brace themselves to avoid tripping.

Seconds later, just as the tremor was abating, Widrua shouted: "Get back! There's a gas leak!"

To an untrained eye it was hard to spot at first, but the rock beneath the rails had cracked, and the flowing invisible gas caused wavy distortions in the air while carrying with it a strong and unpleasant smell.

What do you do?




Abandoned cavern

Meanwhile, in the lightstone-lit cavern at the end of the mine cart track, Velike and Lutorian found themselves affected by the tremor as well. Unbeknownst to them the shaking was even stronger here, and suddenly puffs of sand blew into the air in several places where pockets of gas found their way to the surface and broke through.

The shimmering air and strong smell alerted both of the Matoran to the fact that something was wrong.

What do you do?



09:33, Today: Game Master rolled 2 using 1d4.  Tremor effect, tunnel.
09:40, Today: Game Master rolled 2 using 1d4.  Tremor effect, cavern.
Result: Gas leak!

If any of you stay in the gas, you will suffer Physical damage. It is lighter than air and rises towards the ceiling, but it's also hard to tell how much there is.

Tameku
player, 160 posts
Bo-Matoran
Wed 27 Feb 2019
at 18:06
  • msg #539

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Widrua didn't have to tell Tameku twice to get back. Hastily he scrambled backwards, only too aware that he probably had been lucky that the tremor hadn't set off the Cabolo Stick he still clutched in his hand. He'd actually have happily made a run for it, had him reappearing in Parau Koro without Widrua and the Turaga not caused some problematic questions. Especially since Amthrin/Schemer and that Swordbreaker fellow probably were aware of what happened down here by now, given the ruccus the rescued miners likely caused.

"M-maybe we should just t-turn back?", Tameku proposed in a feeble attempt at persuasion, shaken as he was.

Tameku rolled 2 using 1d6 with rolls of 2.  Feeble persuasion.
Velike
player, 119 posts
Ta-Matoran
Thu 28 Feb 2019
at 18:57
  • msg #540

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 538):

"Accursed happenings." Velike cursed as he attempted to rip his spear free from the Pura-Jaga's back, while also keeping his position upon it.

"Lutorian! We must hurry in our attempts to continue! Time has given us a warning, and I would not recommend ignoring such! Hurry through the door, I shall follow once I am clear of this beast!"

Velike rolled 3 using 2d6, keeping the highest dice only with rolls of 1,3. Pulling spear free.

Velike rolled 4 using 1d6 with rolls of 4. Remaining stable on the Pura-Jaga's back.

Lutorian
player, 82 posts
Le-Matoran
Fri 1 Mar 2019
at 06:52
  • msg #541

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Velike (msg # 540):

After trying to stay stable as the quake hit the cavern, Lutorian quickly Wiped off the Jaga venom from his chest, trying to ensure he was not affected.

Hearing Velike's command, Lutorian hesitated to leave Velike in such a dangerous position, but the gas filling the chamber was of concern, and action needed to be taken quickly.
"Alight," Lutorian responded begrudgingly, some part of him concerned for Velike's safety, another more selfish part upset that he wouldn't have time to examine the indigenous Jaga of this area in close detail.

The Le-Matoran departed into the next chamber, quickly inspecting if this section was also filling with gas and if the door had any possibility of being closed off to keep them safe.
Game Master
GM, 245 posts
Fri 1 Mar 2019
at 15:42
  • msg #542

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu


Tameku

"Not a chance," grumbled Frostbite, who had had already started walking again. His imposing stature made him hard to avoid if one wished to turn and head back towards the exit. Suddenly, however, the Dark Hunter was seized by a violent coughing fit and had to pause to cover his face. "Blazes, you were right about the smell," he said between wheezing coughs, as he hunched over to get his head out of the invisible gas cloud surrounding him.

"You big wimp," Disruptor laughed. "The gas is lighter than air," she observed, "so I expect this to be simple." Having said this, she backtracked a few meters through the tunnel, and reached out with a clawed hand to pull the lever of one of the machines embedded in the tunnel wall. It took a second for it to react, but then some distant pump came to life, sending a soft whirring noise vibrating through the pipes on the ceiling.

The mole-like being appeared satisfied when the visible portion of distorted air narrowed and gathered around a grid-covered slot in the pipes. "We can continue soon enough," she said.

With Disruptor standing at some distance, the Nektann following her, and Frostbite still suffering from a cough that was clearly annoying him to the point of incoherence, Tameku spotted Widrua cautiously lifting his hand - still holding the unused Cabolo stick - and caught a look from the Onu-Matoran that asked: Now?


What do you do?




Lutorian, Velike

Panicked as it was from the tremor, the gas, and the damage it had taken, the Pura-Jaga danced wildly back and forth on its eight silver legs. The weight of Velike on its back - not to mention the spear he had jammed into the scorpion's body - kept the Rahi from escaping. Though the Ta-Matoran forced it to stay relatively still, its mad crawling still dragged them both through a stream of natural gas.

At the same time as he managed to wrench his polearm free from the Pura-Jaga's shell, Velike inhaled a whiff of the stinkdamp and immediately felt a burning sensation in his lungs. Though he kept his footing and could feel in control of the situation again, the Matoran could tell that breathing gas was not worth repeating.


Feeling no ill effect from the venom, Lutorian could safely turn his attention towards the intricate door, which he quickly realized would be as good as airtight if shut completely.

Though the cavern was still quite dark, the lightstone in Lutorian's hand shone brightly enough to confirm that no gas was rising up from the depths below the broad stone bridge. The door on the opposite end of the chamber remained closed and undamaged.


What do you do?


Tameku
The Dark Hunters aren't backing down, and will continue as soon as the gas clears. You are currently near Widrua with Frostbite + the Turaga close behind you, and Disruptor + the Nektann some distance away in the same direction.

Velike
You get the spear loose, but the Jaga gives you a quick ride through the gas before you can do so.

16:39, Today: Game Master, on behalf of Velike, rolled 2 using 1d4.  Physical damage from gas.
2 minus 1 Defense. You lose 1 Physical HP.

You keep your footing and are free to move. From your current position you can let the Jaga flee, or knock it out without having to roll if you so wish.

Lutorian
- The venom seems safe to touch so long as you don't let it get too deeply into any organic parts.
- The door, if closed, will definitely keep the gas out. Each chamber is also tall enough that the gas pocket would have to be huge in order to fill all the space.

Tameku
player, 161 posts
Bo-Matoran
Fri 1 Mar 2019
at 17:35
  • msg #543

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

I need a quick clarification as to where everyone is in the tunnel:

Is our way presently blocked by one Dark Hunter on each side? I.e. Disruptor stands between us and the exit and Frostbite between us and the tunnel leading in Lutorian's and Velike's direction?

Also is the Turaga still connected to the lifeline and is that still held by Frostbite?

This message was last edited by the player at 17:36, Fri 01 Mar 2019.
Game Master
GM, 246 posts
Sat 2 Mar 2019
at 15:44
  • msg #544

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

From furthest into the tunnel to back towards the exit:

FORWARDS
      |
      |
 Gas leak
      |
      |
Tameku & Widrua
      |
      |
   Turaga Zuhras (w/cable)
 Frostbite (holding cable)
      |
      |
      |
      |
 Disruptor & Nektann
      |
      |
 TO EXIT

One line is roughly 1.5 meters (5 feet) I'd say.

The Hunters have tried to stay behind you most of the way, to prevent you from running.

This message was last edited by the GM at 15:45, Sat 02 Mar 2019.
Tameku
player, 162 posts
Bo-Matoran
Sat 2 Mar 2019
at 17:50
  • msg #545

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku shook his head to stop Widrua from doing anything. The way he saw it they were far too close to the Dark Hunters - using explosives now might just bring the ceiling down on all of them. Besides, Frostbite still had the Turaga in his control.

Recovering from the shock the tremor gave him, Tameku decided to use the chance of both Dark Hunters being preoccupied. He carefully made a few more steps back as if to make sure to avoid the gas until he stood next to the Turaga and pressed his Metal Cutting Scissors into Zuhras' free hand so that the Turaga could free himself from the lifeline and Frostbite if necessary.

Not wanting to risk dropping the Cabolo Stick he held in another tremor, he carefully wrapped it in the empty carrying sack he had picked up earlier and placed the bundle in his satchel.

Do I need to make any rolls? Am not sure given that Frostbite seems to be preoccupied?
Lutorian
player, 84 posts
Le-Matoran
Wed 6 Mar 2019
at 22:00
  • msg #546

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Lutorian made his way to the bridge, checking it for any visible weakness, and tested putting half his weight on it, He was fairly certain that the damaged door was where they needed to go, something clearly wanted access to it, but if something that strong couldn't get through the two Matoran certainly couldn't with strength alone.
He waited for Velike to finish the Jaga before continuing on.
Velike
player, 120 posts
Ta-Matoran
Fri 8 Mar 2019
at 14:37
  • msg #547

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 542):

Velike loosed another curse, coughing from the burst of rather dangerous gas he'd been unfortunate enough to encounter, before lifting his spear and charging up the Pura-Jaga's back.

Aiming to launch himself from it towards the gate, while also giving the beast a quick 'swat' with his spear in hopes it'd run in the opposite direction. Both keeping it away from the gate, and hopefully saving it from the gas.

Velike rolled 3 using 1d6 with rolls of 3. Jumping, and landing from the Pura-Jaga

Velike rolled 6 using 1d6 with rolls of 6. 'Swatting' the Pura-Jaga with his spear in an attempt to drive it further off

Game Master
GM, 248 posts
Sun 10 Mar 2019
at 17:54
  • msg #548

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Velike, Lutorian

The Jaga hissed one final time and scurried away from the attacking Ta-Matoran. With flickering and dimming blue lights on its body showing its current weakness, the Rahi ran for a spot it knew well and dug partway into the debris lying near the cavern wall. Seconds later it vanished into a crevice that was partly hidden by the strong shadows. Its nest, most likely.

Velike landed safely after his leap, not too far from where Lutorian had just gone through the door. Looking back upon the wake of the fleeing Jaga, he spotted some spare parts that had dropped off the damaged beast: Widgets!

***

Lutorian tested the bridge, and found it to be intact. With no structural damage, it would be safe to walk on for him. He surmised that even with all the tremors this deep in the mine, the bridge must have remained undamaged for an untold number of years.

Now that they were safe from the stress of having a Rahi running around, the Le-Matoran had a chance to look more closely at the door directly across from him. Like the one behind him, the lever controlling the locking mechanism was placed on the side facing the bridge, meaning that it should be easy to access.

Another look, however, and Lutorian could tell that the mechanism had been severely damaged. Had someone tried to seal the entrance shut?


Revealing information about what else is behind the door to Velike as well. Lutorian, you've read this before, but reposting it for your reference too:

What do you do?






Tameku

Widrua's expression hardened ever so slightly, but he lowered his hand again in silence and nodded to convey he understood.

Turaga Zuhras similarly made sure not to speak about the tool he received from Tameku. After hanging it out of sight on his right-hand side, he instead shifted his arm to cover it and leaned on the staff he carried. "No need to worry about me," he said, well aware that the Dark Hunter next to him was already recovering from his coughing fit. "These old legs are well used to tremors."

"Good, said Disruptor, approaching from behind after finishing her business with the machine. "I'm not sure I would bother carrying you, even if we need you around for now."

***

After waiting a few minutes for the flow of gas to end, the visible portion of it hanging in the air eventually seeped away into the venting pipe and vanished. The lengthy walk through the tunnel continued, and eventually the group reached the end of the tracks. After spotting the cart with its mining robot still attached, Tameku and Darren could feel certain that Velike and Lutorian had reached this point before them.

Before them, a large cave opened up. "Finally we are getting somewhere," mumbled Frostbite, and looked ahead into the chamber. "Nothing but Rahi bones. Looks like a real struggle went down here at some point."

"Matoran first," Disruptor commanded and pushed Tameku's back with a clawed hand. "Go on now." She was getting noticeably bolder now, despite the explosives that were still present.

What do you do?



Velike, Lutorian
Well done, the Rahi has been chased off, and it dropped something valuable too! Since you and Lutorian currently have some breathing room, let's go over recent events:

+2 XP for meeting a Makuta. That's rare!
+1 XP for reaching the underground village.
+2 XP for finding your way to the abandoned cavern and surviving its trials so far.
+15 widgets each from the Pura-Jaga.

You may spend your XP now, or keep it for later. Refer to this post for how it can be used.


Tameku
The mining robot still has almost all its protodermis fuel remaining. You recall that it is a bit noisy when running.

I've linked to the description of the cavern from earlier. It remains unchanged except for some disturbed sand where the fighting occured, and where pockets of gas leaked out during the tremor. One side of the double door is open. No sign of your fellow Matoran.

I will assume that they are maybe 20 minutes ahead of you. For that reason, please note that this scene may go a bit slower since they get first say in what goes on beyond the door.

Tameku
player, 164 posts
Bo-Matoran
Mon 11 Mar 2019
at 09:41
  • msg #549

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku took a few steps forward, but to make a point that he wasn't a hostage to be commanded around, stopped again, taking his time to see if there was anything of particular interest in the cave.

Skills used: Observation
Tameku rolled 2 using 2d6, keeping the highest dice only with rolls of 1,2.

Game Master
GM, 250 posts
Mon 11 Mar 2019
at 11:56
  • msg #550

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

The most notable things here are the door and all the broken Nui-Jaga. You don't notice anything new.

You recall that the Makuta asked for the mining robot to be brought to him, however.

Tameku
player, 165 posts
Bo-Matoran
Tue 12 Mar 2019
at 14:54
  • msg #551

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Where did that bridge lead?", Tameku asked, pointing at what remained of it.
This message was last edited by the player at 14:55, Tue 12 Mar 2019.
Velike
player, 121 posts
Ta-Matoran
Wed 13 Mar 2019
at 06:47
  • msg #552

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 548):

Velike scowled at the retreating Pura-Jaga. Giving it a quick, wary glance before he glanced across the area, attempting to see if the area had been noticeably damaged, and if there was any way to identify where the gas was.

"Should I retrieve the mining robot, Lutorian?" Velike called out as he continued to look across the area.

Velike rolled 6 using 1d6 with rolls of 6. Checking surrounding area.
Game Master
GM, 251 posts
Wed 13 Mar 2019
at 11:22
  • msg #553

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku

Widrua pointed with his finger towards a spot on the opposite end of the unfinished bridge. He made sure to gesture with the Cabolo stick still clutched in that same hand. "It was meant to become a second access tunnel; shorter and with tracks laid the entire way," he said.

"Does it lead anywhere?" rumbled Frostbite. Widrua shook his head. "Then forget the bridge," continued the Dark Hunter, "What's behind the door down there?"

Zuhras's expression darkened. "A short walk to the Seismic Cavern where the Artifact is held," he answered. Yet the Turaga was not looking at the door itself. His gaze was distant, focused somewhere else entirely.

What do you do?


Velike

With a few observant glances, Velike could easily tell where the streams of gas were seeping out from underground thanks to the white dust they whirled up. The columns of gas were primarily focused around the center of the chamber, and therefore did not look like they would be dangerous to him.

Just as he was about to move on, the distant whirr of machinery and a suction noise like that of wind through a pipe reached him from somewhere up ahead. It sounded a lot like the venting system the two Matoran had seen on the way in, and Velike knew it must be operated manually.

What do you do?



Velike: You know someone is coming, but not who. If you bring the robot downstairs, we'll simply retcon its appearance to Tameku & co.

Current time shift: 10-15 minutes between the two groups.

Lutorian
player, 85 posts
Le-Matoran
Wed 13 Mar 2019
at 21:09
  • msg #554

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Velike (msg # 552):

"We were told we would use-need it, But I don't think we can get it across this bridge." Lutorian Glanced back at the bridge, it was strong, but the robot could have a hard time on it.
"Leave it, for now, I don't want to be bog-footed. We'll fast-return if we need it."
Velike
player, 122 posts
Ta-Matoran
Fri 15 Mar 2019
at 03:59
  • msg #555

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Lutorian (msg # 554):

"I believe we may have to at least alter that idea." Velike replied, quickly rushing towards the bot.

"While I trust your judgement fully, my having yet to see the are notwithstanding, I doubt it'd be a good idea to leave such an obvious show of our presence to whoever I hear coming." He continued as he moved to make the robot follow towards the gate.

"Mayhaps it may even allow us to overcome whatever problem it is you found in keeping that gate shut. Either way, we'll need to hide it at least somewhat, even if it is just in another room."
Lutorian
player, 87 posts
Le-Matoran
Sun 17 Mar 2019
at 00:13
  • msg #556

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Velike (msg # 555):

Lutorian folded his arms, giving a hesitant nod, "bring it here, we'll see-find if it can cross with us, if not it leave-stays in this room" the green Matoran said gesturing to the first gate.
Velike
player, 123 posts
Ta-Matoran
Sun 17 Mar 2019
at 19:07
  • msg #557

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Lutorian (msg # 556):

"Of course, Lutorian." Velike replied as he hurried over with the robot following.
Lutorian
player, 89 posts
Le-Matoran
Mon 1 Apr 2019
at 13:17
  • msg #558

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Lutorian waiting for the Ta-Matoran to reach him, before speaking up “let’s see if we can get this thing on those bridges, which door do you think we should check out first?”
Velike
player, 124 posts
Ta-Matoran
Tue 9 Apr 2019
at 16:43
  • msg #559

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Lutorian (msg # 558):

"I believe it would be best we see if there is a way we can seal the entrance door now that both of us can work together on it. The longer we can delay our followers, the better."
Lutorian
player, 92 posts
Le-Matoran
Wed 10 Apr 2019
at 03:01
  • msg #560

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Velike (msg # 559):

The green Matoran nodded his head in agreement, and began trying to work the mechanisms on the wall.
Game Master
GM, 258 posts
Wed 10 Apr 2019
at 16:11
  • msg #561

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Despite visual damage on the outside of the door, the mechanism on the inside appeared mostly intact save for the loose part blocking the gap. Multiple horizontal metal rods served as locking bolts fit to slide into grooves in the stone wall, and Lutorian could tell that at least one of them would fail to engage unless the cog was restored to its original location in the machinery. The lock could still be effective, however, and there was little reason to assume any average being could break through the solid metal with brute force.

The mining robot trotted alongside Velike, its tracks carrying over uneven surfaces and allowing it to easily follow him to the bottom of the stairs, across the sand. It ran into the discarded cog at the door's threshold and bumped it out of the way with its own mass. One problem solved.

As Lutorian worked the mechanism and pulled the lever, the complex-looking gears began moving all at once. Even after so many years of disuse, they were eerily quiet and perfectly effective. The heavy door closed almost noiselessly, while the locking bolts engaged with only the faintest scraping sound. When the mechanical action ceased, the two Matoran could feel certain that the door would hold.

With the barricade in place, the pair was left alone in the much darker transitory cavern. Up ahead were the bridge and the doors to some long forgotten place where a Makuta may be waiting for them. Behind them, unknown beings were certainly drawing closer for every minute.

With time ticking, the Matoran had to keep moving if they wished to look around in peace.

What do you do?



Lutorian, Velike
* The robot is following you now.
* The heavy door can be opened and closed by pulling the lever. The lock is not entirely intact but works well enough.

Lutorian
player, 93 posts
Le-Matoran
Thu 11 Apr 2019
at 00:41
  • msg #562

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 561):

"Quick-Follow" the Le Matoran called as he gestured forwards, "Let's Seek-look what's behind the door on the right" quickly making his way onto the rope bridges.
Velike
player, 125 posts
Ta-Matoran
Thu 11 Apr 2019
at 16:26
  • msg #563

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Lutorian (msg # 562):

"I shall follow your lead." Velike replied as he followed.
Tameku
player, 170 posts
Bo-Matoran
Thu 18 Apr 2019
at 18:57
  • msg #564

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku carefully moved on down the stairs and through the cavern towards the doors, cautiously avoiding any gas leaks. Glancing at the Nui-Jaga corpse he sent a silent prayer to Mata Nui that there weren't any live ones around. While he was pretty sure the Dark Hunters were capable of dealing with a few Rahi, he was far less sure about them not using him to serve as a distraction.

"So what now?", he asked when he had reached the large doors, it's most noticeable feature being that it was closed. "Do we simply knock or is there some way to open them?"
Game Master
GM, 259 posts
Sat 20 Apr 2019
at 14:41
  • msg #565

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

At the bridge crossroads

The door off to the side across the bridge still had the large and scratched-out symbol for "Duty", but up close there was more to this imagery as well. There were dozens of small carvings surrounding the border of the great circular symbol, resembling heads and bodies of Rahi beasts - both well-known symbols such as Muaka and Nui-Jaga, as well as many unknown ones.

The rough carving sitting in front of the second door proved to be even more eerie up close. Though it still looked like it had a face, the circular mouth proved to be a deep hole into complete blackness on the inside of the stone column. The angry-looking eye slits were as dark and lifeless as the rest of the monument, but still managed to convey some malevolent feeling. The blue light from the sparse lightstones on the cavern's ceiling didn't help the matter.



On the otherwise featureless body of the carving, there was a message written in Matoran:

NO LIGHT
ONLY SHADOWS MAY PASS


What do you do?





Outside the great door

Without hesitation Frostbite stepped impatiently past Tameku, raised one of his free hands while curling it into a fist, and struck the massive door with a resounding bang. The metal did not yield an inch. The Dark Hunter growled and felt around for a door handle or mechanism, then for seams around the edges. The process took a few minutes of careful investigation, but the four-armed brute still came up short. "Can't open it like this," he concluded. "Turaga?"

"The island's guardian used to dwell here. He had his own way of getting in and out that we do not," Turaga Zuhras replied. He pointed towards the design on the door with his left hand. "Earth and Iron. When we agreed to seal this place, my brother was here with me. You can not unlock this door unless you possess both of our powers."

"You knew this, of course," grumbled Frostbite.

Meanwhile, Disruptor had squatted down in the sand and scraped through it to fish out a red cylinder with her claws. "A Cordak shell," she mused. "Elemental powers are well and good, but I bet a sufficient amount of these could get the job done. Might alert all the Nui-Jaga in the area too, but who cares? Did we bring a crate of shells?"

"No, the blasters are still on the ship. All we have are those sticks the Matoran carry.

Wheels turned in the Dark Hunters' heads for a few moments. Then all eyes fell on Tameku and Widrua.


What do you do?



Tameku

Since you have a few minutes here while Frostbite checks out the door, feel free to level up. You have this in reserve:

+2 XP for meeting a Makuta. That's rare!
+1 XP for reaching the underground village.
+2 XP for encountering Dark Hunters and surviving them so far.

The Dark Hunters suddenly find themselves wishing for explosives...


Velike, Lutorian

You have heard the banging on the door. Someone is clearly following you, and they are far larger than Matoran. Voices don't penetrate the solid metal, however, and the banging noise went silent again pretty quickly.

There is no lever visible for this door. The carving may hold the secret to entering.

This message was last edited by the GM at 14:42, Sat 20 Apr 2019.
Lutorian
player, 94 posts
Le-Matoran
Sun 21 Apr 2019
at 04:04
  • msg #566

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"No light... No light..." Lutorian repeated absentmindedly tapping his Kanohi.
Pulling out his Lightstone he tried getting a closer look at the engravings.
"What if..." He said as he placed his Lightstone into the mouth of the face.
Game Master
GM, 260 posts
Sun 21 Apr 2019
at 12:34
  • msg #567

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

With the lightstone practically inside its mouth, the eyes of the face lit up from inside as well. The mouth-hole sloped a little bit downwards and ended in a circular indenture, almost like an offering plate, and the lightstone slid neatly onto this surface. The plate began sinking lower into the statue, until the stone upon it was hidden from sight. Then a deep "click" could be heard, and the great door in front of the Matoran immediately began releasing its locking mechanism.

The door swung open as smoothly as the first one they passed had closed, revealing a short corridor covered in metal plates from floor to ceiling. The air escaping from inside smelled old and stale, and carried with it a thin cloud of mist along the ground. The mist felt cold. Like all too many of the underground tunnels this one was also shrouded in darkness, though a large room with work benches and stasis tubes standing vertically along one wall could be spotted from the entrance. Sconces meant to hold lightstones were also visible, all empty.

You are getting close. Well done. The Makuta's telepathic speech reached both Lutorian and Velike at the same time. It sounded stronger this time.

This is the place where I worked my craft, long ago. Please enter freely. You will find me in the innermost chamber. Don't mind what you see, there is nothing here that can harm you... anymore.

Just as the door mechanism seemed to be done, the carved stone head made another deep clicking sound, before suddenly pushing the crystal it had eaten back out into the mouth of the statue. Its light was gone, however, and the previously soothing glow had been replaced with a deep red hue inside of it. It shed no light on its surroundings.

What do you do?


Lutorian

Good call! Your lightstone was accepted and the door has opened. It was returned to you with no light left, having taken on a deep red hue.

You may take this Darkstone with you if you wish.

This message was last edited by the GM at 12:35, Sun 21 Apr 2019.
Tameku
player, 171 posts
Bo-Matoran
Sun 21 Apr 2019
at 14:22
  • msg #568

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku felt a strong desire not to part with his cabolo stick.

"We only have two cabolo sticks, and while they're enough to collapse a rock tunnel, I doubt they're enough to blast a hole into a reinforced door", he tried to reason with the Dark Hunters, "Besides, the fact that we haven't met anyone yet indicates they might have passed through the doors and closed them behind them. They'll thus have to come back out at some point, right? We could just wait and you could ambush them."
Or better still, be ripped apart by a Makuta, he added in his thoughts.

Skills used: Knowledge of how to deal with different species, Persuasiveness
Tameku rolled 7 using 3d6, keeping the highest dice only with rolls of 6,6,2.  Reasoning with the Dark Hunters.

If my notices are correct I currently have 6 XP to spend - I'm gonna spend 3 right now to increase my social HP by 1

Lutorian
player, 95 posts
Le-Matoran
Mon 22 Apr 2019
at 17:03
  • msg #569

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Lutorian stepped back as the door opened, the black abyss before him filled him with a sense of unease, but the Makuta's voice assured him they were on the right path, whether they were doing the right thing remained hazy.

Grabbing the spent Lightstone, he was a little disappointed that his Lightstone would have to be replaced, but perhaps this new stone would have its use, maybe Tameku could even get a good price on it.

He gestured Velike to the dark passage with an exaggerated movement, trying to play off the unease the dark and stale air placed on him.
Game Master
GM, 261 posts
Tue 23 Apr 2019
at 07:35
  • msg #570

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu


With the Dark Hunters

Although Tameku's reasoning was sound, the hardened criminals before him were far too impatient to follow his advice of waiting around for much longer.

"We could try to damage the hinges..." Disruptor thought about it for a few moments while inspecting the scene.
"Can you tunnel through the side of it?" Frostbite asked.
Disruptor shot him an annoyed look. "It's solid rock," she retorted.
"Let's get Schemer down here with his Weakening disk, then."
"We can't leave. The village guard must be mobilized by now."

The two Dark Hunters discussed the matter between themselves for a little while. At least once explosives were brought up again, but with no clear source of Cabolo sticks or Cordak rockets there was little they could do. Finally the larger of the pair lost his patience entirely and yanked his captive's leash again. Turaga Zuhras stumbled and once more had to lean on his pickaxe staff to stay standing. "Get it open," Frostbite snarled in frustration, "I know you can!"


What do you do?




Laboratory

With the new stone in hand, Lutorian found that although it shed no light it still radiated some form of energy, for wherever it moved he could see as if the shadows had been replaced with a faded black-and-white image of reality. After the loss of the only lightstone the two Matoran possessed, the effect became immediately apparent to Velike as well.

From the entrance, the contents of the large room was now more clearly visible. It was rectangular and quite long - made for a being of larger size than themselves - with two large workbenches placed a few bio apart in the middle of it. Upon one lay what appeared to be an unfinished set of robotic limbs, next to chitinous armor and transparent wings. Some form of Rama, perhaps? It was said that Makuta were responsible for creating such creatures, after all.

Of the multiple stasis tubes lining the back of the chamber, three of them held one creature each - or rather, the hollow shell of a creature. With no organic parts present, it was hard to say if these were dead specimen, or if they were unfinished creations. The first tube held the armor of a Matoran; the second one the armor of a Toa. Both were maskless and of unknown element. Several parts were missing. The armor in the third tube looked somewhat like a Skakdi, though without the easily recognizable skull and spine it could be a bipedal Rahi of sorts as well.

A large bookshelf in the corner of the chamber held multiple sealed vials with both liquid and gaseous substances inside. They were covered in dust but appeared to be labeled. A few metal cylinders were laid side-by-side in the bottom shelf - clearly tanks or some other form of container. On the top shelf, a stack of tablets likely covered in writing. Due to the height of the shelf they would be hard to reach without climbing. Finally, next to the shelf there was a box holding many tools for cutting, carving, welding, and some unknown purposes.

Two doors were visible at the back of the laboratory. Unlike the door blocking the entrance, these were simple sliding doors common in Metru Nui and many other places. They did not seem locked. One was closed and labeled "RAHI". The other had no label but was partially open already. Based on the Makuta's words, this inner chamber was where to find him.


How do you proceed?



Tameku
08:46, Today: Game Master, for the NPC Dark Hunters, rolled 6 using 2d6, keeping the highest dice only with rolls of 6,4.  Sticking to the plan. (Skills: Dark Hunter viciousness).

The Dark Hunters each lose 4 social HP. With your defense, you lose 2 social HP in return.

Regardless of stats I'll also say you are good at handling them so far.

Lutorian and Velike
The stone's odd radiance allows you both to see in the dark for about as far as a lantern would, though what you see is monochrome.

Velike
player, 126 posts
Ta-Matoran
Tue 23 Apr 2019
at 16:57
  • msg #571

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 570):

"Shells of beings, remnants of rahi, the remains of projects long since claimed by time." Velike muttered, a touch of awe to his tone as he followed Lutorian, the bot behind them.

"So, I see the stories I have heard, and the carvings my keep held spoke true. Those who became of the Shadowed were builders, makers, those who crafted living beings. A task of honour given only to them."
Lutorian
player, 96 posts
Le-Matoran
Wed 24 Apr 2019
at 03:29
  • msg #572

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Velike (msg # 571):

"such a gift, dark-used... disappointing..."

"Let's see what's behind this door, we can still decide that this may be a terrible-bad idea"
Velike
player, 127 posts
Ta-Matoran
Wed 24 Apr 2019
at 04:07
  • msg #573

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Lutorian (msg # 572):

"Of course. And while I hope such will not occur, I doubt it will matter either way. I figure I'd rather deal with the one being who has yet to show us any reason to fear him beyond his species, than the unknown, both in amount and person, following behind us." Velike replied, moving to help Lutorian in his requested task.
Game Master
GM, 262 posts
Wed 24 Apr 2019
at 07:09
  • msg #574

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu


Lutorian, Velike

Behind the door was an antechamber holding a display of weapons on the left-hand side. Two of the weapons lay on the ground and looked like they had had sustained heavy battle damage. One was a great axe, broken into several pieces. The other weapon was a sword that had snapped at the middle. The remaining half looked like it might be the right fit to act as a Matoran's weapon. The third weapon was a disk launcher, which was undamaged. A stack of Kanoka disks had been scattered across the floor as well.

Opposite of the display there was a panel with multiple switches and buttons. They were labeled in Matoran writing: 'Doors', with a switch for each door. 'Stasis', with a button for each tube. 'Lights' and 'Defenses', each a single switch. Finally 'Surface', consisting of two buttons individually labeled 'open' and 'close'.

Past the antechamber there was a larger chamber with no door barring it from view. Here a table stood in the center with more stacks of tablets and odd vials upon it, as well as a fuel cell tank that was quite a bit larger than the ones designed to fit into mining robots. It had a swirling gas inside which looked like dark smoke.

Many of the things on the table were toppled over. The mess extended to the floor as well. Pieces of scrap metal and signs of scorch marks could be seen.

On the wall straight in front of the door: A cylindrical alcove with a sealed hatch in the ceiling. And near this alcove, sprawled out behind the table and partially hidden from view, lay a great black suit of armor slumped against the wall, far larger and bulkier than both Toa and Skakdi alike. The protosteel - recognizable by its characteristic rust-free sheen - was unnaturally thick, yet it had been ripped open in the chest area to reveal an entirely hollow interior. One of the armor's clawed hands rested on the ragged edge of the breach. The other was flat on the floor, with a single Kanoka and a dusty Firestaff lying within reach. On top of the armor sat a Kanohi Rau, the Great Mask of Translation. The normally transparent Kanohi looked like it was marbled with a smoky pattern and several splotches of darker color. There was no face behind it - the eye sockets were dark and the head itself looked to be unnaturally empty.


What do you do?
Tameku
player, 172 posts
Bo-Matoran
Wed 24 Apr 2019
at 09:15
  • msg #575

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

While the Dark Hunters were arguing further, Tameku edged over to Widrua and lowered his voice.

"That staircase - do you reckon a single cabolo stick would be enough to destroy it? You know, if we somehow manage to leave our two tall friends down here while we reach the top."

He cringed a bit at Frostbite's harsh handling of the Turaga, but didn't know what he could do to calm down the Dark Hunter, since patience obviously wasn't one of Frostbite's strengths. All Tameku could hope for was that the Dark Hunters did realize themselves that waiting was the best idea - and that Lutorian and Velike, who probably were behind that door, managed to find the Makuta and return before Frostbite started snapping people in half.
Game Master
GM, 263 posts
Wed 24 Apr 2019
at 09:45
  • msg #576

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku

"We could take a good chunk out of it," Widrua replied, "and possibly dismantle the staircase completely if we drilled a hole first. Maybe we could use two or three sticks to the same effect."

The Onu-Matoran nudged the mining explosive he was holding a bit closer to Tameku, out of view from the Dark Hunters who were still fruitlessly trying to argue with Zuhras. "If you want to risk it, I'll give you mine, but I can't leave the Turaga behind," he said.
This message was last edited by the GM at 09:45, Wed 24 Apr 2019.
Velike
player, 128 posts
Ta-Matoran
Wed 24 Apr 2019
at 14:46
  • msg #577

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 574):

"The fallen giant of shadowed kind. The remnants of warriors past. A mask of unnatural make... What exactly happened here?" Velike muttered as he stared at the slumped, and ruined armour.
Tameku
player, 173 posts
Bo-Matoran
Fri 26 Apr 2019
at 08:45
  • msg #578

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"I'm not gonna leave without the Turaga either", Tameku reassured Widrua, "But you know, once we get a chance to escape the Dark Hunters it might be a good idea to think ahead. Keep your cabolo stick for now. You probably have a better idea how to use them effectively than I do."

In an even lower whisper, barely audible, Tameku added: "We need to wait for Velike and Lutorian before we can go. If we're lucky they will bring with them a means to get rid of the Dark Hunters." He paused, unsure how to continue, but then pressed on: "Someone told me the weather anomalies on the island can be fixed by either restoring the elemental artifacts to their sites or bringing all of them to Storm Peak or the Great Temple. So if we get the chance, we need to make sure that the Earth artifact stays were it is or at least is in our hands. From my experience anything in Dark Hunter hands is as good as lost."

He reflected grimly what this meant for their current situation. But all they could presently do was wait for Lutorian, Velike and hopefully a new ally.
Lutorian
player, 98 posts
Le-Matoran
Mon 29 Apr 2019
at 03:44
  • msg #579

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Guess-think it was the Turaga-elders of this place that did all this, back when they were Toa-heroes," Lutorian replied, cautiously moving to investigate the tank of dark gas, the whole place had him unnerved, but this more so than the rest.
Game Master
GM, 264 posts
Mon 29 Apr 2019
at 07:51
  • msg #580

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku

"I see," Widrua said. "We all know about the power of the artifacts, but I must warn you that they are not easily controlled. Our Turaga elders have said that as long as they remain where they are, they are somewhat stable. If the stories are true, moving them to the temple created by the Great Beings would be the safest option in the end, but moving an artifact causes it to become restless. Only a Toa of the same element can be truly safe while doing so."

The Onu-Matoran lifted his Cabolo stick once more to make a point. "Without a Toa, it would be like carrying one of these, except you don't know when the fuse might decide to light itself."

His explanation was interrupted when the two Dark Hunters suddenly ceased their discussion with the Turaga and perked up as if listening to something. Moments later the sound reached Tameku's ears as well - it was a constant, rhythmic scratching and clanking, as if a Rahi was coming through the tunnel up ahead.

"Could be an ussal crab," Widrua whispered.

What do you do?



Laboratory

The smoke reacted to Lutorian's presence and coalesced into a thick cloud hovering near the tank's transparent window. A hint of facial features could be seen inside of it. We finally meet in person, said the telepathic voice of the Makuta. The mouth of the face was unmoving. I am very pleased that you would come this far.

The cloudy face shifted ever so slightly in Velike's direction, as if trying to get a look at him as well. You are entirely right, Velike. The Toa tore me apart in battle. I fled here, to my sanctum, but was unable to repair the fatal wound I had sustained. Seeing no other option, I used the last resort available to my kind: I abandoned my body and sealed myself away as a spirit. With my powers gone and my reach thus limited to this place, I was forced to accost travelers in the hopes that someone would arrive to free me.

The shadowed face looked like it was smiling now. All I need is a vessel with no spirit of its own. You brought the robot as I instructed, that is good! If you will only open the seal on this tank so that I may reach it, your task is done.

What do you do?


Tameku
Rahi inbound. It could be a crab rider from the village, or it could be a roaming creature. Either way, your situation is about to change.

Lutorian, Velike
The tank definitely contains the Makuta you have been looking for. If you elect to open it, he intends to take control of the mining robot. At the moment he appears powerless apart from his telepathic ability.

This message was last edited by the GM at 07:51, Mon 29 Apr 2019.
Tameku
player, 174 posts
Bo-Matoran
Mon 29 Apr 2019
at 08:35
  • msg #581

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku strained to discern if it was one or more sets of Rahi footsteps. If it was one it probably meant a wild Rahi, more made Matoran from the village more likely - after all they knew where the Dark Hunters had been headed.

Tameku rolled 5 using 1d6 with rolls of 5.  Intent listening.
This message was last edited by the player at 08:36, Mon 29 Apr 2019.
Game Master
GM, 265 posts
Mon 29 Apr 2019
at 12:43
  • msg #582

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku
It sounds like a lone ussal crab that is getting very close, with some hushed voices further in the background. Matoran from the village, for sure, with a scout in the lead.

Velike
player, 129 posts
Ta-Matoran
Mon 29 Apr 2019
at 13:17
  • msg #583

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 580):

"Of course. As I have promised I will honour my debt." Velike replied as he turned back to the robot, and began to search for the seal he'd need to remove.
Game Master
GM, 266 posts
Mon 29 Apr 2019
at 13:29
  • msg #584

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Velike
It is a simple valve. Twist it and it will open an aperture at the top end of the tank. Then the Makuta will be free.

Is this your final decision? :)

This message was last edited by the GM at 13:30, Mon 29 Apr 2019.
Velike
player, 130 posts
Ta-Matoran
Mon 29 Apr 2019
at 16:22
  • msg #585

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 584):
Velike caught sight of the valve he was looking for rather easily. Quickly moving to open it, unless he was given reason to take pause of course.
Tameku
player, 175 posts
Bo-Matoran
Mon 29 Apr 2019
at 16:51
  • msg #586

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku wasn't sure if it was a good thing some Matoran were coming their way. He glanced at the Dark Hunters, hoping this wouldn't cause them to do anything rash with the Turaga.

If the Matoran came well equipped - Kanoka of Weakening, Shrinking and the like were preferable - they might actually be able to take down the Dark Hunters. So the key seemed to be getting the Turaga out of the Dark Hunter's grip for long enough for the Matoran to be able to act freely. Zuhras had those metal cutting scissors that should allow him to free himself as long as he was only kept on the leash and the Dark Hunters could be distracted for a moment...

Until the Matoran arrived nothing could be done, however, so Tameku silently prayed to Mata Nui and kept an eye on the Dark Hunters.
Lutorian
player, 99 posts
Le-Matoran
Mon 29 Apr 2019
at 20:05
  • msg #587

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Velike (msg # 585):

Lutorian nodded at velike, this would either aid them, or be a very big mistake, perhaps the green matoran wanted to trust the Makuta because of his relation to Rahi.
Game Master
GM, 267 posts
Tue 30 Apr 2019
at 11:04
  • msg #588

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu


Laboratory

A rush of air from the valve blew past Velike's hand. The gas inside of the tank billowed out into the room and swiftly set its course for the robot they had brought with them. In seconds the black smoke had surrounded the machine completely and seeped into every opening it could find. The digger's single eye took on a deep red hue, adding a bit of natural color into the otherwise black and white vision provided by the stone Lutorian carried.

The robotic eye shifted in its socket, looking around. The lone right arm of the digger flicked its tool up and down, then spun the drill at different speeds. The threads cautiously turned in a full circle and drove a short distance. As emotionless as the machine looked without a proper face, there was an air of eagerness about the way it moved.

After running these tests, the red eye fell upon the two Matoran.

"After so many years of isolation, I finally have a body again. You can not imagine my elation!" The Matoran-sized digging equipment hardly reflected his true stature, but the Makuta sounded inspirited nonetheless. "It will still take time to regain my former strength," he explained, "but no matter! This vessel must suffice for now."

The eye darted from place to place, lingering on each feature of the room as if taking in the memory for later. It gazed upon the fallen suit of armor for noticeably longer than any other object. "I owe you a great deal, Matoran," said the Makuta. "I shall repay you in full, as fate allows. For the time being: Take anything you wish from my dwelling, and ask me any favor you like. It is only proper that I follow your lead, after you went out of your way to follow mine."


What do you do?



Dark Hunters

Disruptor was the first to react. She hunched low, moving silently across the sand to take point near the bottom of the stairs. Given her Rahi-like claws and legs, it was easy for Tameku to recognize the Dark Hunter's potential of reaching the top with a well-placed leap and nimble climb.

A moment later the Ussal crab arrived from the tunnel above, carrying an Onu-Matoran guard on its back. The Matoran was black with dark gray limbs and wore a strikingly orange Kanohi Huna on his face. The guard carried a spear in his right hand and a throwing disk on his back. Behind him a murmur of voices went silent as he signaled them by raising his free hand.

"Villain!" he exclaimed, fixing his eyes on Frostbite, "Your allies have been routed. Release the Turaga and surrender, or face the consequences!"

Frostbite stayed where he was, keeping the Turaga close. "I had hoped we scared them off from trying to save you," he rumbled. "Stay back if you care for his life!" he shouted in reply.

Meanwhile Disruptor stayed flat against the wall, hidden from sight below the crab rider.


What do you do?



Lutorian, Velike
Just ask and the Makuta will provide you with what he can. Note that there are items and other things present in his lair that has not been mentioned (you did not enter the door marked 'Rahi', for example) that he would inform you of.

I'm keeping it open-ended at the moment, so feel free to put in a request if there is something in particular you want or need.

Tameku
A guardsman has arrived but is not aware of Disruptor's presence.

He has at least a handful of other Matoran behind him.

Tameku
player, 177 posts
Bo-Matoran
Tue 30 Apr 2019
at 14:01
  • msg #589

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Some questions before I act:

- From where Tameku is now - could he reach the wall above Disruptor with a thrown cabolo stick? Could Widrua?

- How long would it take the Matoran to get down the stairs? Or are they able to reliably use their disks on someone below from where they are?

- Are Tameku, Widrua, and/or the Turaga (should he cut himself free) close enough to the dead Nui-Jaga to be able to quickly take cover?

- Are the active gas leaks still there? If yes, are any close enough to Disruptor or Frostbite that they'd be ignited by an exploding cabolo stick?

Velike
player, 131 posts
Ta-Matoran
Tue 30 Apr 2019
at 14:21
  • msg #590

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 588):

"I thank you for your offer, and am happy to hear that we have helped you in such a way. True isolation is not a fate I would wish on even the beast who took my home." Velike replied, giving the Makuta possessed robot a short bow and grin before he began to look across the lab and what it could offer him that he'd find of interest.

"As for a favour, I'd hope your offer of helping us in locating the stone of green remains on the table. One more deal still remains for me to honour, and if I wish to even come close to achieving it I must first know at least its location."
Game Master
GM, 270 posts
Tue 30 Apr 2019
at 16:23
  • msg #591

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu


Velike

"Of course," replied the Makuta, "Finding the Stone would be beneficial for us both. I will search for it as soon as our business here is concluded."

The shadow had guided its robot body towards the stasis tubes in the main chamber, and was now pacing between them. "Alas, none of these creations are of use to me in this state," he lamented. "They are lacking critical mechanical functions. I can't move them like I can this machine, nor can I finish working on them."

He pondered for few moments. "I must seek out Rahi and borrow their strength instead. That is another power granted to me by the Great Spirit. In the meantime, I hope you find something here that may be of use to you."


Tameku

* Both of you could reach the wall with a throw, but the action would require a roll to execute perfectly.
* The crab would reach the bottom fairly quickly. Throwing disks could easily strike Frostbite. He's too big to get full cover from any of the Nui-Jaga remains lying around. Hitting Disruptor would require the attacker to stand at the very edge and aim straight down.
* You and Widrua could easily take cover. The Turaga's ability to do so is questionable, given his naturally slower speed and reaction time. He is not as spry as the Turaga of Air is.
* The gas leaks are not as big as they were right after the tremor, but yes, some columns of gas remain. Both of the Dark Hunters would feel the heat, but they are careful to avoid the leaks. You could potentially bait or trick one or both of them to approach in order to increase your chances.

Tameku
player, 178 posts
Bo-Matoran
Tue 30 Apr 2019
at 17:01
  • msg #592

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Alright", Tameku urgently whispered to Widrua, "Throw your cabolo stick at the wall over Disruptor when I shout. Or directly at Disruptor, if you think the explosion won't produce enough rubble to burry her. You're the miner here. Then take cover. I'll take care of the Turaga."

Tameku waited a few seconds, then shouted as loudly as he could: "Now, Turaga!" He hoped Zuhras understood that he was supposed to cut himself loose now and get away from Frostbite while the Dark Hunter hopefully was distracted by Widrua's cabolo stick flying in Disruptor's direction. He also hoped the Matoran above would open fire on Frostbite as soon as they saw the Turaga getting away from him.

And just in case Frostbite should get near a gas leak, Tameku tightened his hand around his own cabolo stick again.

Mata Nui, he hated violence. But if his travels had taught him one thing, then that at some point talking stopped being a solution to disagreements with certain individulas. He did hope anyone involved would survive, however - even the Dark Hunters. He had heard unpleasant stories of what happened to people who killed agents of their organization...


Proceed until everyone has had a chance to take one action (if they're able to), starting with Widrua's throw.

Game Master
GM, 271 posts
Wed 1 May 2019
at 11:34
  • msg #593

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Things happened quickly then. Widrua, already on edge and eager to strike, did not hesitate to fling the Cabolo stick as hard as he could towards Disruptor's position. She spotted the object sailing towards her, but did not immediately realize the danger. The Dark Hunter tried to duck, but as soon as the stick hit the rock wall right above her it exploded with a violent CRACK and sent her reeling. She crashed face-first into the white sand, whirling up a storm of it, whilst pebbles and other debris hailed through the cavern and bounced harmlessly against everyone else's armor. A good chunk of the rock was torn to pieces. Another Cabolo stick would likely cause the stairs to collapse completely.

The cloud of white dust partially obscured Disruptor from view, but Tameku could tell she was still laying down, and not dead, though the explosion had taken a heavy toll on the mole-like Dark Hunter.

When Turaga Zuhras heard Tameku's shout, he hastily grabbed the tool he had been given and cut through the wire keeping him secured. Frostbite whirled around to follow him, but changed his mind when the crab rider by the stairs began crawling down to get a better angle to cover both hunters. "Guard! Move in!" shouted the Matoran. Another crab rider appeared at the entrance of the tunnel, followed by two more Onu-Matoran on foot. All of them were carrying throwing disks.

The burly Dark Hunter facing him was already showing signs of frost forming in his mouth. An ice blast was clearly only moments from being launched.


You gained the upper hand during the surprise attack. What do you do?



13:13, Today: Game Master, for the NPC Widrua, rolled 6 using 3d6, keeping the highest dice only ((2,3,6)).
Note: Cordak and Cabolo ignore up to 3 points of defense, have a minimum of 1 damage per hit, and apply heavy explosive force.
Disruptor takes 4 damage and is sent reeling from the blast.

13:14, Today: Game Master, for the NPC Turaga Zuhras, rolled 5 using 1d6+1.  Cutting himself loose without being noticed. +1 due to distraction.

* You and your allies are unharmed at this distance. Zuhras is free, looking for cover.
* Disruptor is down and looking wounded, but may get back up.
* Frostbite is charging an ice blast, aimed at the crab rider.
* The guard and his Ussal crab is coming down the stairs, disk at the ready. A few more guards have arrived.

Tameku
player, 179 posts
Bo-Matoran
Wed 1 May 2019
at 14:20
  • msg #594

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Get the Turaga and take cover!", Tameku yelled at Widrua, before raising his own cabolo stick. He aimed it in Frostbite's direction, planning to let the stick hit the ground and exploding a small distance away from the Dark Hunter so that the explosion wouldn't harm the Turaga but still hopefully was enough to foul Frostbite's aim and give the Matoran guards a chance to take position.

As soon as he had thrown the cabolo stick he whirled around and made for Disruptor, deciding it might be a good idea to take her out of the fight with either a swing of his crowbar to the head or his shortsword's blade at her throat - depending on her current status. Or maybe he was lucky and Disruptor already was unconscious. In any event, being close to her was currently probably the best place to avoid Frostbite's attacks.

Tameku rolled 4 using 1d6 with rolls of 4.  Throwing Cabolo Stick to foul Frostbite's aim.

Tameku is running towards Disruptor but would stop if she gives any sign of being able to fight back right away. If she doesn't, I'll decide what to do once Tameku reaches her.

Game Master
GM, 272 posts
Thu 2 May 2019
at 08:29
  • msg #595

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu


Battle

"On it!" cried the Onu-Matoran, and ran as fast as he could towards the village elder. Upon hearing the shouts from both Matoran, Frostbite momentarily turned his head towards them. A wild and furious glare burned in his eyes.

Before the Dark Hunter could do anything about it, the second Cabolo stick struck ground, and the explosion whirled up such a large amount of white sand that vision became completely obscured for several seconds. Tameku could hear a roar of anger, and suddenly a beam of ice shot out of the sand cloud towards him. Luckily, it missed completely and shattered harmlessly against the wall.

The crab-riding guard made use of the opening and flung his disk towards the source of the ice beam, striking Frostbite with a loud noise. He expertly caught the disk as it bounced back. The other guards had taken up position at the top of the stairs and readied their disks. "Turaga, get clear!" they shouted, afraid to hit their own allies by accident.

Tameku found Disruptor pushing herself up on all fours, poised like a wounded Rahi uncertain of if it should strike or not. Despite being covered in sand and soot and sporting visible dents on one side of her lean armor, she fixed her eyes on the Matoran and hissed menacingly: "You will pay for that." With claws still intact, Tameku recognized the possibility that she could manage to do so before being brought down.

Out of the corner of his eye, he could see Widrua and Turaga Zuhras having retreated the very edge of the room. They looked like they were planning on making their way around to the stairs, though Frostbite may still interfere if he was not subdued.

The brute had raised all four of his arm and looked like he was about to charge the guard with all his might. More frost vapor drifted from his mouth already as well.


What do you do?



Laboratory

The distant noise of explosives going off gave the Makuta pause. He sat silent for a little while and then turned towards his two Matoran companions. "Someone is fighting outside the door, but I am not certain of who it is. I should not give away my presence by entering their minds just yet."


What do you do?


Tameku
Since you deliberately aimed to miss, Widrua and the Turaga are unharmed, while Frostbite is temporarily staggered and blinded.

10:03, Today: Game Master, for the NPC Frostbite, rolled 0 using 1d6-2.  Frost Breath (adv).
-2 from negative conditions. Complete miss. Additionally, the Onu-Matoran guard gets an advantage on his attack.

10:07, Today: Game Master, for the NPC Onu-Matoran Guard, rolled 6 using 2d6+1, keeping the highest dice only with rolls of 1,5.  Attack Frostbite with thrown disk (Skills: Guard, Disk-Thrower).
4 damage - 2 Combat defense. Frostbite takes 2 damage.

Disruptor is about to get back up, but despite the bravado she's looking very weak. You may not want to give her an opening, however.

This message was last edited by the GM at 08:36, Thu 02 May 2019.
Tameku
player, 180 posts
Bo-Matoran
Thu 2 May 2019
at 09:13
  • msg #596

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

As usual when someone started shooting at him, Tameku's thoughts were subdued by the simple urge to run and hide. He ducked instinctively as Frostbite's attack shot past him, then just ran on, hardly even remembering that he was headed towards Disruptor. When he suddenly found himself face to face with the Dark Hunter, he gave a terrified squeak and swung wildly with the crowbar he still clutched in his hands.

Tameku rolled 5 using 1d6 with rolls of 5.  Crowbar swing.
Game Master
GM, 274 posts
Thu 2 May 2019
at 11:51
  • msg #597

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku
Do you aim for anywhere in particular?

Tameku
player, 181 posts
Bo-Matoran
Thu 2 May 2019
at 13:43
  • msg #598

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

If Disruptor is still on all fours probably for the head. Otherwise random.
Game Master
GM, 275 posts
Thu 2 May 2019
at 14:16
  • msg #599

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tamuku's reckless attack hit the Dark Hunter squarely on the side of her sloped head plate, drawing a scratch across the brown metal in the process. Disruptor's eyes flickered and she fell dazed to the ground once more. This time she stayed down, clutching her head with both hands.

Behind him, Tameku heard the crash of Frostbite ramming into the Ussal crab. The large being gripped its pincers with two arms, then expertly used another for leverage as he seized the crab and flipped it over. The Onu-Matoran guard fell to the ground, and Frostbite was on him in a second, delivering a hard punch with his fourth arm. The Onu-Matoran flinched and recoiled from the hit.

Just then the remaining members of the guard decided that enough was enough. With the Turaga reasonably out of harm's way, each of the three threw their disks at the brutish Dark Hunter. One bounced off Frostbite's armor to seemingly no effect, while another nudged his shoulder and the third made him take a step back from the impact. He growled in annoyance and advanced towards the stairs, making the now disk-less Matoran retreat a few steps.


What do you do?


Tameku
Head it is. 2 dmg - 1 def means Disruptor loses 1 HP and has 0 remaining. Having been knocked down by a relatively weak hit, she sustains an injury (dizzy, disoriented) but stays conscious. There is very little chance that you'll face retaliation.

NPC Frostbite rolled 5 using 3d6, with rolls of 5,4,5.  Subdue the guard's ussal crab. (Skills: Dark Hunter viciousness, Very strong, Crush things).
Applies skill: Multi-attack.
NPC Frostbite rolled 6 using 3d6, with rolls of 4,2,6.  Multi-attack: Unarmed strike on guard. (Skills: Dark Hunter viciousness, Very strong, Crush things).
Results: Crab is flipped, Guard takes 2 damage from punch.

Guards attack Frostbite w/thrown disk. (Skills: Guard, Disk-Thrower)
Results were 5, 3 and 6. (Lots of text, but the results can be seen in the dice roller.)
1 damage, no damage, 2 damage.
Frostbite loses 3 HP total and looks like he's taken a fair bit of damage.

This message was last edited by the GM at 14:16, Thu 02 May 2019.
Tameku
player, 182 posts
Bo-Matoran
Thu 2 May 2019
at 15:15
  • msg #600

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku climbed atop Disruptor's back and raised his crowbar with trembling arms, ready to strike her head again should the Dark Hunter make any sudden move. Beyond that he currently wasn't able to think straight enough to focus on anything else.
Lutorian
player, 101 posts
Le-Matoran
Fri 3 May 2019
at 18:25
  • msg #601

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"If I would be allowed," Lutorian said facing the now inhabited mining robot, "I am an... admirer of your work, I wish to see" Lutorian was cut off by the sounds of fighting, minor irritation in his face.
"Tameku probably needs our help quick-fast fire-spitter" Lutorian began scanning the place for Kanoka disks of any notable ability.
Velike
player, 132 posts
Ta-Matoran
Sat 4 May 2019
at 02:32
  • msg #602

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Lutorian (msg # 601):

"I agree, Lutorian. I hope you do not mind if I borrow some of your Kanoka, shadowed." Velike called out to the Makuta, moving towards the scattered Kanoka in hope of finding some with more battle able abilities still active in the mess.

"I would not wish to take anything that may have important use to you later."
Game Master
GM, 277 posts
Mon 6 May 2019
at 15:54
  • msg #603

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu


Tameku

The lean Dark Hunter squirmed weakly below Tameku's feet. Were she at full strength she may easily have thrown the Matoran off, but as it was he had the definite upper hand.

Some distance away Frostbite seemed to have snapped out of his intial rage, for he stopped his advance and stayed at the foot of the weakened stair structure. Behind him, Widrua and the Turaga had stopped moving. Frostbite was blocking their way out. The Ussal crab he had flipped over was struggling to find its footing, and the guard was likewise dazed for the time being.

The remaining Onu-Matoran on the ledge above - deprived of their throwing disks, which had been unable to bounce all the way back up - had readied their spears but were unwilling to give up their high ground by moving further down into the sand pit.

Frostbite looked in Tameku's direction. "Lucky hit," he quipped, indicating the fallen Disruptor, "but what do you plan to do next? Neither of us may leave without a fight. How about I just take you as my new hostage, and solve two problems at once?"

The brute took a threatening step forwards. Tameku could tell the Dark Hunter had taken some damage from being struck by multiple disks, but was still standing his ground.


What do you do?



Velike and Lutorian

The mining robot trucked on, moving past the stasis tubes and towards the shelf in the corner of the laboratory. "If you have interest in my creations," the Makuta said to Lutorian, "I would not mind showing you how they work. Maybe you could even be of use to me. I had a Matoran assistant once, but when I realized the Toa were plotting against me I was forced to let him leave. Perhaps he is still out there..."

The Makuta allowed the drill to detach from his robotic arm, and used what remained of the limb to rummage through the crate of tools until he found one that fit. A pair of tongs rose into the air as if lifted by some invisible force, and were fitted onto the end of the arm as a makeshift hand.

Upon being asked for Kanoka, the Makuta responded: "You may have them all, if you wish, and the launcher as well. I cannot use such weapons in this form."

The pile of disks lying in the antechamber turned out to contain a mixture of different types. Some of them had great power - suitable for mask-making, even - while the rest looked like they were either spent or did not have any power in the first place, for they were colored a dull steel gray and had no power code stamped on them.


What do you do?


I made a few secret rolls for this, and you are lucky enough to get some high-level and immediately useful disks! There are six notable Kanoka in the pile, three for each of you:
Teleport      Lvl 7   Teleports target 70 meters away for each Degree of Success.
Weaken        Lvl 6   Drains 6 Physical HP OR permanently weakens armor by 2 DEF. Target's choice.
Weaken        Lvl 6   Drains 6 Physical HP OR permanently weakens armor by 2 DEF. Target's choice.
Weaken        Lvl 3   Drains 3 Physical HP OR permanently weakens armor by 1 DEF. Target's choice.
Freeze        Lvl 5   Target is frozen and has +1 DEF. The ice has 10 HP, lost when attacked or trying to break free.
Reconstitute  Lvl 5   Target is scrambled into a random shape of roughly the same size for 10 minutes.
There are also eight powerless disks. Powerless Kanoka are considered to be normal disks and deal damage as a regular weapon would.

Powered Kanoka do not deal damage like regular attacks do. Instead they apply their listed power, and lose one level of power when doing so. They may also be crafted into Kanohi masks at a forge - Lvl 8 for Great, Lvl 6-7 for Noble, and any level from 5 down for a Powerless Kanohi.

Wielding a Disk Launcher greatly increases the accuracy and max range of a disk (+1 die to your roll) but you lose the ability to have the disk return to your hand after attacking.

Tameku
player, 184 posts
Bo-Matoran
Mon 6 May 2019
at 16:36
  • msg #604

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

The immediate heat of battle over, Tameku regained his composure for the most part, although his hands still slightly shook. Glancing from Frostbite, to the Turaga and Widrua, to the fallen guard, to his companions up above, to the fallen Disruptor and back to Frostbite again, he concluded that all in all the situation turned out not quite as bad as expected based on a plan that was never really thought through.

He still would have liked very much to have a word with whoever thought four Matoran guards were enough to free their Turaga from two Dark Hunters, though. Tameku sincerely hoped he was judging the situation prematurely and more Matoran were on their way, but he wasn't sure if that hope might not be futile. Still, maybe some talking gave someone else enough time to do something about Frostbite.

Tameku put his crowbar into his satchel - it stuck out at an odd angle and was probably a real hindrance should he have to run, but he definitely wanted to keep it out of Disruptor's reach, even if she likely could do everything she could do to a Matoran with a crowbar with her claws. Then he drew his shortsword, bent down and put it at Disruptor's throat.

"One more step and she dies!", he called to Frostbite, "Surrender and you'll both get out of this alive!" Feeling bold all of a sudden Tameku slapped the top of Disruptor's head with his free hand. "Tell him to surrender!"

Skills used: Persuasiveness, Knowledge of how to deal with different species

Tameku rolled 3 using 3d6, keeping the highest dice only with rolls of 2,3,3.  Convincing Frostbite.

Tameku rolled 6 using 3d6, keeping the highest dice only with rolls of 2,6,1.  Convincing Disruptor.
(Since she has a sword at her throat that could potentially give a bonus?)

This message was last edited by the player at 17:50, Mon 06 May 2019.
Lutorian
player, 104 posts
Le-Matoran
Tue 7 May 2019
at 06:35
  • msg #605

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 603):

"Perhaps if fate ends that way," Lutorian responded to the Makuta.

"Happy-good, Fire-Spitter, take the launcher, it'll serve you better than I" Handing the launcher to Velike, before continuing.

"You take the Teleportation disk and I'll take the Freeze, we could use them as our first attack to surprise them, I'll take two of the weaken disks and you may take the rest."

The green Matoran sounded confident, in his plans, and began packing away the disks.
Velike
player, 133 posts
Ta-Matoran
Tue 7 May 2019
at 14:23
  • msg #606

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 603):

"Ah, I thank you for your generosity." Velike replied, giving a short bow before accepting the launcher from Lutorian.

"Your plan sounds like a good one, Lutorian. I agree to it, and shall endeavour to use my newfound disk-launcher to the best of my ability." Velike replied, moving to gather up as many of the remnant disks as he could before readying his new disk-launcher with Teleport Kanoka loaded.
This message was last edited by the player at 14:35, Tue 07 May 2019.
Game Master
GM, 280 posts
Thu 9 May 2019
at 07:40
  • msg #607

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku

Frostbite halted his advance in disbelief, but then a smile crept across his face and he laughed cruelly. "You really don't understand us, do you?" he said, crossing his lower pair of arms. "Dark Hunters are not paired based on how much we care for one another. Her life means nothing to me, beyond being a useful asset." Then his smile vanished. "Still, losing to Matoran will not do. Let her go, if you don't wish to find out just how 'dark' I can be."

"Stop!" shouted one of the Onu-Matoran from up above. "As soon as the rest of the guard is done with the Dark Hunters in the village, they will join us here. Any attempt at escape is doomed to fail!"

Frostbite seemed to pay the guardsman no mind, but growled in a threatening manner.

"I am already doomed, Matoran," hissed Disruptor, making no attempt at resisting when Tameku held the blade to her throat. "Failing the mission is not an option. If you are prepared to kill - and to die - I dare you to go ahead."


What do you do?



Velike and Lutorian

"Good. If you are now armed, I suggest aiding your friend," the Makuta said. "Now that I am truly experiencing your... smaller stature through this robotic body, I reckon that even smaller Rahi could pose a significant threat to it."

The single-eyed robot turned one final time to survey the dusty laboratory, then looked expectantly to the two Matoran.


What do you do?


Tameku
Yes, you get a +1 bonus vs Disruptor due to your very real leverage. Frostbite -1 social, Disruptor -5.
Frostbite is feeling confident at the moment. There's little chance he will surrender.
Disruptor, however, has recognized that her life is in your hands, though she does not wholly believe you will follow through on your threat.

09:23, Today: Game Master, for the NPC Frostbite, rolled 3 using 2d6, keeping the highest dice only with rolls of 3,2.  Making threats. Skills: Dark Hunter viciousness.
No effect on your HP.

This message was last edited by the GM at 07:41, Thu 09 May 2019.
Tameku
player, 185 posts
Bo-Matoran
Thu 9 May 2019
at 11:34
  • msg #608

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku had to admit that the Dark Hunters had a point. He wasn't really thrilled by the idea of having to kill someone - and even less by the idea of getting killed, which was inevitable even if Frostbite could be stopped - from what he'd heard on his travels no one was able to brag about having killed a DarK Hunter for long before they mysteriously vanished. No, Tameku didn't have any illusions in that regard.

But he had witnessed a lot of shady deals during his travels as a merchant - and admittedly had initiated some of them himself - so he was sure he could buy some more time. Maybe he could even manage to convince the Dark Hunters of surrendering! Now that would be a tale!

He fumbled around in his satchel, confident that with his sword still at Disruptor's throat no one would stop him - and after all what could he have hid in there? A Cordak Blaster? Finally finding the leaf in which he had wrapped the fruit bladders containing analgetic juice, he took out one of them, and with a quick motion sliced it open with his sword and spread the juice on the blade. Then to make a point he dealt Disruptor a shallow cut with the sword - just enough to damage tissue and let her feel it.

"I just poisoned my blade!", he loudly declared, "And in case you shouldn't believe me, our good friend Disruptor here can confirm that there's a certain numbness slowly spreading from the cut... If she doesn't get the antidote she won't make it out of these caves alive. And you, Frostbite, should probably consider the possibility that I manage to nick you with that sword before you can crush the life out of my body. I saw a Bo-Matoran up in Parau-Koro who was selling the correct antidote, I think. A fast Ussal rider can probably make it there and back in time... So I'll say it again - surrender and you'll both live!"

Tameku silently prayed that they'd buy this bunch of lies he just made up.

Skills used: Knowledge of how to deal with different species, Persuasiveness

Tameku rolled 6 using 3d6, keeping the highest dice only with rolls of 2,5,6.  Threatening Dark Hunters.

(Do I maybe get a bonus for Disruptor actually feeling the analgetic effect and/or Tameku being a Bo-Matoran?)

Lutorian
player, 105 posts
Le-Matoran
Sat 11 May 2019
at 15:22
  • msg #609

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 607):

Lutorian nodded at the Makuta’s suggestion to leave “Ever-Quick Fire-Spitter” and headed out towards the door, the Mukuta’s last comment was slightly concerning to the Le-Matoran, but perhaps the Makuta was simply thinking of what might pose danger to him in this form.
Game Master
GM, 281 posts
Mon 13 May 2019
at 13:12
  • msg #610

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku

"Blazes! He's right!" exclaimed Disruptor hoarsely, shuddering a bit after the violence inflicted upon her, and especially after Tameku's threat. "Forget me! Take the Nektann and go! The password is 'kuamsha'!"

"Not yet," growled Frostbite angrily. "If you die, losing an agent is going to be on my head!" He stretched out his powerful limbs and seized the Onu-Matoran guard next to him, who was just regaining his footing. The Matoran on the ledge finally made a decision, and began marching down the stairs to join the fight. The ussal crab rider was especially quick, but Frostbite stopped him with a glare and a violent motion so far as his hostage was concerned.

"Here is the deal," he bellowed, "I pick up my ally, and the robot, and we get free passage to the surface. You bring me the antidote on the way out. Otherwise I crush this Matoran's skull. No tricks, no fighting. Then you are rid of us... for now. What do you say?"

What do you do?


Each Hunter loses 3 Social HP.

NPC Frostbite rolled 5 using 3d6, with rolls of 5,3,5.  Grab Onu-Matoran guard. Skills: Dark Hunter viciousness, Very strong.
Result: Success.

NPC Frostbite rolled 6 using 2d6+1, with rolls of 5,3.  Trying to make a deal. Skill: Dark Hunter viciousness. +1 from being completely serious about the hostage this time.
Result: 4 dmg - 2 def, Tameku loses 2 Social HP.

Tameku
Disruptor believes you, and is resigned to her fate. She is not convinced she can be saved.
Frostbite is growing desperate from your threat and has seized a new hostage.

Lutorian & Velike
If you have nothing else to do in your current location, feel free to introduce yourself to a different location, and take direct action there. You could announce your presence to Tameku and the others in the sand chamber, for example, or move deeper into the cavern and check out the other door.

The Makuta has offered to follow your lead, so you may assume he follows.

This message was last edited by the GM at 13:15, Mon 13 May 2019.
Velike
player, 134 posts
Ta-Matoran
Mon 13 May 2019
at 17:21
  • msg #611

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Lutorian (msg # 609):

Velike nodded at Lutorian, hurrying after him as he said, "We no not the entirety of those who follow, and be they foe, they shall foe! Be prepared for battle if it comes, Lutorian. I will not let any of my wards fall."
Tameku
player, 186 posts
Bo-Matoran
Tue 14 May 2019
at 10:07
  • msg #612

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

It wasn't a complete surrender, but as far as Tameku was concerned it was good enough. Especially for the Matoran taken hostage it was probably good enough.

"Free passage to the surface and the antidote, but you have to release your hostage at the edge of Parau Koro before you'll get the antidote", Tameku replied, "Since killing Dark Hunters only brings problems you'll be escorted to the surface by a contingent of guards and then released. Should you be found again in these tunnels after that, hostilities will continue. Deal?"

Skills used: Knowledge of how to deal with different species, Persuasiveness

Tameku rolled 6 using 3d6, keeping the highest dice only with rolls of 1,3,6.  Making a deal.

(Just need to know if Frostbite accepts and/or if he has anything else to say about it. If he agrees, I have a plan for how exactly to proceed)

Lutorian
player, 107 posts
Le-Matoran
Mon 20 May 2019
at 07:20
  • msg #613

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Lutorian made his way back across the bridges, back to the gate, pressed against the door he could hear shouting, but not the sounds of combat, he raised his hand to tell Velike to wait.
"We should try to figure out what's going on out there before we open the gate."
Velike
player, 135 posts
Ta-Matoran
Tue 21 May 2019
at 16:28
  • msg #614

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Lutorian (msg # 613):

"If you believe that to be the best option than I shall follow suit." Velike replied, readying his disk launcher as he moved to better hear what was happening on the other side of the door.
Game Master
GM, 283 posts
Thu 23 May 2019
at 06:32
  • msg #615

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"All right," Frostbite growled, still clutching his Matoran hostage. "Now hurry up with that antidote. Send a rider, I don't trust someone with your stubby legs to get it ready in time."

"If they have any sense they'll shoot us in the back the moment we're out of range from the Turaga, added Disruptor through clenched teeth, but in her weakened state she stayed still under the threat of more violence. Tameku could sense the Dark Hunter tense up as if to break free of him, now that she had nothing to lose, though he could also tell that she was hardly in a state fit to do so.

Meanwhile, on the other side of the great door, Lutorian could only make out the muffled sounds of conversation, with the occassional shout or loudly spoken word reaching his ear with reasonable clarity. Tameku was there, that much was obvious, but who were these with him? Dark Hunters. Guards. Hostage. Something about a deal. Those were the most important words the Le-Matoran could hear.

Velike, true to his patient nature, listened just a bit more closely and picked up some other details. Turaga Zuhras' name came up at least once. Was he present, then? Frostbite and Disruptor... sounded like code names. Then there was something about poison.

What do you do?



Tameku
Dark Hunters lose 3 Social HP.
Frostbite has resigned himself to this plan.
Disruptor doesn't believe you will honor the deal, but has no other option than to go along with it.

Tameku
[Knowledge of different species]: Disruptor's current body language indicates a strong desire to get away from you, but also a paralyzing fear that keeps her from acting upon that desire.

Velike
[Extreme patience]: You learn the names of those present.

This message was last edited by the GM at 06:32, Thu 23 May 2019.
Tameku
player, 187 posts
Bo-Matoran
Thu 23 May 2019
at 08:43
  • msg #616

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Believe it or not, but some people will actually keep their word", Tameku responded to Disruptor as he climbed down from her back. "I suggest you get moving towards the village. Oh, and the guards will stay here for the moment - just in case."

Tameku moved over to the riderless Ussal of the guard held hostage, seeing if it would tolerate him on its back.

"I'll personally ride ahead and see about the antidote", he told the Dark Hunters, "We'll meet in Parau Koro."

Skills used: Rahi Handling
Tameku rolled 7 using 2d6, keeping the highest dice only with rolls of 6,6.  Ride the Ussal.


(Tameku will wait until the Dark Hunters have passed the guards and then ride ahead directly back to the village. The way seems to be fairly linear and in any case the Ussal probably knows the way?)
Lutorian
player, 108 posts
Le-Matoran
Fri 24 May 2019
at 01:03
  • msg #617

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 615):

"Sound's like it's a hostage situation..." Lutorian paused, thinking about the situation they might face.
"If we open the door we can attack whoever Tameku is talking to ever-quick, and make sure we have the control of the situation. However, we might want to open the door and simply aid Tameku if he is already in control, without having to use our Kanoka unless needed."
Lutorian paused, trying to hear more through the door.

"True-shot Freeze and Reconstitute Kanoka, that may work"
Velike
player, 136 posts
Ta-Matoran
Fri 24 May 2019
at 17:47
  • msg #618

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Lutorian (msg # 617):

"Be wary, I have heard mention of poison. Though in what context I do not know. Also, tell me, do the titles, Frostbite and Disruptor mean anything to you? I believe them to be the names of our foes." Velike replied, switching out his loaded teleport Kanoka for his reconstitute.
This message was last edited by the player at 21:23, Fri 24 May 2019.
Lutorian
player, 109 posts
Le-Matoran
Sat 25 May 2019
at 02:55
  • msg #619

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Velike (msg # 618):

"They do not, fire-spitter." The Le-Matoran spoke as he backed away from the door.
Game Master
GM, 284 posts
Mon 27 May 2019
at 07:55
  • msg #620

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu


The guard's ussal crab was not used to seeing strangers and recoiled from Tameku's approach at first, but it soon relaxed when it realized the Matoran was no threat. A few reassuring words from its owner - still held aloft by an increasingly impatient Frostbite - was all it took to convince the rahi and make it lower its body so Tameku could climb onto its back.

After the Bo-Matoran released her, the dazed Disruptor had approached Frostbite on unsteady feet and was now leaning on him for support. The Dark Hunter immediately recognized what easy pickings he would be when weighed down with both his ally and his hostage, so he spoke aloud: "Kuamsha," causing the Nektann in the corner to beep and turn in his direction. "Guard my back," he told it. "Shoot anyone who gets closer than five bio, or who takes action against: Frostbite, Disruptor, Swordbreaker, Schemer, or you." The four-legged robot beeped again to confirm its orders, then skittered over to its master.

With the deal worked out, the uneasy group of Onu-Matoran took up point a safe distance from the Dark Hunters, between them and the Turaga, leaving Tameku alone to lead the way.


Where are you, and what do you do?



On the other side of the door, two well-armed Matoran and their shadowed ally had been listening in on the conversation. "Code names. They are meaningless beyond a vague description of their abilities," the Makuta said, adopting an undertone to avoid being heard. Even so his powerful voice echoed faintly around their heads.

"Hostages are mostly useful alive," he explained, sounding like he had some experience with the matter. "Even a Skakdi would be... unlikely to harm one in this situation. Such a distraction would only work against a smaller group of pursuers." Sensing some lack of conviction, he reassured Lutorian of the plan the Le-Matoran had mentioned: "Freezing the biggest threat would bring a swift end to any trouble. Hostages may be thawed out as needed."


What do you do?


Tameku
Nice thinking. The crab accepts you. It can carry you to the village swiftly, and you are right in thinking that the way there isn't too complicated. I will let you decide where you currently are - in the chamber, by the tunnel, already enroute, and so on. The Hunters and the other Matoran will be looking to leave the chamber via the stairs and tunnel, but haven't done so yet. Tell me your course of action if you reach the village, and I will set the scene for you.

Velike, Lutorian
If you are actively listening, you will have heard the last of Tameku's words, as well as the Dark Hunters. Opening the door is the way to go if you wish to influence the current situation in the sand chamber. You could likely overpower the Dark Hunters if you are willing to risk fighting them. Otherwise keeping the door shut is guaranteed to hide your presence from the others, and would allow you to seek out the Earth Artifact undisturbed.

This message was last edited by the GM at 07:55, Mon 27 May 2019.
Tameku
player, 188 posts
Bo-Matoran
Mon 27 May 2019
at 08:26
  • msg #621

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Currently Tameku is still on the floor of the cavern. Tameku will wait until the Dark Hunters have climbed the stairs and all Matoran have rearmed themselves with their disks, then use his Ussal to climb up the wall and enter the tunnel ahead of the Dark Hunters. He will ride directly to the village, trying to find whoever is in command of the guard there.
Lutorian
player, 110 posts
Le-Matoran
Sat 1 Jun 2019
at 03:44
  • msg #622

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"It sounds as if Tameku has control of the stage, even so, let's open the gate and assist him," Lutorian said as he backed away from the door.
Velike
player, 137 posts
Ta-Matoran
Sun 2 Jun 2019
at 16:29
  • msg #623

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Lutorian (msg # 622):

"I... Yes. Yes. I agree with your plans. It is a much more honourable choice to lend our hands in better assuring the success of Tameku's plan, rather than leaving it up to unchanged fate while we search for an artifact we can always head back for later." Velike replied.
Lutorian
player, 112 posts
Le-Matoran
Thu 6 Jun 2019
at 19:54
  • msg #624

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Velike (msg # 623):

“Then it is decided fire spitter” Lutorian spoke softly as he sorted through his disk and picked out Freeze.
“Be ready” the green Matoran said pulling the lever to open the door.
Velike
player, 138 posts
Ta-Matoran
Fri 7 Jun 2019
at 16:31
  • msg #625

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Lutorian (msg # 624):

"Yes, so it is." Velike replied, keeping his disk launcher readied. Reconstitute disk loaded.
Game Master
GM, 287 posts
Wed 19 Jun 2019
at 12:40
  • msg #626

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In the sand chamber

Upon the lever being pulled by Lutorian, the great door swung open to reveal the scene taking place in the sand chamber to the two Matoran and their companion. At the same time, those in the chamber became aware of the new arrivals. Though the two Dark Hunters were too distracted by the village guards - and Tameku climbing the wall on top of his borrowed Ussal crab - to notice the low noise immediately, their Nektann robot aimed its electronic eye at them. Clearly it was in surveillance mode, ready to act if the situation matched the instructions it had been given.

Compared to the guards - only now able to move in to retrieve their throwing disks - the Ta- and Le-Matoran were well-armed with their newfound disk launchers. Thanks to their bright colors they stood out among the other beings present in the chamber. Behind them, the mining robot containing Makuta Zeselix's spirit silently observed the scene. Clearly, he was not in a hurry to reveal himself to the group gathered before them.

"Turaga..." began an Onu-Matoran, but caught himself when he realized he had just given away a potential advantage.

The most brutish-looking being near the top of the stairs turned his head in their direction immediately. "Don't get any ideas," Frostbite said loudly. His warning was clear: "Honor the deal."

What do you do?



A few minutes later.

In the village

The crab carried Tameku swiftly through the tunnel. The gas from before had been vented completely, and no more rumbling occured on the way back. The lone rider did not pass any other Matoran on the way. It was not until the Bo-Matoran reached the village that he could confirm the reason why:: The settlement was in chaos, with the ground cracked and torn up in several locations. Workers from the mine had begun reparing the damage, crushing or raising fallen stones and filling gaps with gravel and dirt.

At least two guards were laying down, their weapons and armor shattered to pieces. It looked like they had been engaged in combat, and lost soundly. One merchant was tending to them, while most of the others had fled elsewhere in a haste. A few other Matoran from the guard were left, trying to rear their panicked steeds while workers from the mine watched them with concern. Some of them looked wounded as well, though not as severly. The village gates were closed, with armed Matoran looking outwards past each of the barricades that Tameku could see.

Near the village square, close to the Archives where he had last been spotted, the De-Matoran who called himself Amthrin was tied up to a metal pole, struggling to no avail to free himself. His steltian companion was gone.

What do you do?


Lutorian, Velike
You arrive in the sand chamber. Tameku just left, the Dark Hunters are at the top of the stairs near the tunnel, and a few guards are scattered around there and on the sand below. Turaga Zuhras is also present. You likely have the advantage, as the Dark Hunters look weary and outnumbered. It may be wise not to underestimate them, however, since the Nektann is still active.

Tameku
The quake from earlier hit the village as well. The Dark Hunter group leader appears to have fled town, with the village guard gone to secure the area and chase him down. Amthrin is currently a captive.

Tameku
player, 189 posts
Bo-Matoran
Wed 19 Jun 2019
at 14:05
  • msg #627

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku rode up to the nearest guard, not bothering to dismount. So far everything in the village seemed more or less under control, so before he hadn't taken care of what he came here to do there was no point in getting involved otherwise.
"Who's in charge here and where can I find them?", he inquired in his most authorative tone, "Turaga Zuras sent me!"
Game Master
GM, 289 posts
Wed 19 Jun 2019
at 15:03
  • msg #628

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

One of the Matoran nearby raised his hand and came forward to meet Tameku. "That would be me. I'm Dhojom, overseer of everyday affairs. Glad to hear the Turaga is still alive." He coughed once, and continued: "If you seek the captain of the guard, however, that would be Weno. He's out in the tunnels right now, hunting the Hunter. As for the chief prospector, that's Nehkmotti. You may have passed him on the way in?"

What do you do?
Tameku
player, 190 posts
Bo-Matoran
Wed 19 Jun 2019
at 17:05
  • msg #629

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Name's Tameku", Tameku replied, sighing inwardly. Why could nothing ever be simple? "I need to find a healer quickly, one who knows about plants - don't worry, the Turaga is fine. And then you better tell me what exactly happened here with the Dark Hunters - because two more with a Nektann are hopefully on their way here and I just might be able to get them to leave peacefully. For now."
Game Master
GM, 291 posts
Thu 20 Jun 2019
at 11:13
  • msg #630

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Dhojom made sure to heed Tameku's words at once, and sent an assistant to find someone with the right know-how of medicinal plants. While waiting for them to return, the overseer explained the events that had transpired recently.

"The missing workers returned a while ago and told us of what was going on," he said. "The guards immediately went to confront the Dark Hunter in charge. Him and that traitorous Matoran were about to leave with a stack of tablets from our archives, but the Captain wished to apprehend them both and trade hostages to save the Turaga. That... could have gone better."

"From what I hear, the steltian pulled out a jagged blade and waved it at a guardsman - it blasted him with some kind of shattering power. The Hunters were running for the exit before we understood what had happened. At the same time the tremors started. Some Matoran stayed calm enough to raise their weapons in the middle of the chaos, but their spears snapped in half when they crossed that sword's path. We managed to capture the De-Matoran, at least, but he doesn't appear important enough for the Dark Hunters to care."

"I wanted to go save the Turaga immediately, but Weno insisted that they capture the escaped one first, so we could have proper leverage over the Dark Hunters in the mine."

At this time, the Onu-Matoran that had left returned with another in tow, who was carrying a satchel with various tools inside. The tools were partially wrapped in a clean piece of cloth which matched the sandy grey color of the Matoran's faded Kanohi Akaku. "Greetings," said the specialist. "I am Parau-Koro's physician, mender, and micro-technician. My name is Ahkepo. I was told I am needed somewhere?"


Ahkepo has the profession [Physician] and possesses the following skills that may be of use to you: [Medicinal knowledge], [Gears and pistons], [Precision worker], [Treating Rahi damage]
Tameku
player, 192 posts
Bo-Matoran
Thu 20 Jun 2019
at 16:33
  • msg #631

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Where exactly is the Steltian presumed to be at the moment?", Tameku asked Dhojom, "Outside the village, I gather? If so, which way did he take?"

Tameku wasn't sure if he trusted a healer who wasn't a Bo- or at least a Ga- or Ko-Matoran, but decided to give Ahkepo a chance. Digging in his satchel, he produced the one intact jungle fruit he'd been hanging on to and handed it to the physician.

"I picked this up on the road between Lebotu Koro and Parau Koro", Tameku explained, "All I know about this particular kind of fruit is that Gafna love it and that the juice is analgetic, however. Let's say I... convinced one of the Dark Hunters who'll arrive here from the mines shortly that I poisoned her with this juice.
"Did I actually poison her?"
Game Master
GM, 292 posts
Fri 21 Jun 2019
at 11:15
  • msg #632

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"He ran for the southern exit," replied Dhojom, indicating the gates located in that direction. "That's where most of them arrived from, too. That tunnel bends east and surfaces near the mountain pass that Ko-Matoran travelers use. You simply have to leave the path at the crossroads to make it almost impossible to find you among the rocky terrain. Hopefully the riders catch him while he's still confined to the underground."

Meanwhile, Ahkepo had taken the fruit from Tameku and turned it in his hands. "No, it's not a poisonous species," he said, "though I imagine it could act as an irritant too, if you got it in your eyes or an untreated wound. We only use it now and then when a mine worker pulls a muscle and needs to cool down." He tossed the fruit back to its owner with a gentle underhand throw. "If you need to keep up the ruse, I could supply you with some real poison."
Tameku
player, 193 posts
Bo-Matoran
Fri 21 Jun 2019
at 17:05
  • msg #633

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Uh... no need for any real poisons", Tameku assured the physician, "On the contrary, I've promised these Dark Hunters an antidote in exchange for their hostage. So, could you mix something harmless up that would feel convincing through the analgetic effect of the fruit juice? It needs to be ready once the Dark Hunters arrive here."

"Which brings me to the next thing - Dhojom, could you get half a dozen guards with throwing disks together that can escort the Dark Hunters from the village to the surface? Preferably through the tunnel leading into the jungle region? The deal says they'll keep their hostage until they are outside the village gates, then we'll give them the antidote in exchange for the hostage, then they'll have free passage to the surface."

Glancing over at Amthrin/Schemer, Tameku thoughtfully asked Ahkepo: "Do you perchance have some kind of sleeping drought? I don't trust a hostage who can fight back. I'm gonna ask our tied up friend a few questions first, though, I think. Do you want to accompany me, Dhojom? I might need your knowledge of the area."

Unless one of the two other Matoran has something else significant to say at the moment, Tameku will apporach Amthrin.
Lutorian
player, 115 posts
Le-Matoran
Sat 22 Jun 2019
at 04:54
  • msg #634

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 626):

Lutorian scanned across the cavern gathering the status of the few Onu-Matoran and pausing on the dark hunters before locking gaze with the Nektann.

Their numbers may give them an edge, however, this was not his guard to command and he did not want to create lasting conflict for these Matoran.
He shot a glance at the nearest Onu-Matoran "Explain the situation, where is the Bo-Matoran."
Game Master
GM, 293 posts
Mon 24 Jun 2019
at 08:13
  • msg #635

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Village

"Treating a fake poison is easy," mused Ahkepo, and retrieved a metal capsule from his bag. "I'll simply fill this with an inert liquid/powder mixture and have the Dark Hunter drink it. Are you sure you don't want me to fill it with real poison? It's a great opportunity." The Matoran could tell his suggestion wasn't appreciated, yet he pressed on. "Incidentally," he continued, "the same substance would keep the, ahem, hostage from fighting back as well. A knock-out is not required for the kind of repairs I do, so I don't have anything on hand that can do the job without causing internal damage. Sorry."

Ignoring the words that were coming from Ahkepo, Dhojom informed Tameku that his request should be easy to fulfill. "I will recall our gate guards for now, they are not needed when the threat is already here," he said.

As Tameku soon realized, Amthrin was not happy with his current predicament. The De-Matoran refused to keep struggling, but just the same the metal wires used to bind him refused to yield. "You." He scowled at the approaching Bo-Matoran, recognizing Tameku from earlier.


Underground

"These two are Dark Hunters," replied the Onu-Matoran that Lutorian had asked, "here to kidnap the Turaga and take our artifact. Some of the workers told us. When we arrived there was already a scuffle going on, but we've worked out some kind of deal. The Bo-Matoran you speak of just left for the village to ensure there is no trouble, though I don't know if the situation up above has calmed down yet. When we left there were Dark Hunters causing trouble there as well."

Due to the tense situation with the Nektann, the guardsman had not locked his arm into throwing position yet. He waited nervously to see if Lutorian would use his own weapon or not.

"I am sure you know about the artifact already, considering where you have just been," said Turaga Zuhras in a low voice. His wisened green eyes narrowed behind the black Kanohi Arthron whilst he tried to discern the intentions of these strange Matoran. Lutorian was not someone he had met before, and Velike looked unique even among Ta-Matoran due to the foreign design of his armor.

On the ledge up above, the mole-like Dark Hunter said something to her ally that was too low to be heard. Frostbite grunted affirmatively and took a step towards the tunnel. "No more delays," he snarled, but the glance he shot back towards the opened gateway betrayed his interest in staying and delving deeper immediately.

This body does not allow me to fight directly, said the telepathic voice of the Makuta in their heads, but if you allow me an opportunity I will take full advantage of my more subtle powers.


Tameku
There is no sleep-inducing medicine available here and now, but there will be guards who may assist you. Amthrin appears safely tied up for now.

Lutorian
Frostbite is about to change your tactical situation by leaving the sand chamber. Will you take advantage of your current position, look for an opening during the trip, put your trust in Tameku's unspoken plan once you reach the village, or perhaps turn your back on the group and go elsewhere?

This message was last edited by the GM at 08:14, Mon 24 June 2019.
Tameku
player, 194 posts
Bo-Matoran
Mon 24 Jun 2019
at 10:14
  • msg #636

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"I don't think a dead Dark Hunter would be to our benefit", Tameku told the physician, "They'd just have more of a reason to reduce this village to rubble. If you could temporarily drug our hostage into a state in which he can't cause us any trouble later that would be appreciated, though.
"Once you have the fake-antidote mixed best give it to me. I started bargaining with the Dark Hunters, I best see it through to the end."

To Dhojom, Tameku said: "Keep at least someone as a lookout at the gates, though. For all I know there are two more Dark Hunters around somewhere and I'd rather not have them paying us a surprise visit."

---

Approaching Amthrin, Tameku spread his arms wide and put on a smile. "Hey, Amthrin - or should I call you Schemer? I ran into your pals Frostbite and Disruptor down in the mines. Nice fellows! I'd love to meet your friends Swordbreaker, Lancer and Overseer, too, but from what I've heard they're also in a bit of a pinch at the moment." Tameku dropped his smile, moved in close to Amthrin and lowered his voice conspiratively: "You know, the Matoran here are not happy about your people abducting their Turaga. They even blame you for the Earthquake. The only thing holding them back from killing you all is the fact that some of your team are quite dangerous and not yet their captives. Swordbreaker can't hide in the tunnels forever, though, especially since the Matoran here know them far better than he does. And Disruptor and Frostbite took enough of a beating down below that it should be easy to overpower them with all the Matoran here in the village.
"So what about a deal? I'll make sure that all of you get safe passage out of these tunnels and in exchange we'll have a little chat about your mission on this island and what you found out in the local archives. Dont't worry, I won't tell your teammates about it, so better be quick before they come here and see us talking."

Skills used: Persuasiveness, Knowledge of how to deal with different species
Tameku rolled 5 using 3d6, keeping the highest dice only with rolls of 2,4,5.  Persuading Amthrin.

Lutorian
player, 116 posts
Le-Matoran
Thu 27 Jun 2019
at 04:54
  • msg #637

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 635):

"Ever-quick then! Before I strike you with my disk!" Lutorian spoke authoritatively, his eyes narrowing to a glare.
Game Master
GM, 294 posts
Tue 9 Jul 2019
at 11:22
  • msg #638

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Village

"I will see what I can do," Ahkepo replied, before leaving for his dwelling. Tameku could hear the Onu-Matoran mumbling to himself about what compounds would be best to use for his mixture.

Dhojom confirmed Tameku's concerns by informing him again of the Dark Hunters that had left prior to their arrival. "They should be long gone by now," he said, "but I can't shake the feeling that they may return if they hear of what has happened. Be careful about what you tell strangers. That Matoran we took prisoner may not be the only informant they have."

---

Upon taunting him, Tameku found that Amthrin still had some bluster left in him. "I don't need your help, leaf-eater," he spat. "It's easy to tell none of you are truly willing to kill, otherwise I'd be dead already."

Even though the De-Matoran sounded angry he was clearly not in a position where he held any serious leverage. For this reason the Dark Hunter recruit appeared willing to let some information slip in an effort to save his own skin.

"Our leader won't be hiding," he said. "Swordbreaker is faster than he looks, and very skilled at defending himself. He's more than capable of collapsing a tunnel behind him too, if need be. He will be well on his way to rendezvous with Lancer in the desert before any guards have a chance to catch up with him." Amthrin seemed certain of this statement. He neglected to comment on Frostbite and Disruptor, who had not been lucky enough to get away yet. A look in the De-Matoran's eye told Tameku that Amthrin was restraining himself from asking about them.

"If your friends blame me for a natural disaster," he continued, "then they must be dimmer than the lights in the mine. It's easy to make the quakes stop, anyway: Just allow us to take the artifact and I guarantee you there won't be any more rumbling. We have a special type of carrying case back on the ship that will keep the power of the artifacts contained until the time is right. You didn't think we would be setting sail with them counting down to our doom, did you? We aren't crazy."

Amthrin glanced away to gather his thoughts, then returned his cold blue gaze to Tameku. "What do you need to know? The archives held information about each artifact, where they are - or used to be, at least - and how to activate them. Vague legends concerning an evil being trying to steal the artifacts, leading to them being hidden away. There was an old slab warning of disasters and whatever if they are misused, too."

Amthrin shrugged as much as he could given his restraints. "The Dark Hunters won't concern themselves with what happens to some remote island, but the powers hidden here really are something... Those stones sound as powerful as the mythical Toa of old. It should be clear why The Shadowed One wishes to secure them."

"The mission is simple: Do whatever it takes to secure the artifacts, and get as many Skakdi on our side as possible. The Dark Hunters are strong, but many consider the war on Metru Nui to be shortsighted. Taking the city without some weapon to match the Toa simply isn't realistic. My destroyed home village can attest to them being terrifying forces of nature."


"Is this all you wished to know? Can I go now?"




The mine

"Just try it," snarled Frostbite, but did as instructed. Proceeding through the tunnel with hostage in one arm and Disruptor leaning on the other for support, the four-armed Dark Hunter could clearly tell that he was mostly defenseless against attacks from a disk launcher.

The two parties of Matoran and Dark Hunters could both feel the tension as they walked through the long tunnel leading back out of the mine. Frostbite was still carrying the weight of the two beings hanging onto him, and the giant was getting rather fed up with it. Each time he had to shift his arms to better support his mole-like ally and his Onu-Matoran hostage, his grunts became more frustrated. "I swear, I'm getting you that antidote only so the Shadowed One won't punish me for losing a Hunter to a stubby little Matoran, of all things. Blazes, for being a scrawny tin-can of a Rahi freak you are getting real heavy."

"Exerting myself will only make the poison circulate quicker," hissed Disruptor in response. "The numbness is going away, but my head is still spinning. I can't tell if it's getting worse or not, so I'm not taking any chances."

Meanwhile the Nektann followed the pair closely, tinkering along on sharp legs while the unblinking camera eye stayed precisely focused on the Matoran behind them. Lutorian knew that he would have to contend with the Nektann if any hostilities erupted. With so many Matoran, however... surely the robot couldn't possibly stop all of them.

Seeing as there was no chance of hurrying past the Dark Hunters, the remaining Ussal crab rider had taken his place in the back of the line, so as to not block the vision of those on foot. "I estimate we'll be in the village in about ten minutes," he whispered to Lutorian and the Turaga in front of him. "When we left to assist you, the entire guard was scrambling to apprehend the leader of these guys. I have no idea what awaits us up there."

Next to them, the Makuta still pretended to be nothing more than a silent mining robot, though occasionally its eye flickered red whenever its inhabitant scanned his surroundings.

Soon, they would all arrive at the village...


How do you wish to proceed?



Tameku
- Ahkepo will bring you a fake anti-toxin in a little while, along with what else he is able to procure.
- Dhojom has gone to follow your suggestion in preparation for the Dark Hunters arriving.
- Amthrin will tell you whatever you wish to know in the hope that you honor your promise of letting him go.

Lutorian
You still hold the advantage over the two Dark Hunters, so the status quo is likely to stay the same for the duration of the trip. If you have anything you wish to do while still in the mine, please tell me. If not, you may assume that you arrive in the village when you make your next post, and that any information about the situation that became available to Tameku will be available to you as well.

This message was last edited by the GM at 11:25, Tue 09 July 2019.
Tameku
player, 195 posts
Bo-Matoran
Tue 9 Jul 2019
at 16:52
  • msg #639

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku thoughtfully tapped the chin of his mask. "I saw you with an entire pile of tablets earlier, so I suppose you must have written down a digest of all the important information you found to take with you. Probably not just once, too, but multiple times, so your team can split up with everyone having the information... Did you have such a document? Where is it now?"

"You mentioned a group of researchers with some kind of device that you were looking for when we met originally. What exactly is the true connection between you Dark Hunters and them?"

Skills used: Persuasiveness, Knowledge of how to deal with different species
Tameku rolled 5 using 3d6, keeping the highest dice only with rolls of 4,5,5.  Getting information about the document (if it exists).


Skills used: Persuasiveness, Knowledge of how to deal with different species
Tameku rolled 4 using 3d6, keeping the highest dice only with rolls of 4,4,4.  Getting information about the archeologists.

This message was last edited by the player at 16:53, Tue 09 July 2019.
Game Master
GM, 296 posts
Wed 10 Jul 2019
at 10:06
  • msg #640

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Village

"We didn't have time to transcribe all the information we found," said Schemer, "but I did take notes. There's a backpack left somewhere around here; look inside. As for Swordbreaker... he wished to just take the whole stack of tablets and bring it with us." Schemer rolled his eyes at this. "He didn't carry any tablets at all when he ran, but steltians have a good memory, he says. Probably knows the artifact locations by heart, at least roughly."

Tameku's question about the group of researchers made the gray Dark Hunter sigh. "There is no connection. As far as I know those Matoran are just researchers working on a study, though we speculated if they were hired by someone with a deeper motive. The scanner device they carry can detect elemental power and a bunch of other energy types over long distances. That sounded very useful, so we decided to get our hands on it if we could. I told you it was stolen in the hopes that you would help me retrieve it, since I was tasked with doing so."

Schemer appeared to be in some discomfort as he wiggled uncomfortably against his bonds. "Look, I've told you more than I should already, but not so much that the others can hold it against me. If I give you the research and my weapon, will you at least let me have the rest of my belongings?"


How do you respond?


Tameku
- First roll: Critical success. Schemer's notes list all the artifact locations, and contains his private scribbles as well. You'll get the details a bit later.
- Second roll: Success. You now know what the device does.

12:00, Today: Game Master, for the NPC Schemer (Amthrin), rolled 6 using 2d6, keeping the highest dice only with rolls of 1,6.  Asking to keep his stuff. (Skill: Opportunist).
Result: Say yes, or lose 2 Social HP. (4 dmg vs Tameku's 2 def)

Lutorian
player, 118 posts
Le-Matoran
Wed 10 Jul 2019
at 13:25
  • msg #641

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 638):

“Then it keeps getting bad-worse” Lutorian whispered back to the Matoran.
“Lets just hope we get there before anything happens” he commented in a hushed tone.
Tameku
player, 197 posts
Bo-Matoran
Wed 10 Jul 2019
at 13:26
  • msg #642

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"I'm not robbing you", Tameku pointently told Schemer, "I'm not a thief like you Dark Hunters. See me keeping your notes as part of a deal. I don't care about your throwing disk. Still - it feels like it would be in the interest of the locals if I take a look at all of your belongings before handing them back to you, don't you think?"

Tameku looked around for the aforementioned backpack to take a look inside.

Tameku is assuming all of Schemer's belongings are inside the backpack, so regarding the social confrontation it's a "Yes" if Schemer wanted to prevent Tameku searching him directly. It's not a "Yes" yet otherwise.

Do I have to roll for finding the backpack and/ or its contents?
This message was last edited by the player at 13:27, Wed 10 July 2019.
Game Master
GM, 300 posts
Thu 11 Jul 2019
at 09:56
  • msg #643

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

The mine

"We didn't see anyone else on the way down, at least," replied the Onu-Matoran to Lutorian. "Of course, often it only takes a single Dark Hunter to be a problem."

Once we get out of here, sounded the Makuta's voice in Lutorian and Velike's heads, I may have leave your side for a little while. I am still weak from many years of imprisonment. I need to locate a source of energy, and some machine parts, so I may use them to strengthen this fragile body...

By this time, the party had reached the final stretch of tunnels that would soon take them up to the mine's exit.


Lutorian
The Makuta wishes to strengthen his body. You could bring him resources if you want, to help him speed up the process.




Village

"Look all you like, I don't mind" grumbled Schemer, in a tone that suggested he minded very much. Tameku found the backpack where it was left, next to a whole stack of tablets from the archives.

The backpack contained several items one would expect from a self-sufficient traveler. The rest were items more practical for the Dark Hunter's mission. There was a map and compass, plus binoculars. Next to them sat a knife, the kind that could be useful as both a tool and a weapon. A capsule-shaped canister stood upright off to the side. It bore a Bo-Matoran symbol and was of a size any Matoran could grip with one hand. When it moved it felt like liquid was sloshing around inside.

Near the bottom of the backpack sat a large amount of widgets wrapped in cloth. Secured to the bag with a string was Schemer's token of passage for the Dark Hunter organization. Tameku couldn't tell exactly how many widgets there were, but with a rough estimate he could guess at there being several hundred.

The backpack's content was arranged in a very neat and tidy fashion, and standing behind the other items an upright position were two metal plates with research notes seared into their surface. The etching tool used to do so was stuck down the side of the pack.


Tameku
You do not need to roll to find the backpack, since you were told where it is. Take the -2 Soc.HP, however, since Schemer doesn't like what you are doing. If you run out in this situation, he'll likely stop cooperating.

- [Botany]: You recognize the canister as one used for extracts, usually energy boosters for those expecting Rahi fights or simply a long journey.
- [Judging craftsmanship]: The Dark Hunter token bears a design that is deliberately complex. Impostors would find it very hard to make a forgery of one.
- The etching tool is a writing implement reminiscent of a soldering iron.
- The two sheets of compiled notes are posted below.

Game Master
GM, 301 posts
Thu 11 Jul 2019
at 10:03
  • msg #644

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

These are Schemer's research notes.

Transcribed from an older stone tablet.
FIRE		In the shrine at the end of crater bridge. Keeps the volcano calm.
WATER	        In the sunken ocean dome. Water pressure helps it charge.
AIR		At the top of storm peak. Controls the weather. Walk the wind.
EARTH	        In the deepest vault. Absorbs and stills seismic energy.
STONE	        Hidden in the great monument. Keeps the stone from eroding.
ICE		Kept in the glacial cave. Stills the blizzards.
PLASMA	        Secure in the vault of ash. Its power wards off intruders.
GRAVITY	        Stuck into the cliffside in the vertical land. Impossible to move.
MAGNETISM	Hidden in the tech lab. Keeps everything in place.
LIGHTNING	At the top of storm peak. Draws in lightning.
SONICS	        Kept in the silent vault. Lets us work in peace.
IRON		Kept in the great lab. Used to create great designs.
THE GREEN	Hidden in jungle grove. Keeps the area alive despite storms.
PSIONICS	Rests in the meditation shrine. Let it calm your mind.
LIGHT		Scattered across the universe. Gives everyone light, and hope.
SHADOW	        Lost in its own darkness. Let it sleep eternal.


Schemer's private notes.

- The Psionics artifact is secured. Found in shrine near our landing. Appears weak - maybe we missed something? Texts make the rest sound stronger, better protected. No resistance from Matoran. Odd.
- The entire volcano is an elemental site. It may erupt if the artifact is taken. Find the vault containing Plasma first? Is Frostbite needed here?
- Found some writing about a guardian in the water. It may still be alive.
- There’s a single ancient map that has some kind of box shape drawn beneath Storm Peak. Air and Lightning artifacts may be on top of a hidden chamber? Look for signs of something important up there.
- Earth is in the Seismic Cavern. Tunnel map is very vague, but shows some big door, and a pit with a pillar that holds the thing.
- The great monument is on the map, in the desert. Spotted a Skakdi camp around it on the way in with the ship. Work out a deal with them first maybe?
- Too many caves to search for Ice. The villagers must know which one. Seems like the Ko-Matoran keep Sonics too.
- Gravity is used for something (?) up in the northern mountains. See map. Documents make it sound like taking the artifact will tear the village off the map. Are we allowed to call that shot? Contact TSO.
- Magnetism is in "a lab". Could be anywhere. Must be really really old given ancient-looking writing. Let’s search each village we visit, and come back to this one when we know more. → Also check the Great Temple?
- Iron is not in a lab, it is in the vault of the desert fortress. DO NOT ENTER. DO NOT SPEAK WITH THE TURAGA. No interaction until the time is right. Full team only!!
- The Green stone location is inaccurate. Someone took it years ago. Lost in the jungle somewhere. We’ll need the scanner device for this, or more people at least.
- There are no Light or Shadow Artifacts. No names, no descriptions, nothing. There are no Toa of this kind. It’s all just legends. No point in looking for them.

This message was last edited by the GM at 10:04, Thu 11 July 2019.
Tameku
player, 198 posts
Bo-Matoran
Thu 11 Jul 2019
at 13:27
  • msg #645

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Ah, very good!" Tameku quickly scanned the tablets, then put them into his own satchel. Then he briefly took a look at the map to see if anything interesting might be marked on it which wasn't on the map his group had. Unfortunately that map was currently with Lutorian, so he couldn't compare directly and had to rely on his memory.

Having finished, Tameku began putting everything back into the backpack, although he paused while weighing the Widget bundle in his hand. "You know, I'm almost jealous of you having that many Widgets. But only almost. I imagine getting them involved robbing, hurting or maybe even killing someone originally?" Eyeing the Dark Hunter token strapped to the bag, Tameku added: "You should really consider changing your profession. Maybe you won't get rich, but at least it should spare you from being tied to poles by angry Matoran. But I imagine your employer isn't really a fan of people leaving, is he?"

Having packed everything (minus the two note tablets he kept) back into the backpack, Tameku let it drop so that it spilled part of its contents again. "Now it will look like someone from the village deliberately searched your things to retrieve your notes", he explained, "I recommend telling your friends that story. When Disruptor and Frostbite arrive I'll cut you loose and you can retrieve your stuff. Consider it a courtesy you owe the next being who gets into your team's clutches."

Skills used: Merchant, Observation
Tameku rolled 5 using 3d6, keeping the highest dice only with rolls of 5,5,5.  Noticing differences on the map.
(If I remember correctly I can use my profession as a skill, too? Since Tameku is a traveling merchant I imagine he has seen a lot of maps and knows what to look for)

Game Master
GM, 303 posts
Thu 11 Jul 2019
at 16:46
  • msg #646

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Schemer's eyes narrowed. "Those widgets are funds, he claimed. "I'm not a killer. I only do recon, gather information, and deliver messages. Sometimes undercover in our villages, where larger beings stick out too much."

The De-Matoran watched Tameku put his bag down and seemed to relax a little. "I won't leave the Dark Hunters; that's my own choice," he said, "but thank you for your concern. We were supposed to avoid angering the guards on this mission. Someone ignoring the plan is the only reason I am tied up right now. Rest assured I would have talked my allies out of whatever they did down in the mine, if I was there with them."


Tameku
Absolutely, your profession is supposed to be your broadest set of skills.

Schemer's map is more properly filled in than Ferrin's hasty sketch. You notice a few locations that are positioned a little differently than what he drew from memory. In particular, there is at least one extra underground tunnel, and an entire village Ferrin didn't care to mention up north.


Click to enlarge.

This message was last edited by the GM at 16:47, Thu 11 July 2019.
Tameku
player, 199 posts
Bo-Matoran
Fri 12 Jul 2019
at 08:02
  • msg #647

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Well, I suppose I better keep an eye open for the arrival of your colleagues then", Tameku told Schemer while walking back to the entrance to the mines, "But don't worry, I won't forget about our deal!"

Tameku will now wait for Ahkepo to bring him the antidote, Dhojom's guards arriving to escort the Dark Hunters out of the village and Disruptor and Frostbite arriving in the village.
Game Master
GM, 304 posts
Fri 12 Jul 2019
at 12:47
  • msg #648

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

The village

"You better not." Schemer seemed more anxious to leave than anything, but he had ceased struggling by the time Tameku left him.

Dhojom returned some time later, with a dozen crab-riding Matoran following him. "The captain of the guard is not back yet," he informed the ones around him, "but we've received word that their attempt to corner this 'Swordbreaker' fellow in the tunnels failed. The Dark Hunter managed to reach a side passage where his group had left a set of hover-bikes. The Steltian slipped past the guards and escaped, though I'm told they managed to land a hit or two before he did so."

"I will message the other villages and inform them to keep an eye out," he continued. "The rest of the vehicles will be brought back here soon. We have decided to keep them... unless the deal you struck with the Dark Hunters says otherwise, Green One?"



Ahkepo eventually returned with a small ampoule in his hands. He loosened the cap and showed Tameku a cloudy blue solution inside it. "Bula juice mixed with spices," the Onu-Matoran explained. "I didn't have any fitting medicine, so I had to get creative. It will give a small energy boost, while the powder simply masks the berry taste with its bitterness. That'll sell the illusion that this is a proper antitoxin."

He waited for Tameku to take the metal bottle.



At the lowest level of the great mine, the group of Matoran and Dark Hunters from underground had managed to make their way back without incident.

"Finally," grumbled Frostbite. He glanced upwards, to the edge of the layered mine far above. "Matoran waiting for us, of course," he remarked. "Remember that if anyone gets too close, the Nektann won't hesitate."

Realizing that not everyone could fit on the elevator without that happening, Turaga Zuhras offered to go first in order to defuse any potential misunderstandings with the villagers.

Just a few minutes later, they all found themselves standing in a plaza busy with murmuring Matoran and armed crab riders. The Dark Hunters dominated the crowd with their extra height, but despite the might expected of such beings there was no question that they were outnumbered in this situation.

"All right, we're here," exclaimed Frostbite to no one in particular. "Our hostage for curing my ally and free passage to the surface. Hurry it up."




Tameku
You receive a bottle of Fake Antitoxin. One dose.

Lutorian, Velike
Welcome back to the village.

Everyone
- Consider yourselves reunited. Gain 1 XP for the tales I'm sure you have to tell each other.
- The Dark Hunters expect swift action. Hard to say what they will decide to do otherwise...

This message was last edited by the GM at 12:49, Fri 12 July 2019.
Lutorian
player, 119 posts
Le-Matoran
Fri 12 Jul 2019
at 16:30
  • msg #649

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 648):

“I suppose your guard can take it from here Turaga-elder?”  The Le-Moran’s lock on the Nektann remained unyielding as he spoke.
Tameku
player, 200 posts
Bo-Matoran
Fri 12 Jul 2019
at 16:44
  • msg #650

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku thanked Ahkepo and took the Antidote.

When the Dark Hunters arrived, Tameku nodded to Lutorian and Velike, glad that they didn't get into any trouble. He also spared a glance for the mining robot, wondering if his companions had found the Makuta. The Dark Hunters quickly drew his attention again, however. Tameku held up the ampoule with the antidote so that they got a good look at it. "Here's your antidote!" Gesturing at the assembled Ussal riders, he added: "And this will be your escort to the surface. Don't worry, all they want is see you out of their tunnels, so as long as you behave yourselves and leave peacefully our deal will be honored."
"Now follow me so we can get this matter resolved. We'll exchange the hostage for the antidote at the village gates."

Passing Schemer, Tameku turned to the Dark Hunters once more: "Oh, there is a small change to the deal, though - you have to take him with you." He pointed at Schemer. "Your other friend fled, I'm told."

Unless anyone has to say anything else about it, Tameku will cut Schemer loose, then proceed to the gate to the tunnel leading into the jungle region to set up the exchange. I'll proceed from there.
Game Master
GM, 305 posts
Thu 18 Jul 2019
at 13:39
  • msg #651

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"I should hope so," replied Turaga Zuhras. "Thank you for your assistance this far." The village elder cast a glance at the assembled Matoran, where several guards nodded and saluted him in response.

Meanwhile, Frostbite sneered at the sight of Schemer, but made no indication that he considered the deal broken. He simply scoffed: "Useless. Bring him over, then."

***

Arrangements proceeded without incident. Soon enough the three Dark Hunters - Frostbite, Disruptor, and Schemer - were standing with their backs to the village gate. A couple of Onu-Matoran stood ready to open it, with the rest of the guard assembled behind and around Turaga Zuhras, the Captain of the Guard, and the traveling Matoran who had helped them in the depths of the mine. Behind the Dark Hunters the Nektann still stood at the ready, though it had backed off just enough that the Matoran to perform the exchange wouldn't trigger its orders to shoot. Probably.

Frostbite extended his two upper hands - his right with its palm open to recieve the antidote, his left holding the Onu-Matoran hostage by the nape of the guardsman's armor.

"I will release him as soon as the gates are open and we know the antitoxin to be effective," said the Dark Hunter. "Then we leave."
Tameku
player, 201 posts
Bo-Matoran
Thu 18 Jul 2019
at 16:27
  • msg #652

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku nodded. "But we'll do it my way." He pointed at Frostbite. "You'll take that Nektann of yours and your hostage and get out into the tunnel - about fifty meters away from the gate will suffice. Your two companions will stay here.
"Once You're in position I'll give Disruptor the antidote. Once she's sure it has worked you'll release the hostage and let him walk back to us. When he has safely reached us we'll let Disruptor and Schemer join you. Then you'll be escorted to the surface by the guard."

"You'll have to trust my word on all this, but let me point out that we have no need for tricking you. Schemer could still be tied to a stake and not only could I have killed Disruptor in the mines, but the poison would kill her in an hour or two anyway."

Skills used: Persuasiveness, Knowledge of how to deal with different species
Tameku rolled 5 using 3d6, keeping the highest dice only with rolls of 4,5,4.  Striking the final deal.

Lutorian
player, 120 posts
Sun 21 Jul 2019
at 06:33
  • [deleted]
  • msg #653

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

This message was deleted by the player at 06:34, Sun 21 July 2019.
Game Master
GM, 306 posts
Mon 29 Jul 2019
at 13:22
  • msg #654

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Frostbite deliberated for a moment. His face contorted into a pained grimace as he underwent some sort of internal struggle. "I don't think we can truly trust each other," he said, "So let's make this simple. Robot, new order: I will trade the Matoran in my hand for the capsule held by the Matoran in front of me. If these terms are broken or interfered with, open fire on the aggressor."

The Nektann sentry beeped in acknowledgement. The brutish Dark Hunter then lowered his Matoran hostage down to the ground and let go, allowing the Onu-Matoran to retreat into the crowd.

"Your turn," growled the Dark Hunter.


Deal accepted as-is, with the Nektann used as 'persuasion' for anyone trying to break it.
Tameku
player, 202 posts
Bo-Matoran
Tue 30 Jul 2019
at 13:27
  • msg #655

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku waited until the Matoran was past him, then placed the capsule with the antidote on the ground before him and backed away so that Frostbite could pick it up without getting close enough to snatch Tameku as his next hostage.

"Usually I say what a pleasure it was to make a deal with someone, but I think we both know that's not true in this case. I sincerely hope we never meet again."

"Open the gates and let them go! It's time they leave!"
Game Master
GM, 308 posts
Tue 30 Jul 2019
at 15:54
  • msg #656

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Frostbite snatched the antidote from the floor thanklessly. He wasted no time in getting the container open and stuck it close to his Dark Hunter ally. Disruptor sniffed the liquid once with wrinkled brow, uncertain of its effects, but quickly emptied the container in one gulp nonetheless. Like the physician had promised, she appeared immediately quickened by the mixture.

"It works, I think," she stated, rising to her full height whilst flexing her claws. Meanwhile the gates were already swinging open, courtesy of the Matoran guards manning them.
"Great, we're off then," said Frostbite dismissively and brushed past her, heading for the tunnel. "I don't know if we'll meet again, little Matoran, but mark my words: I will remember your faces in case we do."
Schemer said nothing. The De-Matoran was trying to shelter himself from judgemental eyes by staying behind his larger companions.

The three Dark Hunters and their Nektann companion wandered off into the westward tunnel, with the village guards watching them until they vanished from sight. The Matoran crowd could breathe a sigh of relief, and began dispersing to clean up the plaza and to resume their normal duties.

Once Lutorian, Tameku, and Velike were left alone with the Turaga and his closest assistants, the three Matoran were presented with two strongboxes. Each box had a round slotted key resting on top of its flat rectangular lid.

"Despite being strangers, you were willing to place yourselves in danger to save me and the other villagers. Please accept this as a token of our gratitude." Zuhras unlocked the strongboxes, revealing their contents. Inside the first was a large collection of widgets. Inside the other was an assortment of tools and items. "I hope this will be of use to you," finished Zuhras, and offered the strongboxes to the group with a gesture of his open hand.

You have received a reward.


Everyone
The Dark Hunters have left without the item they came for. Gain 2 XP!

Turaga Zuhras also rewards you with 300 widgets each, and one of the following items (individual choice):
- A finely crafted melee weapon. (+1 to attack rolls.)
- A sturdy shield. (+1 defense if you manage a check to defend.)
- A piece of armor. (+1 defense to the applicable area.)
- A tool such as a firestaff, heatstone, drill, collapsible pole/ladder, etc.

Current situation
With the Dark Hunters gone, you are free to do as you wish. The Makuta is quietly observing the village. The artifact is still down there in the mine, near his lab.

This message was last edited by the GM at 15:55, Tue 30 July 2019.
Tameku
player, 203 posts
Bo-Matoran
Tue 30 Jul 2019
at 16:48
  • msg #657

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"I'm just glad we could help", Tameku stated, pocketing his share of Widgets with the quick efficiency of a seasoned merchant.

Tameku already had more potential weapons on him than he was comfortable with and wasn't a big fan of encumbering himself with armor or shields. Instead he took a look at the other things he was offered...

He also took back his Tools for Recordkeeping from Lutorian, now that he finally had the chance, and updated the map according to what he had seen on Schemer's map.

Is there a big backpack to be had? I wanna keep being able to loot everything :P If not, no problem, then I'll come up with something different.

Also - where did the metal cutting scissors end up which Tameku had handed the Turaga so he could free himself? Lost down in the mine during the fight? That would be totally fine, I'd just like to know.

Game Master
GM, 309 posts
Wed 31 Jul 2019
at 17:33
  • msg #658

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku
You can certainly have a backpack if that's what you want. :)

Did Zuhras keep the scissors with him? Hm, I dunno. Let's check.
19:32, Today: Game Master rolled 3 using 1d6.  Flip a coin. Even=yes, odd=no.
Sadly, no. We could perhaps roll to see if anyone else picked up discarded items from the sand, however, if you really feel you need it.

This message was last edited by the GM at 17:35, Wed 31 July 2019.
Tameku
player, 204 posts
Bo-Matoran
Wed 31 Jul 2019
at 18:59
  • msg #659

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku in the end selected a backpack and for starters stowed some of his less frequently used things in it while he kept the items he figured he'd use more often in his satchel.

"I know there is a lot to do in the village right now", Tameku told the Turaga, "But the main reason we went into the mines to search for you to begin with was that we needed to talk to you. Could we do so now in a quieter place? There might be a few... sensitive matters which I feel should be kept between us for the moment."

Don't worry about the scissors - I just wanted to know in case we revisit the mine at some point.

We can wait until Lutorian and(?) Velike have chosen their rewards until we continue. I'd want to talk to the Turaga next, if they have other plans we can also do something else first, though.

Lutorian
player, 122 posts
Le-Matoran
Wed 31 Jul 2019
at 23:13
  • msg #660

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 656):

"We are honored Turaga, thank you for your gifts." Lutorian was slow to choose an item, he didn't want to be bogged down by heavy equipment.
Would the collapsable pole be sturdy enough to use as a simple staff weapon? If so I'll take it, I would also want to know what a fire staff even is.

"The Turaga must be busy Tameku, allow him to tend to his people first, perhaps we can discuss with him later, we have other business to attend to for the moment." He said firmly grabbing Tameku's shoulder in a friendly manner.
Tameku
player, 205 posts
Bo-Matoran
Thu 1 Aug 2019
at 07:26
  • msg #661

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku looked at Lutorian for a moment, then decided that perhaps it really was best if they talked among themselves first.

"We'll come by before we leave Parau Koro", he told the Turaga.
Game Master
GM, 311 posts
Tue 6 Aug 2019
at 06:14
  • msg #662

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"You may come to my lodging then, if you wish to speak in private." Turaga Zuhras indicated a large, open doorway made of stone some distance away, near the back of the village. "It is just past the Assembly Hall."

He nodded in response to Lutorian's words. "The honor is mine. I was surprised to see such heavily armed Matoran come to my aid, but I am glad you did. The Dark Hunters may have done something reckless, was it not for your presence."

Zuhras scratched his chin in a contemplating manner. His green eyes remained on Lutorian. "There is one thing I have been wondering about, however: What were you doing all the way down in that section of the mine in the first place? It was sealed off on our way in."

What do you do?


Lutorian
The pole could certainly be used as a weapon.

A fire staff is Vakama's tool. The head of the staff can become very hot. As a Matoran and Toa he used a short one for his mask-making work; as a Turaga he carried one the length of a spear.

If you are interested in similar tools that were not explicitly listed, feel free to suggest one.

Lutorian
player, 124 posts
Le-Matoran
Thu 8 Aug 2019
at 02:21
  • msg #663

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 662):

I'll take the pole

"Well, we had decided to split up to try and find you as soon as we could, the cable leading to you had snapped and left it unclear which way you were" the green Matoran explained while nervously scratching the top of his mask.

I assume I have to roll for this

Lutorian rolled 4 using 1d6 ((4))
Game Master
GM, 312 posts
Mon 12 Aug 2019
at 19:15
  • msg #664

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Be that as it may, the Dark Hunters were clearly not sure of where to go, and breaking through the barricade feels counter-intuitive when no one has clearly gone there in a long time, wouldn't you say?"

Zuhras let the Matoran take what they wished from the strongboxes in front of them, then had a guard remove the surplus of tools. He let the box that had contained money stay behind.

Meanwhile more Onu-Matoran were returning from their search of the tunnels. One small group was pushing some kind of bike-shaped hovercraft in front of them. It looked like a personal transport built for speed, unlike the more common cargo vessels used by craftsmen in Metru Nui.

The mining robot's head turned slowly to observe it.


Lutorian
Not sure if the Turaga buys it. Since you are using one of your skills, however, you may roll another dice and take the highest result. :)

Turaga Zuhras rolled 4 using 2d6. Contemplating the tunnel. [Skills: Lorekeeper of Earth]
Result: Zuhras -1 Social. Lutorian -1 Social. (4 left)

A Dark Hunter hoverbike has been retrieved.

Lutorian
player, 125 posts
Le-Matoran
Tue 13 Aug 2019
at 04:48
  • msg #665

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 664):

Not sure if the Turaga buys it. Since you are using one of your skills, however, you may roll another dice and take the highest result. :)
Not sure what you're talking about, I don't have any skills related to talking to people, just enviroments


"I suppose you're right Turaga, we were being chased by an ever-ugly Jaga and had little time to think," Lutorian said with a little chuckle.

Let me know if you want a roll for that one since it is true.
Game Master
GM, 313 posts
Tue 13 Aug 2019
at 10:14
  • msg #666

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

The Turaga shrugged ever so slightly. "Perhaps the Jaga are growing bolder, and the tremors opened its nest. You went beyond the door. Did you find anything of interest? No Dark Hunters, I hope." His voice was curious, but not concerned or accusative. Yet both Matoran and Turaga knew what sort of chambers lay inside the stone vault.


Never mind the skill, I misread my notes!
Lutorian
player, 127 posts
Le-Matoran
Tue 13 Aug 2019
at 18:22
  • msg #667

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 666):

"We didn't make it far before we heard the sounds of fighting, we turned back to provide assistance." The green Matoran cooly replied.
Game Master
GM, 314 posts
Tue 13 Aug 2019
at 21:11
  • msg #668

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"There is not much to see down there anyway, I promise you. Abandoned chambers and old relics, that is all." The Turaga smiled wearily. "I suppose I should not be surprised it took you a lot of time to explore. That footbridge can be very long, depending on who crosses it. When you are alone in the dark, the whispers of the past will follow you, as they do everywhere, but even though they are audible only to those who know what to listen for, in the dark they will slip into your ear before you know it, and give you such pause that all else is for a moment forgotten."

Turaga Zuhras laughed disarmingly. His musings had taken a somber turn, and it was clear he was embarrassed about it.

"In any case, the relic should be safe in its hiding place, and the tunnel will be sealed once more. After all, we should remember the past, and respect it, but also not dwell too long on it. That way madness lies. Everything beyond that door belongs to the darkness now, and Great Spirit be willing, I think it best that he watches the place in our stead."
Tameku
player, 207 posts
Bo-Matoran
Thu 15 Aug 2019
at 08:29
  • msg #669

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"It might perhaps be best if you only post guards at the entrance for now", Tameku threw in, "As it happens we'd like to talk about these elemental artifacts with you later. But first I'll have to bring my companions up to date about what I learned from the Dark Hunters. Excuse us for a moment."
Lutorian
player, 128 posts
Le-Matoran
Sun 18 Aug 2019
at 05:12
  • msg #670

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 668):

"Thank you for your wisdom, Turaga," Lutorian Said with a nod.
Tameku
player, 209 posts
Bo-Matoran
Tue 20 Aug 2019
at 12:15
  • msg #671

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku drew Lutorian aside, to a place where they couldn't be overheard, then quitely asked: "So... were you successful? Any troubles?" He shot a meaningful glance at the mining robot.
Lutorian
player, 129 posts
Le-Matoran
Tue 20 Aug 2019
at 22:59
  • msg #672

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Tameku (msg # 671):

"We were... but we have to return down there, we came back up to make sure you were alright." Lutrorian replied, "And we have to take the robot back down with us..."
Tameku
player, 210 posts
Bo-Matoran
Wed 21 Aug 2019
at 13:54
  • msg #673

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku frowned. "You mean you found the - " He glanced around to make sure no one was near, then lowered his voice further, "Makuta, but he couldn't yet... transfer to the robot?"
Pacing up and down a few steps, he thought about it for a moment. "It will be tough to convince the Turaga to let us go down there again", he finally said, "The Earth artifact is the only thing down there we're supposed to know about and from what I've heard it's fine staying where it is. The problem seem to be the other artifacts that have been removed from their shrines. Also keep in mind that our real mission is to find those archeologists."
Lutorian
player, 131 posts
Le-Matoran
Sat 24 Aug 2019
at 22:37
  • msg #674

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Tameku (msg # 673):

"He is with us..." Lutorian slowly replied and folded his arms over his chest as Tameku spoke, "Very well, we were given a collection of disks while down there, He however, will require a new vessel soon, I don't think they'd let us take the robot outside of this place, perhaps they'd let us take it outside as long as we send it back, but the Makuta has said he can inhabit a Rahi, as perverse as that may be, it's our only option here, as for the archeologists, I didn't find anything about them while down in the ever-dark."
Tameku
player, 212 posts
Bo-Matoran
Sun 25 Aug 2019
at 09:48
  • msg #675

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku threw another glance at the robot. "You're right, a robot following us would be very suspicious. But couldn't He... I don't know, use His powers to trick the guards and go hunting for Rahi in the tunnels?" It was more a question for the Makuta than for Lutorian, but he hoped the Makuta was listening. Striking up a conversation with a mining robot might look weird.

"If what He told us is true, then the archeologists split up. I'm sure Turaga Zuhras knows more or can at least confirm that. Also I retrieved some information we should consider when planning which group to follow." Tameku put down his backpack, drew out the two tablets he took from Schemer and handed them to Lutorian. "This could give us a hint about where the Dark Hunters might strike next - and of course where to find the different elemental artifacts needed to return this island to normal."

Tablets:

Transcribed from an older stone tablet.
FIRE		In the shrine at the end of crater bridge. Keeps the volcano calm.
WATER	        In the sunken ocean dome. Water pressure helps it charge.
AIR		At the top of storm peak. Controls the weather. Walk the wind.
EARTH	        In the deepest vault. Absorbs and stills seismic energy.
STONE	        Hidden in the great monument. Keeps the stone from eroding.
ICE		Kept in the glacial cave. Stills the blizzards.
PLASMA	        Secure in the vault of ash. Its power wards off intruders.
GRAVITY	        Stuck into the cliffside in the vertical land. Impossible to move.
MAGNETISM	Hidden in the tech lab. Keeps everything in place.
LIGHTNING	At the top of storm peak. Draws in lightning.
SONICS	        Kept in the silent vault. Lets us work in peace.
IRON		Kept in the great lab. Used to create great designs.
THE GREEN	Hidden in jungle grove. Keeps the area alive despite storms.
PSIONICS	Rests in the meditation shrine. Let it calm your mind.
LIGHT		Scattered across the universe. Gives everyone light, and hope.
SHADOW	        Lost in its own darkness. Let it sleep eternal.


Dark Hunter private notes.

- The Psionics artifact is secured. Found in shrine near our landing. Appears weak - maybe we missed something? Texts make the rest sound stronger, better protected. No resistance from Matoran. Odd.
- The entire volcano is an elemental site. It may erupt if the artifact is taken. Find the vault containing Plasma first? Is Frostbite needed here?
- Found some writing about a guardian in the water. It may still be alive.
- There’s a single ancient map that has some kind of box shape drawn beneath Storm Peak. Air and Lightning artifacts may be on top of a hidden chamber? Look for signs of something important up there.
- Earth is in the Seismic Cavern. Tunnel map is very vague, but shows some big door, and a pit with a pillar that holds the thing.
- The great monument is on the map, in the desert. Spotted a Skakdi camp around it on the way in with the ship. Work out a deal with them first maybe?
- Too many caves to search for Ice. The villagers must know which one. Seems like the Ko-Matoran keep Sonics too.
- Gravity is used for something (?) up in the northern mountains. See map. Documents make it sound like taking the artifact will tear the village off the map. Are we allowed to call that shot? Contact TSO.
- Magnetism is in "a lab". Could be anywhere. Must be really really old given ancient-looking writing. Let’s search each village we visit, and come back to this one when we know more. → Also check the Great Temple?
- Iron is not in a lab, it is in the vault of the desert fortress. DO NOT ENTER. DO NOT SPEAK WITH THE TURAGA. No interaction until the time is right. Full team only!!
- The Green stone location is inaccurate. Someone took it years ago. Lost in the jungle somewhere. We’ll need the scanner device for this, or more people at least.
- There are no Light or Shadow Artifacts. No names, no descriptions, nothing. There are no Toa of this kind. It’s all just legends. No point in looking for them.

This message was last edited by the player at 09:49, Sun 25 Aug 2019.
Game Master
GM, 319 posts
Mon 26 Aug 2019
at 07:37
  • msg #676

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Yes, I am here. The now familiar voice echoed through the Matoran's minds. The robot housing the Makuta stayed quiet, only moving as much as was needed to look around itself. My power is returning to me, thanks to Lutorian's efforts in bringing me a body.

This robot is a good start, though I will fashion myself a greater vessel before leaving this place. I fear the villagers may react badly if I simply... appropriate some of their Rahi for this purpose, so I must locate a wild one. It's a trivial task, so you do not have to accompany me.

The Matoran you seek have indeed split up, going east and west. I may command another Rahi and send it to scout for them, if you wish.


I have copied the stone tablet information into the Documents topic.
Lutorian
player, 133 posts
Le-Matoran
Sat 31 Aug 2019
at 18:26
  • msg #677

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Lutorian spent some time reviewing the notes Tameku had given him, "still I am curious, the Dark-Hunters were here looking for the earth stone, these notes... They say it absorbs seismic energy, but this village has been experiencing quakes, perhaps something has happened to it...  The Turaga may know but is likely to keep that to himself."
He took a pause.
"Makuta, how long do you intend to stay with us?"
Game Master
GM, 322 posts
Thu 7 Nov 2019
at 11:50
  • msg #678

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

My kind has the luxury of traveling quickly, now that I am unbound. As soon as I have the chance to I will leave to hunt for Rahi, but when I return I shall fashion a way for you to call for me. Then we may go wherever our paths take us, and still be within arm's reach of one another.

The mining robot creaked faintly, creeping closer without engaging its motor in full. The Makuta appeared to be trying to get a look at the tablets in the Matoran's hands.

There are many artifacts, but despite recent events I believe only a handful are truly in danger. The one in the mine may have been isolated for so long that it has had time to build up power beyond that of its equals. Do you plan to return for it?
Tameku
player, 215 posts
Bo-Matoran
Thu 7 Nov 2019
at 15:46
  • msg #679

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku leaned the stone tablets in what he hoped looked a casual way against his backpack, so that the Makuta could read them.

"Right now I don't feel confident planning for anything. I think it is time we talked to the Turaga and hear what he's making out of all this. If what Widrua said about handling the artifacts is true, I'm not sure if we would be able to retrieve any of them, even if we wanted to."

Tameku threw a quizzical glance at Lutorian, silently asking him if he had something else to add or if they should now go and talk to the Turaga.
Game Master
GM, 323 posts
Fri 8 Nov 2019
at 07:45
  • msg #680

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

I understand. Know that despite being both learned and wise, your Turaga are set in their ways. They will advice you to let the artifacts be. I possess the will and the resources they lack. I am the only one who can truly save this island from itself, once and for all.
Lutorian
player, 134 posts
Le-Matoran
Tue 17 Dec 2019
at 19:09
  • msg #681

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Tameku (msg # 679):

"We should speak to the Turaga" Lutorian nodded, "He'll keep his secrets, but he still knows more about these things than the dark hunters did, maybe we'll find out more than we currently know."
Tameku
player, 216 posts
Bo-Matoran
Sat 21 Dec 2019
at 11:29
  • msg #682

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"To the Turaga, then. I believe he said he lives over there." Tameku pointed at the stone gateway the Turaga had indicated earlier.
Game Master
GM, 325 posts
Fri 3 Jan 2020
at 08:09
  • msg #683

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Resolving to speak with the Turaga further, the two Matoran proceeded to the place where he had directed them earlier.

Assembly Hall

The floor of the great chamber used for meetings between the village's inhabitants was made of well-laid stones perfectly aligned in a hexagonal pattern. The walls had been smoothed out and carved with a wide bas-relief recounting stories of the past.

Beneath the carvings were benches suitable for seating a large number of people.

Most of the villagers had calmed down now that there were no Dark Hunters left, and in true Onu-Matoran fashion they immediately focused on work. Those in positions of leadership had gathered in groups dotted around the hall and were discussing what measures to take in securing the tunnels beneath Parau Koro.


Turaga's Abode

Tameku and Lutorian found Zuhras's sparsely furnished home to be a much quieter place than the rest of the mining village. Whoever built it had made sure to twist the short entry corridor such that the room was cleverly sheltered from external noise, even with the assembly hall right next door. All sound seemed to fade away the moment they passed its threshold.

The chamber was bathed in a soft orange glow from a large lightstone inside a shell of amber glass, giving off the impression of a late evening on the surface.

Apart from the tall lightstone flask, the room contained little: A stone slab table, bedding, a modest shelf holding a collection of carved trinkets, and a battle-scarred Great Kanohi Pakari hanging on the back wall. There was space for a second mask, but that one appeared to have been taken down.

Zuhras was standing with his back to them in front of the only table in his room. The elder appeared to be steadying himself with both hands as if very tired.


What do you wish to ask him?
Tameku
player, 218 posts
Bo-Matoran
Fri 3 Jan 2020
at 17:57
  • msg #684

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku knocked on the wall to announce their presence to the Turaga.

"I'm sorry for the interruption, Turaga, but as I said we really need to talk to you before we leave Parau Koro." Tameku took out the tablets with Schemer's notes. "I believe you should read these tablets I... retrieved from one of the Dark Hunters. The other settlements should probably be warned."

"Besides that, I am wondering how the weather anomalies, earthquakes and other natural disasters could be shut down. What can be done? From what I heard either all the elemental artifacts need to be returned to their shrines or all of them need to be taken to this Storm Temple. But... the Hunters have the Psionics artifact, the Plantlife artifact is lost and Widrua said a mere Matoran wouldn't even be able to carry one of the artifacts safely. Is there nothing else that can be done?"
Lutorian
player, 136 posts
Le-Matoran
Fri 10 Jan 2020
at 06:34
  • msg #685

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 683):

Lutorian felt guilted seeing the state of the Turaga. "we apologize for the intrusion Turaga, we won't bother you for long."
Game Master
GM, 327 posts
Fri 10 Jan 2020
at 11:13
  • msg #686

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Turaga Zuhras turned and relaxed his posture, letting his hands slip from the flat stone into a gesture of greeting. "It is no trouble," he replied to Lutorian. "My body grows tired, but my mind does not."

The Turaga of Earth took the tablets when Tameku offered them, and read each line carefully while listening to the Bo-Matoran's words. His expression grew concerned. "I will need to confer with my fellow Turaga about this," Zuhras said, frowning. "Perhaps we must bring the artifacts together after all, if the situation grows any more dire. With the threat of Dark Hunters our shrines are no longer safe. We must search for their ship. Hopefully the Hunters will feel confident enough to stay on the island, and not send away the artifact they have already taken..."

"You are right about the shrines," the Turaga continued: "The artifacts harness power, and the shrines direct it so as to not disrupt the natural order. It is not the entire truth, however - a Toa of the right element could fulfill the purpose of both a shrine and an artifact, and control their power safely. Alas, we have none."

He stroked his chin, deep in thought. "Perhaps Turaga Tiowaka - up on the glacier - would know a safe method to carry and store them; the Ko-Matoran are well stocked with science equipment, and Tiowaka was always interested in studying the artifacts. I should think such research would require safety first and foremost. He's had some... lapses in judgement, but he's never been reckless."

Zuhras shifted one tablet behind the other and glanced quickly at the text for a second time. A humored smirk suddenly appeared in his face. "The Dark Hunters fear Turaga Ponolu, it seems. Rightfully so! Inside the walls of his fortress is the safest place you can be, and the Fe-Matoran will endure any hardship. Even the Skakdi are reluctant to harass them. Go there if you ever need shelter from evil."

He grew concerned once more. "If the Dark Hunters aim for the easiest marks first, they will take the mountain path. The Ko-Matoran possess two artifacts, and few warriors. Luckily the Hunters fled west, and will have to take a long round-trip if they wish to go this route."

"I will send messengers to warn the other villagers of the Dark Hunters, and ask to convene with their Turaga. Wherever you choose to go, please do the same."


Suggestions for places to go next:
* Follow the Dark Hunters west, to the desert, and perhaps seek out the fortress there.
* Look for the Dark Hunter ship along the coastline.
* Find Tiowaka in the glacier village and ask about how to transport artifacts.
* Try to find any of the lost Matoran who may know more.
* Go back into the abandoned mine before Zuhras has the tunnel sealed off.
* Check out one of the other locations on the list.

Tameku
player, 219 posts
Bo-Matoran
Fri 10 Jan 2020
at 15:23
  • msg #687

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Isn't there some way to request help from outside this island?", Tameku asked, "To call some Toa? Or with problems of this scale you could maybe even turn to the Brotherhood of Makuta for aid. I know of other regions where that has been done in times of need."
Lutorian
player, 137 posts
Le-Matoran
Sat 11 Jan 2020
at 21:50
  • msg #688

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Tameku (msg # 687):

"Indeed," Lutorian said, agreeing with Tameku, "we can offer what help we can, but we are mere Matoran, we beat the dark hunters down in the mines, but I don't think we'd be able to do so again, we should try to contact some Toa-heroes."
Game Master
GM, 328 posts
Mon 13 Jan 2020
at 06:42
  • msg #689

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"It's certainly something we must consider. If you brave the sea and travel all the way north to the mainland, there may be Toa who have not yet left for Metru Nui," Turaga Zuhras replied.

"If you need a ship, our best ones are at the docks by the forges, in the shadow of the great volcano. Regardless of where you go, we will provide you with steeds to ride, should you need them."


Though he was suspicious earlier when you went into the tunnels on your own, the Turaga appears to have warmed up to you and is happy to receive your help.
This message was last edited by the GM at 06:42, Mon 13 Jan 2020.
Tameku
player, 220 posts
Bo-Matoran
Mon 13 Jan 2020
at 10:59
  • msg #690

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Hm... well, ultimately we're mainly here in order to find those archeologists", Tameku said, "So only once we've found them and talked to them can we actually make any other plans. If I recall correctly, we heard that they split up, two going west, two into the mountains and the rest stayed in Parau Koro a little while before heading to some great temple... Could that be this Storm Temple? So in theory we would stand the best chance to catch up to the last group.
"How does one get to this Storm Temple? Is it the same path as the one leading to the glacier village?"

"As to ships - we had our own ship with which we came to Rangi Motu, but shipwrecked on the beach near Lebotu Koro in the storm. Come to think of it, I don't recall if we ever told Turaga Lerwan about that. Since you're no doubt sending a message to him, could you maybe mention our boat? If they can fix it, we'd be very grateful, but if not they might perhaps find a use for the materials.
Game Master
GM, 329 posts
Wed 15 Jan 2020
at 09:02
  • msg #691

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"They could very well mean the Storm Temple," Zuhras said. "We have another temple in the valley near the foot of the mountains, but that one is not so grand as to truly earn the title. You will find both on the same road. It goes through the valley, and up the mountain past the glacier. If you follow the path till the very end you'll find yourself at the peak."

"I will make sure our green friend gets your message."
Tameku
player, 221 posts
Bo-Matoran
Wed 15 Jan 2020
at 17:23
  • msg #692

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"So we could head for the Storm Temple in hopes of catching up to some of the archeologists, and on our way back take a detour to the Glacier Village to talk with the Turaga there", Tameku mused, "After that we could then decide what else to do. What do you think, Lutorian?"
Lutorian
player, 138 posts
Le-Matoran
Thu 16 Jan 2020
at 05:55
  • msg #693

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Tameku (msg # 692):

"Happy-plan Tameku" Lutorian replied, "If we can find a way to safely transport the artifacts, we may want to retake the artifact the dark hunters already have before they leave with it."
Game Master
GM, 330 posts
Fri 17 Jan 2020
at 09:06
  • msg #694

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

The Turaga of Earth nodded in approval. He pulled a blank iron slate from a stack on his desk and used a sharp tool to etch words onto its surface.

"Consider this my official endorsement of your actions," he said as he handed the slate to Lutorian. "When I message the other village elders, I will recommend that all Dark Hunters, Skakdi, and other strangers - including Matoran - should be banned from entering our villages during this time of crisis. If you carry this mark," he explained, "members of your group may still act freely."


You have obtained Turaga Zuhras's Mark of Trust.
It carries your names on it, meaning it can't easily be used by others.

Tameku
player, 222 posts
Bo-Matoran
Fri 17 Jan 2020
at 10:41
  • msg #695

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Thank you, Turaga", Tameku said. "If you can indeed spare some mounts for us to use, we would be even more in your debt."

Looking at Lutorian, he added: "I think we will rest a few hours in Parau Koro before continuing. We hadn't really had the chance for that since we shipwrecked. Perhaps we should also check the market again to prepare ourselves for the cold mountain weather. Afterwards we'll then head for the Storm Temple."
Lutorian
player, 139 posts
Le-Matoran
Tue 21 Jan 2020
at 06:13
  • msg #696

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Tameku (msg # 695):

“Feels like an eternity we were in those mines, a rest before we continue is a good idea.” Lutorian replied to Tameku “thank you for all that you’ve done for us Turaga, we’ll excuse ourselves now and allow you to rest.” Lutorian said with a bow.
Game Master
GM, 331 posts
Wed 22 Jan 2020
at 08:13
  • msg #697

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Thank you for your service," the Turaga replied. "May Mata Nui see you safely to the mountain's peak."

***

When the Matoran returned outside, they saw that their Makuta ally had taken the mining robot and left, just as he said he would.


The Onu-Matoran have two types of mounts available. There's also the lone hover bike left behind by the Dark Hunters.

Ussal Crab: Strong and hardy. They go anywhere without complaint and never seem to run out of stamina. Surprisingly good climbers.
Urumoka: Swift, blind lizards with great hearing and a good nose. Fastest on dry land. They sense threats early and can find hidden things.
Hover bike: Floats a foot off the ground, can glide and will slow any fall to a safe speed. Can cross still water too.

From what you have been told, the path to the temple will be tunnel, road, mountain path, glacier.

Standard weapons, armor and tools are available for sale, as are general supplies.

After resting and recovering your energy, any HP lost has been restored.

Tameku
player, 223 posts
Bo-Matoran
Wed 22 Jan 2020
at 17:16
  • msg #698

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"I mainly suggested taking a rest so that we can wait for our... ally's return", Tameku whispered to Lutorian as soon as they were alone, "Nonetheless, I also spoke true when I said we should prepare ourselves for the trip ahead. From past experience I know that mountains can be tricky, so we should prepare well. Luckily we have some money now."

"If you have trouble carrying your stuff - you can have the carrying sack I picked up earlier if you want", Tameku offered Lutorian.

Tameku is interested to buy the following things for himself if available:
- 2 Heat Stones
- a coil of rope
- footwear with spikes to get a better grip on frozen surfaces
- a Lightstone
- (some food to consume immediately in order to charge up for the journey ahead if neccessary)

(I'll get back to the subject of mounts once we leave Parau Koro)

Lutorian
player, 140 posts
Le-Matoran
Wed 22 Jan 2020
at 23:25
  • msg #699

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Tameku (msg # 698):

"Thanks for the offer, but I travel with very light gear," Lutorian responded with a gesture pointing to the Kanoka on his back.

Lutorian is looking for
- any sort of warm cloaks
- any kind of climbing tools
- extra rope
- tools to start fires with

Are the Urumoka native to this island? Lutorian may take interest in them, and considering the hoverbike belonged to the dark hunters, would it have room for 2 matoran?

This message was last edited by the player at 23:26, Wed 22 Jan 2020.
Game Master
GM, 333 posts
Thu 23 Jan 2020
at 09:08
  • msg #700

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku

Merchants' asking price:
Heat stone x2  40w
Light stone     5w (they are plentiful in this area)
Rope            8w
Boot spikes    20w (equipment, same cost as a new armor piece)
------------------
Total          73w

Lutorian

Merchants' asking price:
Warm clothing           25w (It's not armor, but needs the right materials)
Rope                     8w
Heatstone or firestaff  20w
Hook or climbing pick   20w
Boot spikes             20w (equipment, same cost as a new armor piece)
---------------------------
Total                   93w

The Urumoka are indeed native to this island. The hoverbike could seat two Matoran but would then have no space left for extra cargo such as a crate or similar, should you pick up any larger things. Your backpacks will be fine and won't weigh down the bike.



Warm clothing: Colder climates won't trouble you as long as you keep it wrapped around you.

Boot spikes keep you from slipping on ice or wet rocks. They can help with climbing too.

Both heatstones and firestaffs can start fires on touch. The latter is more intense but has a set number of uses before it must be allowed to recharge.

Hooks and picks may find cracks to carry your weight when climbing. You can also get a claw-shaped hook; either type can be carried in your hand or be attached to a rope.

Food helps restore HP on the road. Meals cost 2w per HP restored, with instant supplies such as a Volo Sphere costing a bit more. Don't worry about feeding yourself when not hurt or tired, Matoran seldom need to refuel themselves if not exerting a lot of effort.

Tameku
player, 224 posts
Bo-Matoran
Thu 23 Jan 2020
at 10:20
  • msg #701

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Alright, I'll take:
1 Heat Stone
1 Light Stone
Rope
Boot Spikes
Warm Clothing

Should be 78 Widgets.

Though Tameku would also haggle about the prices:

Skills used: Judging craftsmanship, Persuasiveness, Dealing with different species
Tameku rolled 6 using 4d6, keeping the highest dice only with rolls of 1,1,6,4.  Haggling.

Tameku will also offer doing the haggling for Lutorian if he wants.

Otherwise unless Lutorian wants to do anything else right now, Tameku would suggest waiting for the Makuta's return for up to 4 hours.

Game Master
GM, 335 posts
Thu 23 Jan 2020
at 13:43
  • msg #702

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

The armorsmith tells you he agrees: a set of spikes for good traction isn't very hard to make. He offers to cut the price for you and Lutorian down to half for this item. (New price: 10w per boot spike set.)

The merchant tells you he can't go any lower on the other supplies, as these are already as cheap as he can make them, but he's willing to take something else from you if you're short on widgets.

You sense that you could press the prices lower if you really wanted to, but taking it too far may result in a loss of the deal.


Tameku: Critical success. Got a price reduction, and the offer to exchange item for item.
14:37, Today: Game Master, for the NPC Merchant, rolled 5 using 3d6, keeping the highest dice only ((4,5,3)).
3 dmg, -2 def, Tameku loses 1 Social HP.

Tameku
player, 226 posts
Bo-Matoran
Thu 23 Jan 2020
at 15:38
  • msg #703

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku takes the deal and pays 68 Widgets, storing the Lightstone and Heatstone in his satchel and everything else in his backpack for the time being.
This message was last edited by the player at 15:43, Thu 23 Jan 2020.
Lutorian
player, 141 posts
Le-Matoran
Sun 26 Jan 2020
at 06:10
  • msg #704

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 702):

Lutorian takes
a heat stone
a pair of boot spikes
warm clothing
an extra length of rope
and a pair of climbing picks

with Tameku's deal, it's 103 widgets, Lutorian also thanks the armorsmith for the deal, and quietly congratulates Tameku on striking that deal as they leave


"Before we leave I'd like to observe these Rahi mounts they have, I've never seen them before.
Ussal Crabs would make a good mount for where we're going, but I'd like to see if these new Rahi may be more useful instead." Lutorian told Tameku
Tameku
player, 227 posts
Bo-Matoran
Sun 26 Jan 2020
at 11:28
  • msg #705

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"I've made good experiences with Ussal crabs in the past, so I' think I've pretty much already made my choice, but sure, let's take a look at the stables and its Rahi. In any case we'll need to select our mounts, and finding just the right one can take time."
Game Master
GM, 336 posts
Mon 27 Jan 2020
at 07:01
  • msg #706

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

The Onu-Matoran, ever organized and efficient, had caught word of the Turaga's offer to the travelers. At Lutorian's request they fetched one of their white lizards for him to inspect. It was large, easily twice his length with body alone. Its eyes were blank and utterly blind, but from the way it acted the Le-Matoran could tell that the reptilian Rahi still knew exactly where he was.

[Rahi researcher]: Being streamlined quadrupeds, Urumoka lizards should be able to run at significant speed through tunnels and on flat roads. Over long distances they could potentially arrive much earlier than Ussal crabs. They are good sprinters, capable of overtaking larger Rahi in combat thanks to their common hunting methods. Ussal crabs, on the other hand, would weather the cold of the glacier better, and be able to climb steep rock slopes if needed. They are very tough and refuse to give up. Even in the worst of conditions an Ussal will refuse to abandon its owner.

The two Matoran knew that the group of researchers they were looking for likely had no transport. Regardless of what Rahi they chose to ride on, they would be able to catch up with them.
Lutorian
player, 142 posts
Le-Matoran
Tue 28 Jan 2020
at 03:53
  • msg #707

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 706):

"Ever-beautiful" Lutorian spoke softly, taking mental notation of the Rahi's anatomy "How do they behave? are they hostile in the wild? Difficult to tame?" the green Matoran asked the Onu-Matoran in rapid succession.
Game Master
GM, 337 posts
Tue 28 Jan 2020
at 06:51
  • msg #708

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"They are not hostile to Matoran, but they tend to avoid us entirely if they can," a stable-keeper explained. "If someone gets too close they will retreat to their pack and bundle together for strength in numbers. This scares off most predators. If you still press on, all of them scatter and vanish into the caves. You have to be quick to pick one to snag. Once captured they struggle for a bit but turn docile and loyal if treated well."
Tameku
player, 228 posts
Bo-Matoran
Wed 29 Jan 2020
at 09:47
  • msg #709

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku also studied the Urumoka, but eventually shrugged and turned to the stable-keeper. "An interesting Rahi, but I think I'll stick to Ussal crabs. Could you show me which ones are available? I'd prefer one with some travel experience and a calm nature."
Lutorian
player, 143 posts
Le-Matoran
Sat 1 Feb 2020
at 23:32
  • msg #710

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

“Yes!” Lutorian said springing up from his obsessed state, “These Rahi are quite something, but I believe an Ussal will serve us better for our destination”
Putting his hand up to the mouth of his mask “That hover bike over there, do you know what the village is intending to do with it?” Lutorian inquired of the Onu Matoran
Game Master
GM, 338 posts
Mon 3 Feb 2020
at 09:32
  • msg #711

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

It didn't take long for two riding crabs to be presented to their new masters. "These Ussal are docile, but still swift and tenacious where it matters," they were told.

The Onu-Matoran stablekeeper turned his head to see where Lutorian was pointing. "We don't have any plans for it, as far as I know," he responded. "It's no use deep in the mine, and most of us prefer to ride crabs or lizards. I recall the Turaga said you may have it, if it would serve you better."
Tameku
player, 229 posts
Bo-Matoran
Mon 3 Feb 2020
at 16:52
  • msg #712

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Tameku patted the shell of one of the Ussal fondly. "Does she have a name?", he asked.

To Lutorian he said: "Didn't think you're a fan of machinery. I would guess the bike is not much good for steep mountain roads, though. Besides, it might pull the Dark Hunter's attention on us again... On the other hand, should we ever need to travel quickly over even ground, there's probably not much faster than that bike..." He scratched at his mask. "I could also imagine there being people who'd pay some good money for something like it." He shrugged. "Your choice, but I'll stick with an Ussal."
Lutorian
player, 144 posts
Le-Matoran
Mon 3 Feb 2020
at 23:05
  • msg #713

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"I'm actually not much of a mechanic, just think-plan it may be of use."
What's the size of the hoverbike compared to the ussal crab, and is it light enough to be carried by it, Lutorian wants to attach the hoverbike to the ussal with some rope.
Game Master
GM, 339 posts
Tue 4 Feb 2020
at 07:47
  • msg #714

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

The bike is longer than the crab but much slimmer. Since it floats a lot of its problems with mass is offset by having no friction against the ground. You can run it idly and tow it, no problem.
Lutorian
player, 145 posts
Le-Matoran
Wed 5 Feb 2020
at 08:44
  • msg #715

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Game Master (msg # 714):

“Alright,” Lutorian said while attempting to tie the hover bike onto the Ussal crab, “Once were done and our of the mountains, we’ll see about sending the Ussal crabs home, then we can use this to get to our next stop.”
Tameku
player, 230 posts
Bo-Matoran
Wed 12 Feb 2020
at 08:42
  • msg #716

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

Having made his preparations, Tameku decided to give the Makuta two or three more hours to contact them again before they'd leave the village.
Game Master
GM, 340 posts
Tue 18 Feb 2020
at 08:32
  • msg #717

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

The Matoran waited for a while, but the Makuta did not return. As the hours grew long, finally a simple message founds its way into their minds:

I will meet you outside.

A rendezvous had been promised, and the mountain peaks laid ahead as the next step on the journey.


You have two Ussal Crabs and the hoverbike. You are fully rested and may restore any lost HP.

If you are happy with your supplies we may proceed. Do you have any interest in doing something during the initial journey, or should we simply skip to the tunnel's exit back on the surface?

Tameku
player, 231 posts
Bo-Matoran
Tue 18 Feb 2020
at 16:56
  • msg #718

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

"Shall we head ou then?", Tameku asked Lutorian.

In the tunnel Tameku will keep his eyes open for anything unusual and will stop if he sees anything, otherwise he'll head straight through unless Lutorian wishes to do anything else.

Skills used: Observation
Tameku rolled 5 using 2d6, keeping the highest dice only with rolls of 4,5.  Noticing anything unusual in the tunnel.

Lutorian
player, 146 posts
Le-Matoran
Fri 21 Feb 2020
at 08:39
  • msg #719

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

In reply to Tameku (msg # 718):

"Very well" Lutorian replied.
Game Master
GM, 342 posts
Wed 26 Feb 2020
at 09:01
  • msg #720

IC 1: The Island of Rangi Motu

The Ussal crabs trotted along at fair speed, easily carrying both Matoran - plus the hoverbike - forward. The main road went straight with very few twists to it, and thus made for a monotonous ride, but nevertheless Tameku spotted a few sights along the way that were worth noting.

First, the tunnel was almost perfect quiet, even though it bore the marks of many Rahi roaming the caves. It was as if all wildlife had fled before they could be spotted.

Second, in a few spots that were far between, there were discarded bits and pieces of metal, none identifiable, but still appearing as they came from a single larger piece.

Finally, there were no Dark Hunters. Though only a minor worry it was not inconceivable that those thwarted in Parau Koro could have given chase, set on revenge, but as time went on and no side tunnels appeared it became more and more certain that none of the hunters from the village could have managed to catch up merely by taking another route.

Eventually light appeared at the end of the tunnel: The surface lay just ahead.


Tameku
All Rahi appear to have fled the tunnels. Either they or some other creature has left some scrap metal behind. The straight road means there is no place for any beings to hide or sneak up on you, at least.


***

Everyone
This game has gone on for a while now, and this thread has gotten quite long.
>> I have created a new IC thread, please join me there.

This message was last edited by the GM at 09:02, Wed 26 Feb 2020.
Sign In